xref: /freebsd/contrib/llvm-project/llvm/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp (revision 95b4436e989df29f6368f13832cb13d7cbc52eac)
1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
10 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
11 // variables in loops.
12 //
13 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
14 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
15 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
16 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
17 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
18 //
19 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
20 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
21 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
22 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
23 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
24 //
25 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
26 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
27 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
28 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
29 //
30 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
31 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
32 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
33 //
34 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
35 // dependence analysis!
36 //
37 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
38 //
39 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
40 //
41 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
42 //  of closed-form functions
43 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
44 //
45 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
46 //  Eugene V. Zima
47 //
48 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
49 //  Robert A. van Engelen
50 //
51 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
52 //  Robert A. van Engelen
53 //
54 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
55 //  induction variable substitution
56 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
57 //
58 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
59 
60 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
61 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
75 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
76 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
77 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
78 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionPatternMatch.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
84 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
85 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
86 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/Verifier.h"
111 #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h"
112 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
113 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
114 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
115 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/InterleavedRange.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
122 #include <algorithm>
123 #include <cassert>
124 #include <climits>
125 #include <cstdint>
126 #include <cstdlib>
127 #include <map>
128 #include <memory>
129 #include <numeric>
130 #include <optional>
131 #include <tuple>
132 #include <utility>
133 #include <vector>
134 
135 using namespace llvm;
136 using namespace PatternMatch;
137 using namespace SCEVPatternMatch;
138 
139 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
140 
141 STATISTIC(NumExitCountsComputed,
142           "Number of loop exits with predictable exit counts");
143 STATISTIC(NumExitCountsNotComputed,
144           "Number of loop exits without predictable exit counts");
145 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
146           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
147 
148 #ifdef EXPENSIVE_CHECKS
149 bool llvm::VerifySCEV = true;
150 #else
151 bool llvm::VerifySCEV = false;
152 #endif
153 
154 static cl::opt<unsigned>
155     MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
156                             cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
157                                      "symbolically execute a constant "
158                                      "derived loop"),
159                             cl::init(100));
160 
161 static cl::opt<bool, true> VerifySCEVOpt(
162     "verify-scev", cl::Hidden, cl::location(VerifySCEV),
163     cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
164 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEVStrict(
165     "verify-scev-strict", cl::Hidden,
166     cl::desc("Enable stricter verification with -verify-scev is passed"));
167 
168 static cl::opt<bool> VerifyIR(
169     "scev-verify-ir", cl::Hidden,
170     cl::desc("Verify IR correctness when making sensitive SCEV queries (slow)"),
171     cl::init(false));
172 
173 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
174     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
175     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
176     cl::init(32));
177 
178 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
179     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
180     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
181     cl::init(500));
182 
183 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
184     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
185     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
186     cl::init(32));
187 
188 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
189     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
190     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
191     cl::init(2));
192 
193 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
194     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
195     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
196     cl::init(2));
197 
198 static cl::opt<unsigned>
199     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
200                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
201                   cl::init(32));
202 
203 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
204     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
205     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
206 
207 static cl::opt<unsigned>
208     MaxCastDepth("scalar-evolution-max-cast-depth", cl::Hidden,
209                  cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt/Trunc"),
210                  cl::init(8));
211 
212 static cl::opt<unsigned>
213     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
214                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
215                   cl::init(8));
216 
217 static cl::opt<unsigned>
218     HugeExprThreshold("scalar-evolution-huge-expr-threshold", cl::Hidden,
219                   cl::desc("Size of the expression which is considered huge"),
220                   cl::init(4096));
221 
222 static cl::opt<unsigned> RangeIterThreshold(
223     "scev-range-iter-threshold", cl::Hidden,
224     cl::desc("Threshold for switching to iteratively computing SCEV ranges"),
225     cl::init(32));
226 
227 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxLoopGuardCollectionDepth(
228     "scalar-evolution-max-loop-guard-collection-depth", cl::Hidden,
229     cl::desc("Maximum depth for recursive loop guard collection"), cl::init(1));
230 
231 static cl::opt<bool>
232 ClassifyExpressions("scalar-evolution-classify-expressions",
233     cl::Hidden, cl::init(true),
234     cl::desc("When printing analysis, include information on every instruction"));
235 
236 static cl::opt<bool> UseExpensiveRangeSharpening(
237     "scalar-evolution-use-expensive-range-sharpening", cl::Hidden,
238     cl::init(false),
239     cl::desc("Use more powerful methods of sharpening expression ranges. May "
240              "be costly in terms of compile time"));
241 
242 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxPhiSCCAnalysisSize(
243     "scalar-evolution-max-scc-analysis-depth", cl::Hidden,
244     cl::desc("Maximum amount of nodes to process while searching SCEVUnknown "
245              "Phi strongly connected components"),
246     cl::init(8));
247 
248 static cl::opt<bool>
249     EnableFiniteLoopControl("scalar-evolution-finite-loop", cl::Hidden,
250                             cl::desc("Handle <= and >= in finite loops"),
251                             cl::init(true));
252 
253 static cl::opt<bool> UseContextForNoWrapFlagInference(
254     "scalar-evolution-use-context-for-no-wrap-flag-strenghening", cl::Hidden,
255     cl::desc("Infer nuw/nsw flags using context where suitable"),
256     cl::init(true));
257 
258 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
259 //                           SCEV class definitions
260 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
261 
262 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
263 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
264 //
265 
266 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
267 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
268   print(dbgs());
269   dbgs() << '\n';
270 }
271 #endif
272 
273 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
274   switch (getSCEVType()) {
275   case scConstant:
276     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
277     return;
278   case scVScale:
279     OS << "vscale";
280     return;
281   case scPtrToInt: {
282     const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *PtrToInt = cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(this);
283     const SCEV *Op = PtrToInt->getOperand();
284     OS << "(ptrtoint " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
285        << *PtrToInt->getType() << ")";
286     return;
287   }
288   case scTruncate: {
289     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
290     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
291     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
292        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
293     return;
294   }
295   case scZeroExtend: {
296     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
297     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
298     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
299        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
300     return;
301   }
302   case scSignExtend: {
303     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
304     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
305     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
306        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
307     return;
308   }
309   case scAddRecExpr: {
310     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
311     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
312     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
313       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
314     OS << "}<";
315     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
316       OS << "nuw><";
317     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
318       OS << "nsw><";
319     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
320         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
321       OS << "nw><";
322     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
323     OS << ">";
324     return;
325   }
326   case scAddExpr:
327   case scMulExpr:
328   case scUMaxExpr:
329   case scSMaxExpr:
330   case scUMinExpr:
331   case scSMinExpr:
332   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
333     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
334     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
335     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
336     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
337     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
338     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
339     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
340     case scUMinExpr:
341       OpStr = " umin ";
342       break;
343     case scSMinExpr:
344       OpStr = " smin ";
345       break;
346     case scSequentialUMinExpr:
347       OpStr = " umin_seq ";
348       break;
349     default:
350       llvm_unreachable("There are no other nary expression types.");
351     }
352     OS << "("
353        << llvm::interleaved(llvm::make_pointee_range(NAry->operands()), OpStr)
354        << ")";
355     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
356     case scAddExpr:
357     case scMulExpr:
358       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
359         OS << "<nuw>";
360       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
361         OS << "<nsw>";
362       break;
363     default:
364       // Nothing to print for other nary expressions.
365       break;
366     }
367     return;
368   }
369   case scUDivExpr: {
370     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
371     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
372     return;
373   }
374   case scUnknown:
375     cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
376     return;
377   case scCouldNotCompute:
378     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
379     return;
380   }
381   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
382 }
383 
384 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
385   switch (getSCEVType()) {
386   case scConstant:
387     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
388   case scVScale:
389     return cast<SCEVVScale>(this)->getType();
390   case scPtrToInt:
391   case scTruncate:
392   case scZeroExtend:
393   case scSignExtend:
394     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
395   case scAddRecExpr:
396     return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this)->getType();
397   case scMulExpr:
398     return cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this)->getType();
399   case scUMaxExpr:
400   case scSMaxExpr:
401   case scUMinExpr:
402   case scSMinExpr:
403     return cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(this)->getType();
404   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
405     return cast<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr>(this)->getType();
406   case scAddExpr:
407     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
408   case scUDivExpr:
409     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
410   case scUnknown:
411     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
412   case scCouldNotCompute:
413     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
414   }
415   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
416 }
417 
418 ArrayRef<const SCEV *> SCEV::operands() const {
419   switch (getSCEVType()) {
420   case scConstant:
421   case scVScale:
422   case scUnknown:
423     return {};
424   case scPtrToInt:
425   case scTruncate:
426   case scZeroExtend:
427   case scSignExtend:
428     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->operands();
429   case scAddRecExpr:
430   case scAddExpr:
431   case scMulExpr:
432   case scUMaxExpr:
433   case scSMaxExpr:
434   case scUMinExpr:
435   case scSMinExpr:
436   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
437     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->operands();
438   case scUDivExpr:
439     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->operands();
440   case scCouldNotCompute:
441     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
442   }
443   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
444 }
445 
446 bool SCEV::isZero() const { return match(this, m_scev_Zero()); }
447 
448 bool SCEV::isOne() const { return match(this, m_scev_One()); }
449 
450 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const { return match(this, m_scev_AllOnes()); }
451 
452 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
453   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
454   if (!Mul) return false;
455 
456   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
457   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
458   if (!SC) return false;
459 
460   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
461   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
462 }
463 
464 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
465   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute, 0) {}
466 
467 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
468   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
469 }
470 
471 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
472   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
473   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
474   ID.AddPointer(V);
475   void *IP = nullptr;
476   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
477   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
478   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
479   return S;
480 }
481 
482 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
483   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
484 }
485 
486 const SCEV *
487 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
488   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
489   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
490 }
491 
492 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getVScale(Type *Ty) {
493   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
494   ID.AddInteger(scVScale);
495   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
496   void *IP = nullptr;
497   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
498     return S;
499   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVVScale(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Ty);
500   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
501   return S;
502 }
503 
504 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementCount(Type *Ty, ElementCount EC) {
505   const SCEV *Res = getConstant(Ty, EC.getKnownMinValue());
506   if (EC.isScalable())
507     Res = getMulExpr(Res, getVScale(Ty));
508   return Res;
509 }
510 
511 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, SCEVTypes SCEVTy,
512                            const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
513     : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy, computeExpressionSize(op)), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
514 
515 SCEVPtrToIntExpr::SCEVPtrToIntExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, const SCEV *Op,
516                                    Type *ITy)
517     : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scPtrToInt, Op, ITy) {
518   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isPointerTy() && Ty->isIntegerTy() &&
519          "Must be a non-bit-width-changing pointer-to-integer cast!");
520 }
521 
522 SCEVIntegralCastExpr::SCEVIntegralCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
523                                            SCEVTypes SCEVTy, const SCEV *op,
524                                            Type *ty)
525     : SCEVCastExpr(ID, SCEVTy, op, ty) {}
526 
527 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, const SCEV *op,
528                                    Type *ty)
529     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
530   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
531          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
532 }
533 
534 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
535                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
536     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
537   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
538          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
539 }
540 
541 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
542                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
543     : SCEVIntegralCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
544   assert(getOperand()->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
545          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
546 }
547 
548 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
549   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
550   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
551 
552   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
553   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
554 
555   // Release the value.
556   setValPtr(nullptr);
557 }
558 
559 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
560   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
561   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
562 
563   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
564   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
565 
566   // Replace the value pointer in case someone is still using this SCEVUnknown.
567   setValPtr(New);
568 }
569 
570 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
571 //                               SCEV Utilities
572 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
573 
574 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
575 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
576 /// operands in SCEV expressions.
577 static int CompareValueComplexity(const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV,
578                                   Value *RV, unsigned Depth) {
579   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth)
580     return 0;
581 
582   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
583   // GEPs.
584   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
585        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
586   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
587     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
588 
589   // Compare getValueID values.
590   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
591   if (LID != RID)
592     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
593 
594   // Sort arguments by their position.
595   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
596     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
597     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
598     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
599   }
600 
601   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
602     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
603 
604     if (auto L = LGV->getLinkage() - RGV->getLinkage())
605       return L;
606 
607     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
608       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
609       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
610                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
611     };
612 
613     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
614     // names are semantically important.
615     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
616       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
617   }
618 
619   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
620   // is pretty loose.
621   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
622     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
623 
624     // Compare loop depths.
625     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
626                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
627     if (LParent != RParent) {
628       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
629                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
630       if (LDepth != RDepth)
631         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
632     }
633 
634     // Compare the number of operands.
635     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
636              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
637     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
638       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
639 
640     for (unsigned Idx : seq(LNumOps)) {
641       int Result = CompareValueComplexity(LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
642                                           RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
643       if (Result != 0)
644         return Result;
645     }
646   }
647 
648   return 0;
649 }
650 
651 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
652 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
653 // more efficient.
654 // If the max analysis depth was reached, return std::nullopt, assuming we do
655 // not know if they are equivalent for sure.
656 static std::optional<int>
657 CompareSCEVComplexity(const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS,
658                       const SCEV *RHS, DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
659   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
660   if (LHS == RHS)
661     return 0;
662 
663   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
664   SCEVTypes LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
665   if (LType != RType)
666     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
667 
668   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth)
669     return std::nullopt;
670 
671   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
672   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
673   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
674   switch (LType) {
675   case scUnknown: {
676     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
677     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
678 
679     int X =
680         CompareValueComplexity(LI, LU->getValue(), RU->getValue(), Depth + 1);
681     return X;
682   }
683 
684   case scConstant: {
685     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
686     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
687 
688     // Compare constant values.
689     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
690     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
691     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
692     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
693       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
694     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
695   }
696 
697   case scVScale: {
698     const auto *LTy = cast<IntegerType>(cast<SCEVVScale>(LHS)->getType());
699     const auto *RTy = cast<IntegerType>(cast<SCEVVScale>(RHS)->getType());
700     return LTy->getBitWidth() - RTy->getBitWidth();
701   }
702 
703   case scAddRecExpr: {
704     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
705     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
706 
707     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
708     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
709     // order in getAddExpr.
710     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
711     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
712       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
713       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
714       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
715         return 1;
716       assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
717              "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
718       return -1;
719     }
720 
721     [[fallthrough]];
722   }
723 
724   case scTruncate:
725   case scZeroExtend:
726   case scSignExtend:
727   case scPtrToInt:
728   case scAddExpr:
729   case scMulExpr:
730   case scUDivExpr:
731   case scSMaxExpr:
732   case scUMaxExpr:
733   case scSMinExpr:
734   case scUMinExpr:
735   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
736     ArrayRef<const SCEV *> LOps = LHS->operands();
737     ArrayRef<const SCEV *> ROps = RHS->operands();
738 
739     // Lexicographically compare n-ary-like expressions.
740     unsigned LNumOps = LOps.size(), RNumOps = ROps.size();
741     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
742       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
743 
744     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
745       auto X = CompareSCEVComplexity(LI, LOps[i], ROps[i], DT, Depth + 1);
746       if (X != 0)
747         return X;
748     }
749     return 0;
750   }
751 
752   case scCouldNotCompute:
753     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
754   }
755   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
756 }
757 
758 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
759 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
760 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
761 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
762 ///
763 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
764 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
765 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
766 /// land in memory.
767 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
768                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
769   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
770 
771   // Whether LHS has provably less complexity than RHS.
772   auto IsLessComplex = [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
773     auto Complexity = CompareSCEVComplexity(LI, LHS, RHS, DT);
774     return Complexity && *Complexity < 0;
775   };
776   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
777     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
778     // Special case it.
779     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
780     if (IsLessComplex(RHS, LHS))
781       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
782     return;
783   }
784 
785   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
786   llvm::stable_sort(Ops, [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
787     return IsLessComplex(LHS, RHS);
788   });
789 
790   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
791   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
792   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
793   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
794   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
795     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
796     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
797 
798     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
799     // one, group them.
800     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
801       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
802         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
803         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
804         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
805         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
806       }
807     }
808   }
809 }
810 
811 /// Returns true if \p Ops contains a huge SCEV (the subtree of S contains at
812 /// least HugeExprThreshold nodes).
813 static bool hasHugeExpression(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
814   return any_of(Ops, [](const SCEV *S) {
815     return S->getExpressionSize() >= HugeExprThreshold;
816   });
817 }
818 
819 /// Performs a number of common optimizations on the passed \p Ops. If the
820 /// whole expression reduces down to a single operand, it will be returned.
821 ///
822 /// The following optimizations are performed:
823 ///  * Fold constants using the \p Fold function.
824 ///  * Remove identity constants satisfying \p IsIdentity.
825 ///  * If a constant satisfies \p IsAbsorber, return it.
826 ///  * Sort operands by complexity.
827 template <typename FoldT, typename IsIdentityT, typename IsAbsorberT>
828 static const SCEV *
829 constantFoldAndGroupOps(ScalarEvolution &SE, LoopInfo &LI, DominatorTree &DT,
830                         SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops, FoldT Fold,
831                         IsIdentityT IsIdentity, IsAbsorberT IsAbsorber) {
832   const SCEVConstant *Folded = nullptr;
833   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Ops.size();) {
834     const SCEV *Op = Ops[Idx];
835     if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) {
836       if (!Folded)
837         Folded = C;
838       else
839         Folded = cast<SCEVConstant>(
840             SE.getConstant(Fold(Folded->getAPInt(), C->getAPInt())));
841       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + Idx);
842       continue;
843     }
844     ++Idx;
845   }
846 
847   if (Ops.empty()) {
848     assert(Folded && "Must have folded value");
849     return Folded;
850   }
851 
852   if (Folded && IsAbsorber(Folded->getAPInt()))
853     return Folded;
854 
855   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
856   if (Folded && !IsIdentity(Folded->getAPInt()))
857     Ops.insert(Ops.begin(), Folded);
858 
859   return Ops.size() == 1 ? Ops[0] : nullptr;
860 }
861 
862 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
863 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
864 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
865 
866 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
867 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
868                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
869                                        Type *ResultTy) {
870   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
871   if (K == 1)
872     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
873 
874   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
875   //
876   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
877   //
878   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
879   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
880   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
881   // safe in modular arithmetic.
882   //
883   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
884   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
885   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
886   // exponentiation:
887   //
888   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
889   //
890   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
891   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
892   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
893   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
894   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
895   // width W.
896   //
897   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
898   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
899   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
900   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
901   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
902   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
903   //
904   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
905   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
906   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
907   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
908   //
909   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
910   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
911   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
912   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
913   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
914   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
915   // register width.
916   //
917   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
918   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
919   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
920   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
921   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
922 
923   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
924   // but it probably doesn't matter.
925   if (K > 1000)
926     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
927 
928   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
929 
930   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
931   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
932   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
933   // W bits of the result.
934   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
935   unsigned T = 1;
936   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
937     unsigned TwoFactors = countr_zero(i);
938     T += TwoFactors;
939     OddFactorial *= (i >> TwoFactors);
940   }
941 
942   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
943   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
944 
945   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
946   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
947 
948   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
949   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
950   // K! / 2^T.
951   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.multiplicativeInverse();
952 
953   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
954   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
955                                                       CalculationBits);
956   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
957   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
958     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
959     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
960                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
961   }
962 
963   // Divide by 2^T
964   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
965 
966   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
967 
968   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
969                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
970 }
971 
972 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
973 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
974 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
975 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
976 ///
977 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
978 ///
979 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
980 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
981                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
982   return evaluateAtIteration(operands(), It, SE);
983 }
984 
985 const SCEV *
986 SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Operands,
987                                     const SCEV *It, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
988   assert(Operands.size() > 0);
989   const SCEV *Result = Operands[0];
990   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i) {
991     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
992     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
993     // coefficient.
994     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, Result->getType());
995     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
996       return Coeff;
997 
998     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(Operands[i], Coeff));
999   }
1000   return Result;
1001 }
1002 
1003 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1004 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1005 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1006 
1007 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1008                                                      unsigned Depth) {
1009   assert(Depth <= 1 &&
1010          "getLosslessPtrToIntExpr() should self-recurse at most once.");
1011 
1012   // We could be called with an integer-typed operands during SCEV rewrites.
1013   // Since the operand is an integer already, just perform zext/trunc/self cast.
1014   if (!Op->getType()->isPointerTy())
1015     return Op;
1016 
1017   // What would be an ID for such a SCEV cast expression?
1018   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1019   ID.AddInteger(scPtrToInt);
1020   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1021 
1022   void *IP = nullptr;
1023 
1024   // Is there already an expression for such a cast?
1025   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1026     return S;
1027 
1028   // It isn't legal for optimizations to construct new ptrtoint expressions
1029   // for non-integral pointers.
1030   if (getDataLayout().isNonIntegralPointerType(Op->getType()))
1031     return getCouldNotCompute();
1032 
1033   Type *IntPtrTy = getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Op->getType());
1034 
1035   // We can only trivially model ptrtoint if SCEV's effective (integer) type
1036   // is sufficiently wide to represent all possible pointer values.
1037   // We could theoretically teach SCEV to truncate wider pointers, but
1038   // that isn't implemented for now.
1039   if (getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(getEffectiveSCEVType(Op->getType())) !=
1040       getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(IntPtrTy))
1041     return getCouldNotCompute();
1042 
1043   // If not, is this expression something we can't reduce any further?
1044   if (auto *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op)) {
1045     // Perform some basic constant folding. If the operand of the ptr2int cast
1046     // is a null pointer, don't create a ptr2int SCEV expression (that will be
1047     // left as-is), but produce a zero constant.
1048     // NOTE: We could handle a more general case, but lack motivational cases.
1049     if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(U->getValue()))
1050       return getZero(IntPtrTy);
1051 
1052     // Create an explicit cast node.
1053     // We can reuse the existing insert position since if we get here,
1054     // we won't have made any changes which would invalidate it.
1055     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator)
1056         SCEVPtrToIntExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Op, IntPtrTy);
1057     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1058     registerUser(S, Op);
1059     return S;
1060   }
1061 
1062   assert(Depth == 0 && "getLosslessPtrToIntExpr() should not self-recurse for "
1063                        "non-SCEVUnknown's.");
1064 
1065   // Otherwise, we've got some expression that is more complex than just a
1066   // single SCEVUnknown. But we don't want to have a SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an
1067   // arbitrary expression, we want to have SCEVPtrToIntExpr of an SCEVUnknown
1068   // only, and the expressions must otherwise be integer-typed.
1069   // So sink the cast down to the SCEVUnknown's.
1070 
1071   /// The SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter takes a scalar evolution expression,
1072   /// which computes a pointer-typed value, and rewrites the whole expression
1073   /// tree so that *all* the computations are done on integers, and the only
1074   /// pointer-typed operands in the expression are SCEVUnknown.
1075   class SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter
1076       : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter> {
1077     using Base = SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter>;
1078 
1079   public:
1080     SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE) {}
1081 
1082     static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *Scev, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
1083       SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter Rewriter(SE);
1084       return Rewriter.visit(Scev);
1085     }
1086 
1087     const SCEV *visit(const SCEV *S) {
1088       Type *STy = S->getType();
1089       // If the expression is not pointer-typed, just keep it as-is.
1090       if (!STy->isPointerTy())
1091         return S;
1092       // Else, recursively sink the cast down into it.
1093       return Base::visit(S);
1094     }
1095 
1096     const SCEV *visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) {
1097       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
1098       bool Changed = false;
1099       for (const auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
1100         Operands.push_back(visit(Op));
1101         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
1102       }
1103       return !Changed ? Expr : SE.getAddExpr(Operands, Expr->getNoWrapFlags());
1104     }
1105 
1106     const SCEV *visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) {
1107       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
1108       bool Changed = false;
1109       for (const auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
1110         Operands.push_back(visit(Op));
1111         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
1112       }
1113       return !Changed ? Expr : SE.getMulExpr(Operands, Expr->getNoWrapFlags());
1114     }
1115 
1116     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
1117       assert(Expr->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
1118              "Should only reach pointer-typed SCEVUnknown's.");
1119       return SE.getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Expr, /*Depth=*/1);
1120     }
1121   };
1122 
1123   // And actually perform the cast sinking.
1124   const SCEV *IntOp = SCEVPtrToIntSinkingRewriter::rewrite(Op, *this);
1125   assert(IntOp->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1126          "We must have succeeded in sinking the cast, "
1127          "and ending up with an integer-typed expression!");
1128   return IntOp;
1129 }
1130 
1131 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPtrToIntExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty) {
1132   assert(Ty->isIntegerTy() && "Target type must be an integer type!");
1133 
1134   const SCEV *IntOp = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Op);
1135   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(IntOp))
1136     return IntOp;
1137 
1138   return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(IntOp, Ty);
1139 }
1140 
1141 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1142                                              unsigned Depth) {
1143   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1144          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1145   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1146          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1147   assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't truncate pointer!");
1148   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1149 
1150   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1151   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1152   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1153   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1154   void *IP = nullptr;
1155   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1156 
1157   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1158   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1159     return getConstant(
1160       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1161 
1162   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1163   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1164     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1165 
1166   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1167   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1168     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1169 
1170   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1171   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1172     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1173 
1174   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1175     SCEV *S =
1176         new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Op, Ty);
1177     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1178     registerUser(S, Op);
1179     return S;
1180   }
1181 
1182   // trunc(x1 + ... + xN) --> trunc(x1) + ... + trunc(xN) and
1183   // trunc(x1 * ... * xN) --> trunc(x1) * ... * trunc(xN),
1184   // if after transforming we have at most one truncate, not counting truncates
1185   // that replace other casts.
1186   if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1187     auto *CommOp = cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(Op);
1188     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1189     unsigned numTruncs = 0;
1190     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CommOp->getNumOperands(); i != e && numTruncs < 2;
1191          ++i) {
1192       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(CommOp->getOperand(i), Ty, Depth + 1);
1193       if (!isa<SCEVIntegralCastExpr>(CommOp->getOperand(i)) &&
1194           isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
1195         numTruncs++;
1196       Operands.push_back(S);
1197     }
1198     if (numTruncs < 2) {
1199       if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op))
1200         return getAddExpr(Operands);
1201       if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op))
1202         return getMulExpr(Operands);
1203       llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV type for Op.");
1204     }
1205     // Although we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache, it is
1206     // possible that during recursion and different modification ID was inserted
1207     // into the cache. So if we find it, just return it.
1208     if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1209       return S;
1210   }
1211 
1212   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1213   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1214     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1215     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1216       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1217     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1218   }
1219 
1220   // Return zero if truncating to known zeros.
1221   uint32_t MinTrailingZeros = getMinTrailingZeros(Op);
1222   if (MinTrailingZeros >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
1223     return getZero(Ty);
1224 
1225   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1226   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1227   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1228   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1229                                                  Op, Ty);
1230   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1231   registerUser(S, Op);
1232   return S;
1233 }
1234 
1235 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1236 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1237 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1238 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1239                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1240                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1241   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1242   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1243     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1244     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1245                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1246   }
1247   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1248     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1249     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1250                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1251   }
1252   return nullptr;
1253 }
1254 
1255 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1256 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1257 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1258 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1259                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1260                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1261   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1262   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1263 
1264   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1265                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1266 }
1267 
1268 namespace {
1269 
1270 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1271   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1272                                                           unsigned);
1273 };
1274 
1275 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1276 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1277   // Members present:
1278   //
1279   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1280   //
1281   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1282   //
1283   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1284   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1285   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1286 };
1287 
1288 template <>
1289 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1290   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1291 
1292   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1293 
1294   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1295                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1296                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1297     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1298   }
1299 };
1300 
1301 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1302     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1303 
1304 template <>
1305 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1306   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1307 
1308   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1309 
1310   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1311                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1312                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1313     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1314   }
1315 };
1316 
1317 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1318     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1319 
1320 } // end anonymous namespace
1321 
1322 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1323 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1324 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1325 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1326 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1327 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1328 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1329 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1330 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1331                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1332   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1333   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1334 
1335   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1336   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1337   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1338 
1339   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1340   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1341   if (!SA)
1342     return nullptr;
1343 
1344   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1345   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1346   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list. Note, that
1347   // SA might have repeated ops, like %a + %a + ..., so only remove one.
1348   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps(SA->operands());
1349   for (auto It = DiffOps.begin(); It != DiffOps.end(); ++It)
1350     if (*It == Step) {
1351       DiffOps.erase(It);
1352       break;
1353     }
1354 
1355   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1356     return nullptr;
1357 
1358   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1359   // `Step`:
1360 
1361   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1362   auto PreStartFlags =
1363     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1364   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1365   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1366       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1367 
1368   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1369   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1370   //
1371 
1372   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1373   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1374       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1375     return PreStart;
1376 
1377   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1378   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1379   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1380   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1381       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1382                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1383   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1384     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1385       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1386       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1387       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1388       SE->setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR), WrapType);
1389     }
1390     return PreStart;
1391   }
1392 
1393   // 3. Loop precondition.
1394   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1395   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1396       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1397 
1398   if (OverflowLimit &&
1399       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1400     return PreStart;
1401 
1402   return nullptr;
1403 }
1404 
1405 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1406 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1407 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1408                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1409                                         unsigned Depth) {
1410   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1411 
1412   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1413   if (!PreStart)
1414     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1415 
1416   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1417                                              Depth),
1418                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1419 }
1420 
1421 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1422 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1423 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1424 //
1425 // Formally:
1426 //
1427 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1428 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1429 //
1430 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1431 //
1432 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1433 //
1434 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1435 //
1436 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1437 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1438 //
1439 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1440 //
1441 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1442 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1443 //
1444 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1445 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1446 //
1447 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1448 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1449 // to check for (1) and (2).
1450 //
1451 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1452 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1453 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1454 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1455                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1456                                                 const Loop *L) {
1457   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1458 
1459   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1460   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1461   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1462   // `PreStart` below.
1463   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1464   if (!StartC)
1465     return false;
1466 
1467   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1468 
1469   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1470     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1471 
1472     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1473     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1474     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1475     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1476     ID.AddPointer(L);
1477     void *IP = nullptr;
1478     const auto *PreAR =
1479       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1480 
1481     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1482     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1483     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1484       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1485       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1486       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1487           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1488       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1489         return true;
1490     }
1491   }
1492 
1493   return false;
1494 }
1495 
1496 // Finds an integer D for an expression (C + x + y + ...) such that the top
1497 // level addition in (D + (C - D + x + y + ...)) would not wrap (signed or
1498 // unsigned) and the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...) is
1499 // maximized, where C is the \p ConstantTerm, x, y, ... are arbitrary SCEVs, and
1500 // the (C + x + y + ...) expression is \p WholeAddExpr.
1501 static APInt extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution &SE,
1502                                             const SCEVConstant *ConstantTerm,
1503                                             const SCEVAddExpr *WholeAddExpr) {
1504   const APInt &C = ConstantTerm->getAPInt();
1505   const unsigned BitWidth = C.getBitWidth();
1506   // Find number of trailing zeros of (x + y + ...) w/o the C first:
1507   uint32_t TZ = BitWidth;
1508   for (unsigned I = 1, E = WholeAddExpr->getNumOperands(); I < E && TZ; ++I)
1509     TZ = std::min(TZ, SE.getMinTrailingZeros(WholeAddExpr->getOperand(I)));
1510   if (TZ) {
1511     // Set D to be as many least significant bits of C as possible while still
1512     // guaranteeing that adding D to (C - D + x + y + ...) won't cause a wrap:
1513     return TZ < BitWidth ? C.trunc(TZ).zext(BitWidth) : C;
1514   }
1515   return APInt(BitWidth, 0);
1516 }
1517 
1518 // Finds an integer D for an affine AddRec expression {C,+,x} such that the top
1519 // level addition in (D + {C-D,+,x}) would not wrap (signed or unsigned) and the
1520 // number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x * n) is maximized, where C is the \p
1521 // ConstantStart, x is an arbitrary \p Step, and n is the loop trip count.
1522 static APInt extractConstantWithoutWrapping(ScalarEvolution &SE,
1523                                             const APInt &ConstantStart,
1524                                             const SCEV *Step) {
1525   const unsigned BitWidth = ConstantStart.getBitWidth();
1526   const uint32_t TZ = SE.getMinTrailingZeros(Step);
1527   if (TZ)
1528     return TZ < BitWidth ? ConstantStart.trunc(TZ).zext(BitWidth)
1529                          : ConstantStart;
1530   return APInt(BitWidth, 0);
1531 }
1532 
1533 static void insertFoldCacheEntry(
1534     const ScalarEvolution::FoldID &ID, const SCEV *S,
1535     DenseMap<ScalarEvolution::FoldID, const SCEV *> &FoldCache,
1536     DenseMap<const SCEV *, SmallVector<ScalarEvolution::FoldID, 2>>
1537         &FoldCacheUser) {
1538   auto I = FoldCache.insert({ID, S});
1539   if (!I.second) {
1540     // Remove FoldCacheUser entry for ID when replacing an existing FoldCache
1541     // entry.
1542     auto &UserIDs = FoldCacheUser[I.first->second];
1543     assert(count(UserIDs, ID) == 1 && "unexpected duplicates in UserIDs");
1544     for (unsigned I = 0; I != UserIDs.size(); ++I)
1545       if (UserIDs[I] == ID) {
1546         std::swap(UserIDs[I], UserIDs.back());
1547         break;
1548       }
1549     UserIDs.pop_back();
1550     I.first->second = S;
1551   }
1552   FoldCacheUser[S].push_back(ID);
1553 }
1554 
1555 const SCEV *
1556 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1557   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1558          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1559   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1560          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1561   assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1562   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1563 
1564   FoldID ID(scZeroExtend, Op, Ty);
1565   if (const SCEV *S = FoldCache.lookup(ID))
1566     return S;
1567 
1568   const SCEV *S = getZeroExtendExprImpl(Op, Ty, Depth);
1569   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S))
1570     insertFoldCacheEntry(ID, S, FoldCache, FoldCacheUser);
1571   return S;
1572 }
1573 
1574 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExprImpl(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1575                                                    unsigned Depth) {
1576   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1577          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1578   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1579   assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1580 
1581   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1582   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1583     return getConstant(SC->getAPInt().zext(getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)));
1584 
1585   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1586   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1587     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1588 
1589   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1590   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1591   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1592   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1593   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1594   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1595   void *IP = nullptr;
1596   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1597   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1598     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1599                                                      Op, Ty);
1600     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1601     registerUser(S, Op);
1602     return S;
1603   }
1604 
1605   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1606   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1607     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1608     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1609     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1610     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1611     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1612     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1613     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1614             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1615       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty, Depth);
1616   }
1617 
1618   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1619   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1620   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1621   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1622   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1623     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1624       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1625       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1626       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1627       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1628 
1629       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1630       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1631       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1632         Start =
1633             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
1634         Step = getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1635         return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1636       }
1637 
1638       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1639       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1640       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1641       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1642       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1643       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1644       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1645       // that value once it has finished.
1646       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1647       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1648         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for overflow.
1649 
1650         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1651         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1652         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1653             getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType(), Depth);
1654         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
1655             CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType(), Depth);
1656         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1657           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1658           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1659           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1660                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1661           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1662                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1663                                                           Depth + 1),
1664                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1665           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1666           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1667             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1668           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1669             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1670                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1671                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1672                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1673                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1674           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1675             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1676             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1677             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1678             Start = getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1679                                                              Depth + 1);
1680             Step = getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1681             return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1682           }
1683           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1684           // This covers loops that count down.
1685           OperandExtendedAdd =
1686             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1687                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1688                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1689                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1690                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1691           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1692             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1693             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1694             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
1695             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1696             Start = getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1697                                                              Depth + 1);
1698             Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1699             return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1700           }
1701         }
1702       }
1703 
1704       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1705       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1706       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1707       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1708       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1709       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1710       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1711       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1712           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1713 
1714         auto NewFlags = proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(AR);
1715         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
1716         if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1717           // Same as nuw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
1718           // issue.  It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
1719           // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
1720           // reverted.  Be conservative for the moment.
1721           Start =
1722               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
1723           Step = getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1724           return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1725         }
1726 
1727         // For a negative step, we can extend the operands iff doing so only
1728         // traverses values in the range zext([0,UINT_MAX]).
1729         if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1730           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1731                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1732           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1733               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N)) {
1734             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1735             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1736             // still can't self-wrap.
1737             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
1738             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1739             Start = getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1740                                                              Depth + 1);
1741             Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1742             return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1743           }
1744         }
1745       }
1746 
1747       // zext({C,+,Step}) --> (zext(D) + zext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
1748       // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1749       // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
1750       if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) {
1751         const APInt &C = SC->getAPInt();
1752         const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C, Step);
1753         if (D != 0) {
1754           const SCEV *SZExtD = getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1755           const SCEV *SResidual =
1756               getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C - D), Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1757           const SCEV *SZExtR = getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1758           return getAddExpr(SZExtD, SZExtR,
1759                             (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1760                             Depth + 1);
1761         }
1762       }
1763 
1764       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1765         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1766         Start =
1767             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
1768         Step = getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
1769         return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1770       }
1771     }
1772 
1773   // zext(A % B) --> zext(A) % zext(B)
1774   {
1775     const SCEV *LHS;
1776     const SCEV *RHS;
1777     if (matchURem(Op, LHS, RHS))
1778       return getURemExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, Ty, Depth + 1),
1779                          getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, Ty, Depth + 1));
1780   }
1781 
1782   // zext(A / B) --> zext(A) / zext(B).
1783   if (auto *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op))
1784     return getUDivExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getLHS(), Ty, Depth + 1),
1785                        getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getRHS(), Ty, Depth + 1));
1786 
1787   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1788     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1789     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1790       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1791       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1792       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1793       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1794         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1795       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1796     }
1797 
1798     // zext(C + x + y + ...) --> (zext(D) + zext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1799     // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not unsigned wrap
1800     // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1801     //
1802     // Often address arithmetics contain expressions like
1803     // (zext (add (shl X, C1), C2)), for instance, (zext (5 + (4 * X))).
1804     // This transformation is useful while proving that such expressions are
1805     // equal or differ by a small constant amount, see LoadStoreVectorizer pass.
1806     if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))) {
1807       const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC, SA);
1808       if (D != 0) {
1809         const SCEV *SZExtD = getZeroExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1810         const SCEV *SResidual =
1811             getAddExpr(getConstant(-D), SA, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth);
1812         const SCEV *SZExtR = getZeroExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1813         return getAddExpr(SZExtD, SZExtR,
1814                           (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1815                           Depth + 1);
1816       }
1817     }
1818   }
1819 
1820   if (auto *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1821     // zext((A * B * ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) * zext(B) * ...)<nuw>
1822     if (SM->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1823       // If the multiply does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1824       // commute the zero extension with the multiply operation.
1825       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1826       for (const auto *Op : SM->operands())
1827         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1828       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1829     }
1830 
1831     // zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM ->
1832     // 2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM)<nuw>
1833     //
1834     // Proof:
1835     //
1836     //     zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM
1837     //   = zext((trunc X to iN) << K) to iM
1838     //   = zext((trunc X to i{N-K}) << K)<nuw> to iM
1839     //     (because shl removes the top K bits)
1840     //   = zext((2^K * (trunc X to i{N-K}))<nuw>) to iM
1841     //   = (2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM))<nuw>.
1842     //
1843     if (SM->getNumOperands() == 2)
1844       if (auto *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SM->getOperand(0)))
1845         if (MulLHS->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
1846           if (auto *TruncRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SM->getOperand(1))) {
1847             int NewTruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(TruncRHS->getType()) -
1848                                MulLHS->getAPInt().logBase2();
1849             Type *NewTruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), NewTruncBits);
1850             return getMulExpr(
1851                 getZeroExtendExpr(MulLHS, Ty),
1852                 getZeroExtendExpr(
1853                     getTruncateExpr(TruncRHS->getOperand(), NewTruncTy), Ty),
1854                 SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1855           }
1856   }
1857 
1858   // zext(umin(x, y)) -> umin(zext(x), zext(y))
1859   // zext(umax(x, y)) -> umax(zext(x), zext(y))
1860   if (isa<SCEVUMinExpr>(Op) || isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Op)) {
1861     auto *MinMax = cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Op);
1862     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1863     for (auto *Operand : MinMax->operands())
1864       Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Ty));
1865     if (isa<SCEVUMinExpr>(MinMax))
1866       return getUMinExpr(Operands);
1867     return getUMaxExpr(Operands);
1868   }
1869 
1870   // zext(umin_seq(x, y)) -> umin_seq(zext(x), zext(y))
1871   if (auto *MinMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr>(Op)) {
1872     assert(isa<SCEVSequentialUMinExpr>(MinMax) && "Not supported!");
1873     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1874     for (auto *Operand : MinMax->operands())
1875       Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Ty));
1876     return getUMinExpr(Operands, /*Sequential*/ true);
1877   }
1878 
1879   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1880   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1881   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1882   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1883                                                    Op, Ty);
1884   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1885   registerUser(S, Op);
1886   return S;
1887 }
1888 
1889 const SCEV *
1890 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1891   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1892          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1893   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1894          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1895   assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1896   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1897 
1898   FoldID ID(scSignExtend, Op, Ty);
1899   if (const SCEV *S = FoldCache.lookup(ID))
1900     return S;
1901 
1902   const SCEV *S = getSignExtendExprImpl(Op, Ty, Depth);
1903   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
1904     insertFoldCacheEntry(ID, S, FoldCache, FoldCacheUser);
1905   return S;
1906 }
1907 
1908 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExprImpl(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty,
1909                                                    unsigned Depth) {
1910   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1911          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1912   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1913   assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't extend pointer!");
1914   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1915 
1916   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1917   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1918     return getConstant(SC->getAPInt().sext(getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)));
1919 
1920   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1921   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1922     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1923 
1924   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1925   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1926     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1927 
1928   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1929   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1930   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1931   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1932   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1933   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1934   void *IP = nullptr;
1935   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1936   // Limit recursion depth.
1937   if (Depth > MaxCastDepth) {
1938     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1939                                                      Op, Ty);
1940     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1941     registerUser(S, Op);
1942     return S;
1943   }
1944 
1945   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1946   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1947     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1948     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1949     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1950     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1951     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1952     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1953     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1954             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1955       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty, Depth);
1956   }
1957 
1958   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1959     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1960     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1961       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1962       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1963       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1964       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1965         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1966       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1967     }
1968 
1969     // sext(C + x + y + ...) --> (sext(D) + sext((C - D) + x + y + ...))
1970     // if D + (C - D + x + y + ...) could be proven to not signed wrap
1971     // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + x + y + ...)
1972     //
1973     // For instance, this will bring two seemingly different expressions:
1974     //     1 + sext(5 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)  and
1975     //         sext(6 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1976     // to the same form:
1977     //     2 + sext(4 + 20 * %x + 24 * %y)
1978     if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))) {
1979       const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, SC, SA);
1980       if (D != 0) {
1981         const SCEV *SSExtD = getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
1982         const SCEV *SResidual =
1983             getAddExpr(getConstant(-D), SA, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth);
1984         const SCEV *SSExtR = getSignExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
1985         return getAddExpr(SSExtD, SSExtR,
1986                           (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
1987                           Depth + 1);
1988       }
1989     }
1990   }
1991   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1992   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1993   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1994   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1995   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1996     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1997       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1998       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1999       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
2000       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
2001 
2002       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
2003       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
2004       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
2005         Start =
2006             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
2007         Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
2008         return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2009       }
2010 
2011       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
2012       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
2013       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
2014       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
2015       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
2016       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
2017       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
2018       // that value once it has finished.
2019       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
2020       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
2021         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
2022         // overflow.
2023 
2024         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
2025         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
2026         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
2027             getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType(), Depth);
2028         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount = getTruncateOrZeroExtend(
2029             CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType(), Depth);
2030         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
2031           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
2032           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
2033           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
2034                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2035           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
2036                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2037                                                           Depth + 1),
2038                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
2039           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
2040           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
2041             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
2042           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
2043             getAddExpr(WideStart,
2044                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
2045                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
2046                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2047                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2048           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
2049             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
2050             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNSW);
2051             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
2052             Start = getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
2053                                                              Depth + 1);
2054             Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
2055             return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2056           }
2057           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
2058           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
2059           OperandExtendedAdd =
2060             getAddExpr(WideStart,
2061                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
2062                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
2063                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2064                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2065           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
2066             // If AR wraps around then
2067             //
2068             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
2069             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
2070             //
2071             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
2072             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
2073 
2074             setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNW);
2075 
2076             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
2077             Start = getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
2078                                                              Depth + 1);
2079             Step = getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
2080             return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2081           }
2082         }
2083       }
2084 
2085       auto NewFlags = proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(AR);
2086       setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), NewFlags);
2087       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
2088         // Same as nsw case above - duplicated here to avoid a compile time
2089         // issue.  It's not clear that the order of checks does matter, but
2090         // it's one of two issue possible causes for a change which was
2091         // reverted.  Be conservative for the moment.
2092         Start =
2093             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
2094         Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
2095         return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2096       }
2097 
2098       // sext({C,+,Step}) --> (sext(D) + sext({C-D,+,Step}))<nuw><nsw>
2099       // if D + (C - D + Step * n) could be proven to not signed wrap
2100       // where D maximizes the number of trailing zeros of (C - D + Step * n)
2101       if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start)) {
2102         const APInt &C = SC->getAPInt();
2103         const APInt &D = extractConstantWithoutWrapping(*this, C, Step);
2104         if (D != 0) {
2105           const SCEV *SSExtD = getSignExtendExpr(getConstant(D), Ty, Depth);
2106           const SCEV *SResidual =
2107               getAddRecExpr(getConstant(C - D), Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2108           const SCEV *SSExtR = getSignExtendExpr(SResidual, Ty, Depth + 1);
2109           return getAddExpr(SSExtD, SSExtR,
2110                             (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(SCEV::FlagNSW | SCEV::FlagNUW),
2111                             Depth + 1);
2112         }
2113       }
2114 
2115       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
2116         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), SCEV::FlagNSW);
2117         Start =
2118             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1);
2119         Step = getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1);
2120         return getAddRecExpr(Start, Step, L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2121       }
2122     }
2123 
2124   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2125   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2126   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2127     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2128 
2129   // sext(smin(x, y)) -> smin(sext(x), sext(y))
2130   // sext(smax(x, y)) -> smax(sext(x), sext(y))
2131   if (isa<SCEVSMinExpr>(Op) || isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op)) {
2132     auto *MinMax = cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Op);
2133     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2134     for (auto *Operand : MinMax->operands())
2135       Operands.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Ty));
2136     if (isa<SCEVSMinExpr>(MinMax))
2137       return getSMinExpr(Operands);
2138     return getSMaxExpr(Operands);
2139   }
2140 
2141   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2142   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2143   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2144   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2145                                                    Op, Ty);
2146   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2147   registerUser(S, { Op });
2148   return S;
2149 }
2150 
2151 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCastExpr(SCEVTypes Kind, const SCEV *Op,
2152                                          Type *Ty) {
2153   switch (Kind) {
2154   case scTruncate:
2155     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty);
2156   case scZeroExtend:
2157     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2158   case scSignExtend:
2159     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2160   case scPtrToInt:
2161     return getPtrToIntExpr(Op, Ty);
2162   default:
2163     llvm_unreachable("Not a SCEV cast expression!");
2164   }
2165 }
2166 
2167 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2168 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2169 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2170                                               Type *Ty) {
2171   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2172          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2173   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2174          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2175   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2176 
2177   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2178   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2179     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2180       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2181 
2182   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2183   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2184     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2185     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2186       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2187     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2188   }
2189 
2190   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2191   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2192   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2193     return ZExt;
2194 
2195   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2196   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2197   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2198     return SExt;
2199 
2200   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2201   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2202     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2203     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2204       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2205     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2206   }
2207 
2208   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2209   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2210     return SExt;
2211 
2212   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2213   return ZExt;
2214 }
2215 
2216 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2217 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2218 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2219 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2220 ///
2221 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2222 ///
2223 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2224 ///
2225 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2226 ///
2227 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2228 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2229 ///
2230 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2231 ///
2232 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2233 /// the original operand list.
2234 ///
2235 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2236 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2237 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2238 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2239 static bool
2240 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(SmallDenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt, 16> &M,
2241                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2242                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2243                              ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops, const APInt &Scale,
2244                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2245   bool Interesting = false;
2246 
2247   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2248   unsigned i = 0;
2249   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2250     ++i;
2251     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2252     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2253       Interesting = true;
2254     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2255   }
2256 
2257   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2258   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2259   for (; i != Ops.size(); ++i) {
2260     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2261     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2262       APInt NewScale =
2263           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2264       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2265         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2266         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2267         Interesting |=
2268           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2269                                        Add->operands(), NewScale, SE);
2270       } else {
2271         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2272         // the map.
2273         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(drop_begin(Mul->operands()));
2274         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2275         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2276         if (Pair.second) {
2277           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2278         } else {
2279           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2280           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2281           // a folding opportunity.
2282           Interesting = true;
2283         }
2284       }
2285     } else {
2286       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2287       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2288           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2289       if (Pair.second) {
2290         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2291       } else {
2292         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2293         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2294         // a folding opportunity.
2295         Interesting = true;
2296       }
2297     }
2298   }
2299 
2300   return Interesting;
2301 }
2302 
2303 bool ScalarEvolution::willNotOverflow(Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp, bool Signed,
2304                                       const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
2305                                       const Instruction *CtxI) {
2306   const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*Operation)(const SCEV *, const SCEV *,
2307                                             SCEV::NoWrapFlags, unsigned);
2308   switch (BinOp) {
2309   default:
2310     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported binary op");
2311   case Instruction::Add:
2312     Operation = &ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr;
2313     break;
2314   case Instruction::Sub:
2315     Operation = &ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV;
2316     break;
2317   case Instruction::Mul:
2318     Operation = &ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr;
2319     break;
2320   }
2321 
2322   const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*Extension)(const SCEV *, Type *, unsigned) =
2323       Signed ? &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr
2324              : &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
2325 
2326   // Check ext(LHS op RHS) == ext(LHS) op ext(RHS)
2327   auto *NarrowTy = cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType());
2328   auto *WideTy =
2329       IntegerType::get(NarrowTy->getContext(), NarrowTy->getBitWidth() * 2);
2330 
2331   const SCEV *A = (this->*Extension)(
2332       (this->*Operation)(LHS, RHS, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, 0), WideTy, 0);
2333   const SCEV *LHSB = (this->*Extension)(LHS, WideTy, 0);
2334   const SCEV *RHSB = (this->*Extension)(RHS, WideTy, 0);
2335   const SCEV *B = (this->*Operation)(LHSB, RHSB, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, 0);
2336   if (A == B)
2337     return true;
2338   // Can we use context to prove the fact we need?
2339   if (!CtxI)
2340     return false;
2341   // TODO: Support mul.
2342   if (BinOp == Instruction::Mul)
2343     return false;
2344   auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
2345   // TODO: Lift this limitation.
2346   if (!RHSC)
2347     return false;
2348   APInt C = RHSC->getAPInt();
2349   unsigned NumBits = C.getBitWidth();
2350   bool IsSub = (BinOp == Instruction::Sub);
2351   bool IsNegativeConst = (Signed && C.isNegative());
2352   // Compute the direction and magnitude by which we need to check overflow.
2353   bool OverflowDown = IsSub ^ IsNegativeConst;
2354   APInt Magnitude = C;
2355   if (IsNegativeConst) {
2356     if (C == APInt::getSignedMinValue(NumBits))
2357       // TODO: SINT_MIN on inversion gives the same negative value, we don't
2358       // want to deal with that.
2359       return false;
2360     Magnitude = -C;
2361   }
2362 
2363   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = Signed ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
2364   if (OverflowDown) {
2365     // To avoid overflow down, we need to make sure that MIN + Magnitude <= LHS.
2366     APInt Min = Signed ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(NumBits)
2367                        : APInt::getMinValue(NumBits);
2368     APInt Limit = Min + Magnitude;
2369     return isKnownPredicateAt(Pred, getConstant(Limit), LHS, CtxI);
2370   } else {
2371     // To avoid overflow up, we need to make sure that LHS <= MAX - Magnitude.
2372     APInt Max = Signed ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(NumBits)
2373                        : APInt::getMaxValue(NumBits);
2374     APInt Limit = Max - Magnitude;
2375     return isKnownPredicateAt(Pred, LHS, getConstant(Limit), CtxI);
2376   }
2377 }
2378 
2379 std::optional<SCEV::NoWrapFlags>
2380 ScalarEvolution::getStrengthenedNoWrapFlagsFromBinOp(
2381     const OverflowingBinaryOperator *OBO) {
2382   // It cannot be done any better.
2383   if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
2384     return std::nullopt;
2385 
2386   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags::FlagAnyWrap;
2387 
2388   if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
2389     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2390   if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
2391     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2392 
2393   bool Deduced = false;
2394 
2395   if (OBO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Add &&
2396       OBO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Sub &&
2397       OBO->getOpcode() != Instruction::Mul)
2398     return std::nullopt;
2399 
2400   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(OBO->getOperand(0));
2401   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(OBO->getOperand(1));
2402 
2403   const Instruction *CtxI =
2404       UseContextForNoWrapFlagInference ? dyn_cast<Instruction>(OBO) : nullptr;
2405   if (!OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap() &&
2406       willNotOverflow((Instruction::BinaryOps)OBO->getOpcode(),
2407                       /* Signed */ false, LHS, RHS, CtxI)) {
2408     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2409     Deduced = true;
2410   }
2411 
2412   if (!OBO->hasNoSignedWrap() &&
2413       willNotOverflow((Instruction::BinaryOps)OBO->getOpcode(),
2414                       /* Signed */ true, LHS, RHS, CtxI)) {
2415     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2416     Deduced = true;
2417   }
2418 
2419   if (Deduced)
2420     return Flags;
2421   return std::nullopt;
2422 }
2423 
2424 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2425 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2426 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2427 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2428 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2429                       const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2430                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2431   using namespace std::placeholders;
2432 
2433   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2434 
2435   bool CanAnalyze =
2436       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2437   (void)CanAnalyze;
2438   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2439 
2440   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2441   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2442       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2443 
2444   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2445   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2446     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2447   };
2448 
2449   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2450     Flags =
2451         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2452 
2453   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2454 
2455   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask &&
2456       (Type == scAddExpr || Type == scMulExpr) && Ops.size() == 2 &&
2457       isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2458 
2459     auto Opcode = [&] {
2460       switch (Type) {
2461       case scAddExpr:
2462         return Instruction::Add;
2463       case scMulExpr:
2464         return Instruction::Mul;
2465       default:
2466         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV op.");
2467       }
2468     }();
2469 
2470     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2471 
2472     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nsw> if the op doesn't sign overflow.
2473     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2474       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2475           Opcode, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2476       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2477         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2478     }
2479 
2480     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nuw> if the op doesn't unsign overflow.
2481     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2482       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2483           Opcode, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2484       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2485         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2486     }
2487   }
2488 
2489   // <0,+,nonnegative><nw> is also nuw
2490   // TODO: Add corresponding nsw case
2491   if (Type == scAddRecExpr && ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW) &&
2492       !ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && Ops.size() == 2 &&
2493       Ops[0]->isZero() && IsKnownNonNegative(Ops[1]))
2494     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2495 
2496   // both (udiv X, Y) * Y and Y * (udiv X, Y) are always NUW
2497   if (Type == scMulExpr && !ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) &&
2498       Ops.size() == 2) {
2499     if (auto *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(Ops[0]))
2500       if (UDiv->getOperand(1) == Ops[1])
2501         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2502     if (auto *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(Ops[1]))
2503       if (UDiv->getOperand(1) == Ops[0])
2504         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2505   }
2506 
2507   return Flags;
2508 }
2509 
2510 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2511   return isLoopInvariant(S, L) && properlyDominates(S, L->getHeader());
2512 }
2513 
2514 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2515 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2516                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags,
2517                                         unsigned Depth) {
2518   assert(!(OrigFlags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2519          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2520   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2521   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2522 #ifndef NDEBUG
2523   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2524   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2525     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2526            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2527   unsigned NumPtrs = count_if(
2528       Ops, [](const SCEV *Op) { return Op->getType()->isPointerTy(); });
2529   assert(NumPtrs <= 1 && "add has at most one pointer operand");
2530 #endif
2531 
2532   const SCEV *Folded = constantFoldAndGroupOps(
2533       *this, LI, DT, Ops,
2534       [](const APInt &C1, const APInt &C2) { return C1 + C2; },
2535       [](const APInt &C) { return C.isZero(); }, // identity
2536       [](const APInt &C) { return false; });     // absorber
2537   if (Folded)
2538     return Folded;
2539 
2540   unsigned Idx = isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]) ? 1 : 0;
2541 
2542   // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
2543   auto ComputeFlags = [this, OrigFlags](const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
2544     return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, OrigFlags);
2545   };
2546 
2547   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2548   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth || hasHugeExpression(Ops))
2549     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
2550 
2551   if (SCEV *S = findExistingSCEVInCache(scAddExpr, Ops)) {
2552     // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
2553     SCEVAddExpr *Add = static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(S);
2554     if (Add->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags) != OrigFlags)
2555       Add->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops));
2556     return S;
2557   }
2558 
2559   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2560   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2561   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2562   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2563   bool FoundMatch = false;
2564   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2565     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2566       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2567       unsigned Count = 2;
2568       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2569         ++Count;
2570       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2571       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2572       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2573       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2574         return Mul;
2575       Ops[i] = Mul;
2576       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2577       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2578       FoundMatch = true;
2579     }
2580   if (FoundMatch)
2581     return getAddExpr(Ops, OrigFlags, Depth + 1);
2582 
2583   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2584   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2585   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2586   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2587   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2588     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2589     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2590     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2591     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2592     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2593       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2594     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2595       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2596       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2597         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2598     }
2599     return nullptr;
2600   };
2601   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2602     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2603     bool Ok = true;
2604     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2605     // source type of the truncate.
2606     for (const SCEV *Op : Ops) {
2607       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2608         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2609           Ok = false;
2610           break;
2611         }
2612         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2613       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op)) {
2614         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2615       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
2616         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2617         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2618           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2619                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2620             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2621               Ok = false;
2622               break;
2623             }
2624             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2625           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2626             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2627           } else {
2628             Ok = false;
2629             break;
2630           }
2631         }
2632         if (Ok)
2633           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2634       } else {
2635         Ok = false;
2636         break;
2637       }
2638     }
2639     if (Ok) {
2640       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2641       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2642       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2643       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2644         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2645     }
2646   }
2647 
2648   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2649     // Check if we have an expression of the form ((X + C1) - C2), where C1 and
2650     // C2 can be folded in a way that allows retaining wrapping flags of (X +
2651     // C1).
2652     const SCEV *A = Ops[0];
2653     const SCEV *B = Ops[1];
2654     auto *AddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(B);
2655     auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(A);
2656     if (AddExpr && C && isa<SCEVConstant>(AddExpr->getOperand(0))) {
2657       auto C1 = cast<SCEVConstant>(AddExpr->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2658       auto C2 = C->getAPInt();
2659       SCEV::NoWrapFlags PreservedFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
2660 
2661       APInt ConstAdd = C1 + C2;
2662       auto AddFlags = AddExpr->getNoWrapFlags();
2663       // Adding a smaller constant is NUW if the original AddExpr was NUW.
2664       if (ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(AddFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) &&
2665           ConstAdd.ule(C1)) {
2666         PreservedFlags =
2667             ScalarEvolution::setFlags(PreservedFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2668       }
2669 
2670       // Adding a constant with the same sign and small magnitude is NSW, if the
2671       // original AddExpr was NSW.
2672       if (ScalarEvolution::hasFlags(AddFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2673           C1.isSignBitSet() == ConstAdd.isSignBitSet() &&
2674           ConstAdd.abs().ule(C1.abs())) {
2675         PreservedFlags =
2676             ScalarEvolution::setFlags(PreservedFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2677       }
2678 
2679       if (PreservedFlags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
2680         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(AddExpr->operands());
2681         NewOps[0] = getConstant(ConstAdd);
2682         return getAddExpr(NewOps, PreservedFlags);
2683       }
2684     }
2685   }
2686 
2687   // Canonicalize (-1 * urem X, Y) + X --> (Y * X/Y)
2688   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2689     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[0]);
2690     if (Mul && Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
2691         Mul->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
2692       const SCEV *X;
2693       const SCEV *Y;
2694       if (matchURem(Mul->getOperand(1), X, Y) && X == Ops[1]) {
2695         return getMulExpr(Y, getUDivExpr(X, Y));
2696       }
2697     }
2698   }
2699 
2700   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2701   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2702     ++Idx;
2703 
2704   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2705   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2706     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2707     // If the original flags and all inlined SCEVAddExprs are NUW, use the
2708     // common NUW flag for expression after inlining. Other flags cannot be
2709     // preserved, because they may depend on the original order of operations.
2710     SCEV::NoWrapFlags CommonFlags = maskFlags(OrigFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2711     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2712       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2713           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2714         break;
2715       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2716       // list.
2717       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2718       append_range(Ops, Add->operands());
2719       DeletedAdd = true;
2720       CommonFlags = maskFlags(CommonFlags, Add->getNoWrapFlags());
2721     }
2722 
2723     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2724     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2725     // any operands we just acquired.
2726     if (DeletedAdd)
2727       return getAddExpr(Ops, CommonFlags, Depth + 1);
2728   }
2729 
2730   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2731   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2732     ++Idx;
2733 
2734   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2735   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2736   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2737     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2738     SmallDenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt, 16> M;
2739     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2740     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2741     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2742                                      Ops, APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2743       struct APIntCompare {
2744         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2745           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2746         }
2747       };
2748 
2749       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2750       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2751       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2752       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2753       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2754         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2755       // Re-generate the operands list.
2756       Ops.clear();
2757       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2758         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2759       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists) {
2760         if (MulOp.first == 1) {
2761           Ops.push_back(getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2762         } else if (MulOp.first != 0) {
2763           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2764               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2765               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2766               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2767         }
2768       }
2769       if (Ops.empty())
2770         return getZero(Ty);
2771       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2772         return Ops[0];
2773       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2774     }
2775   }
2776 
2777   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2778   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2779   // the multiply.
2780   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2781     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2782     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2783       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2784       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2785         continue;
2786       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2787         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2788           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2789           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2790           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2791             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2792             // Y*Z term.
2793             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(
2794                 Mul->operands().take_front(MulOp));
2795             append_range(MulOps, Mul->operands().drop_front(MulOp + 1));
2796             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2797           }
2798           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2799           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2800           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2801                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2802           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2803           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2804             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2805             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2806           } else {
2807             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2808             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2809           }
2810           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2811           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2812         }
2813 
2814       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2815       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2816            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2817            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2818         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2819         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2820         // together.
2821         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2822              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2823           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2824             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2825             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2826             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2827               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(
2828                   Mul->operands().take_front(MulOp));
2829               append_range(MulOps, Mul->operands().drop_front(MulOp+1));
2830               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2831             }
2832             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2833             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2834               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(
2835                   OtherMul->operands().take_front(OMulOp));
2836               append_range(MulOps, OtherMul->operands().drop_front(OMulOp+1));
2837               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2838             }
2839             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2840             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2841                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2842             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2843                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2844             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2845             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2846             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2847             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2848             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2849           }
2850       }
2851     }
2852   }
2853 
2854   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2855   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2856   // recurrence.
2857   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2858     ++Idx;
2859 
2860   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2861   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2862     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2863     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2864     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2865     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2866     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2867     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2868       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2869         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2870         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2871         --i; --e;
2872       }
2873 
2874     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2875     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2876       // Compute nowrap flags for the addition of the loop-invariant ops and
2877       // the addrec. Temporarily push it as an operand for that purpose. These
2878       // flags are valid in the scope of the addrec only.
2879       LIOps.push_back(AddRec);
2880       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = ComputeFlags(LIOps);
2881       LIOps.pop_back();
2882 
2883       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2884       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2885 
2886       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->operands());
2887 
2888       // It is not in general safe to propagate flags valid on an add within
2889       // the addrec scope to one outside it.  We must prove that the inner
2890       // scope is guaranteed to execute if the outer one does to be able to
2891       // safely propagate.  We know the program is undefined if poison is
2892       // produced on the inner scoped addrec.  We also know that *for this use*
2893       // the outer scoped add can't overflow (because of the flags we just
2894       // computed for the inner scoped add) without the program being undefined.
2895       // Proving that entry to the outer scope neccesitates entry to the inner
2896       // scope, thus proves the program undefined if the flags would be violated
2897       // in the outer scope.
2898       SCEV::NoWrapFlags AddFlags = Flags;
2899       if (AddFlags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
2900         auto *DefI = getDefiningScopeBound(LIOps);
2901         auto *ReachI = &*AddRecLoop->getHeader()->begin();
2902         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(DefI, ReachI))
2903           AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
2904       }
2905       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, AddFlags, Depth + 1);
2906 
2907       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2908       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2909       // Always propagate NW.
2910       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2911       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2912 
2913       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2914       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2915 
2916       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2917       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2918         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2919           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2920           break;
2921         }
2922       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2923     }
2924 
2925     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2926     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2927     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2928     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2929          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2930          ++OtherIdx) {
2931       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2932       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2933       assert(DT.dominates(
2934            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2935            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2936         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2937       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2938         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2939         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->operands());
2940         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2941              ++OtherIdx) {
2942           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2943           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2944             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2945                  i != e; ++i) {
2946               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2947                 append_range(AddRecOps, OtherAddRec->operands().drop_front(i));
2948                 break;
2949               }
2950               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2951                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2952               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2953             }
2954             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2955           }
2956         }
2957         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2958         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2959         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2960       }
2961     }
2962 
2963     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2964     // next one.
2965   }
2966 
2967   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2968   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2969   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
2970 }
2971 
2972 const SCEV *
2973 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2974                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2975   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2976   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2977   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
2978     ID.AddPointer(Op);
2979   void *IP = nullptr;
2980   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2981       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2982   if (!S) {
2983     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2984     llvm::uninitialized_copy(Ops, O);
2985     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2986         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2987     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2988     registerUser(S, Ops);
2989   }
2990   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2991   return S;
2992 }
2993 
2994 const SCEV *
2995 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddRecExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
2996                                        const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2997   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2998   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
2999   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
3000     ID.AddPointer(Op);
3001   ID.AddPointer(L);
3002   void *IP = nullptr;
3003   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3004       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3005   if (!S) {
3006     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3007     llvm::uninitialized_copy(Ops, O);
3008     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
3009         SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size(), L);
3010     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3011     LoopUsers[L].push_back(S);
3012     registerUser(S, Ops);
3013   }
3014   setNoWrapFlags(S, Flags);
3015   return S;
3016 }
3017 
3018 const SCEV *
3019 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
3020                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3021   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3022   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
3023   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
3024     ID.AddPointer(Op);
3025   void *IP = nullptr;
3026   SCEVMulExpr *S =
3027     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3028   if (!S) {
3029     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3030     llvm::uninitialized_copy(Ops, O);
3031     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3032                                         O, Ops.size());
3033     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3034     registerUser(S, Ops);
3035   }
3036   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3037   return S;
3038 }
3039 
3040 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
3041   uint64_t k = i*j;
3042   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
3043   return k;
3044 }
3045 
3046 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
3047 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
3048 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
3049 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
3050   // We use the multiplicative formula:
3051   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
3052   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
3053   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
3054   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
3055   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
3056   // final result would fit.
3057 
3058   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
3059   if (k > n) return 0;
3060 
3061   if (k > n/2)
3062     k = n-k;
3063 
3064   uint64_t r = 1;
3065   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
3066     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
3067     r /= i;
3068   }
3069   return r;
3070 }
3071 
3072 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
3073 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
3074 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
3075   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
3076     bool FoundConstant = false;
3077 
3078     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
3079       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
3080       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
3081     }
3082 
3083     bool isDone() const {
3084       return FoundConstant;
3085     }
3086   };
3087 
3088   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
3089   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
3090   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
3091   return F.FoundConstant;
3092 }
3093 
3094 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
3095 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
3096                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OrigFlags,
3097                                         unsigned Depth) {
3098   assert(OrigFlags == maskFlags(OrigFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
3099          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
3100   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
3101   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3102 #ifndef NDEBUG
3103   Type *ETy = Ops[0]->getType();
3104   assert(!ETy->isPointerTy());
3105   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3106     assert(Ops[i]->getType() == ETy &&
3107            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
3108 #endif
3109 
3110   const SCEV *Folded = constantFoldAndGroupOps(
3111       *this, LI, DT, Ops,
3112       [](const APInt &C1, const APInt &C2) { return C1 * C2; },
3113       [](const APInt &C) { return C.isOne(); },   // identity
3114       [](const APInt &C) { return C.isZero(); }); // absorber
3115   if (Folded)
3116     return Folded;
3117 
3118   // Delay expensive flag strengthening until necessary.
3119   auto ComputeFlags = [this, OrigFlags](const ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
3120     return StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, OrigFlags);
3121   };
3122 
3123   // Limit recursion calls depth.
3124   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth || hasHugeExpression(Ops))
3125     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
3126 
3127   if (SCEV *S = findExistingSCEVInCache(scMulExpr, Ops)) {
3128     // Don't strengthen flags if we have no new information.
3129     SCEVMulExpr *Mul = static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(S);
3130     if (Mul->getNoWrapFlags(OrigFlags) != OrigFlags)
3131       Mul->setNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags(Ops));
3132     return S;
3133   }
3134 
3135   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3136     if (Ops.size() == 2) {
3137       // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
3138       if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
3139         // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, apply this
3140         // transformation as well.
3141         //
3142         // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
3143         // profitable; for example, Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.  Maybe the scope of
3144         // this transformation should be narrowed down.
3145         if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2 && containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add)) {
3146           const SCEV *LHS = getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
3147                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3148           const SCEV *RHS = getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
3149                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3150           return getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3151         }
3152 
3153       if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
3154         // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
3155         // add operands.
3156         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
3157           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
3158           bool AnyFolded = false;
3159           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
3160             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
3161                                          Depth + 1);
3162             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
3163             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
3164           }
3165           if (AnyFolded)
3166             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3167         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
3168           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
3169           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3170           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
3171             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
3172                                           Depth + 1));
3173           // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. AddRec with nsw
3174           // multiplied by -1 can have signed overflow if and only if it takes a
3175           // value of M: M * (-1) would stay M and (M + 1) * (-1) would be the
3176           // maximum signed value. In all other cases signed overflow is
3177           // impossible.
3178           auto FlagsMask = SCEV::FlagNW;
3179           if (hasFlags(AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
3180             auto MinInt =
3181                 APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec->getType()));
3182             if (getSignedRangeMin(AddRec) != MinInt)
3183               FlagsMask = setFlags(FlagsMask, SCEV::FlagNSW);
3184           }
3185           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
3186                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(FlagsMask));
3187         }
3188       }
3189     }
3190   }
3191 
3192   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
3193   unsigned Idx = 0;
3194   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
3195     ++Idx;
3196 
3197   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
3198   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3199     bool DeletedMul = false;
3200     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3201       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
3202         break;
3203       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
3204       // operands list.
3205       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3206       append_range(Ops, Mul->operands());
3207       DeletedMul = true;
3208     }
3209 
3210     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
3211     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
3212     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
3213     if (DeletedMul)
3214       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3215   }
3216 
3217   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
3218   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
3219   // recurrence.
3220   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
3221     ++Idx;
3222 
3223   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
3224   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
3225     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
3226     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
3227     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
3228     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
3229     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3230       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRec->getLoop())) {
3231         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
3232         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
3233         --i; --e;
3234       }
3235 
3236     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
3237     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
3238       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
3239       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
3240       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
3241       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3242 
3243       // If both the mul and addrec are nuw, we can preserve nuw.
3244       // If both the mul and addrec are nsw, we can only preserve nsw if either
3245       // a) they are also nuw, or
3246       // b) all multiplications of addrec operands with scale are nsw.
3247       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags =
3248           AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(ComputeFlags({Scale, AddRec}));
3249 
3250       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3251         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
3252                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
3253 
3254         if (hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) && !hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
3255           ConstantRange NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
3256               Instruction::Mul, getSignedRange(Scale),
3257               OverflowingBinaryOperator::NoSignedWrap);
3258           if (!NSWRegion.contains(getSignedRange(AddRec->getOperand(i))))
3259             Flags = clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
3260         }
3261       }
3262 
3263       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), Flags);
3264 
3265       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
3266       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
3267 
3268       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
3269       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
3270         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
3271           Ops[i] = NewRec;
3272           break;
3273         }
3274       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3275     }
3276 
3277     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
3278     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
3279     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
3280 
3281     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
3282     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
3283     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
3284     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
3285     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
3286     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
3287     //
3288     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
3289     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
3290     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
3291     bool OpsModified = false;
3292     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
3293          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
3294          ++OtherIdx) {
3295       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
3296         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
3297       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRec->getLoop())
3298         continue;
3299 
3300       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
3301       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
3302       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
3303           MaxAddRecSize || hasHugeExpression({AddRec, OtherAddRec}))
3304         continue;
3305 
3306       bool Overflow = false;
3307       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
3308       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
3309       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
3310       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
3311              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
3312         SmallVector <const SCEV *, 7> SumOps;
3313         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
3314           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
3315           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
3316                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
3317                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
3318             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
3319             uint64_t Coeff;
3320             if (LargerThan64Bits)
3321               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
3322             else
3323               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
3324             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
3325             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
3326             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
3327             SumOps.push_back(getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
3328                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
3329           }
3330         }
3331         if (SumOps.empty())
3332           SumOps.push_back(getZero(Ty));
3333         AddRecOps.push_back(getAddExpr(SumOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
3334       }
3335       if (!Overflow) {
3336         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
3337                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
3338         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
3339         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
3340         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
3341         OpsModified = true;
3342         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
3343         if (!AddRec)
3344           break;
3345       }
3346     }
3347     if (OpsModified)
3348       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3349 
3350     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
3351     // next one.
3352   }
3353 
3354   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
3355   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3356   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, ComputeFlags(Ops));
3357 }
3358 
3359 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
3360 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3361                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3362   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3363          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3364          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3365 
3366   // Short-circuit easy cases
3367   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3368     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3369     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3370       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3371 
3372     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3373     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3374       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
3375       Type *TruncTy =
3376           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
3377       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
3378     }
3379   }
3380 
3381   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3382   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3383   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3384   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3385 }
3386 
3387 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3388 /// possible.
3389 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3390                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3391   assert(!LHS->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
3392          "SCEVUDivExpr operand can't be pointer!");
3393   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
3394          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3395 
3396   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3397   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3398   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3399   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3400   void *IP = nullptr;
3401   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
3402     return S;
3403 
3404   // 0 udiv Y == 0
3405   if (match(LHS, m_scev_Zero()))
3406     return LHS;
3407 
3408   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3409     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3410       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3411     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3412     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3413     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3414     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3415       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3416       // its operands.
3417       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3418       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3419       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countl_zero();
3420       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3421       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3422       // nearest power of two.
3423       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3424         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3425       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3426         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3427       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3428         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3429             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3430           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3431           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3432           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3433           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3434               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3435               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3436                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3437                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3438             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3439             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3440               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3441             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3442           }
3443           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3444           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3445           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3446           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3447           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3448               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3449               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3450                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3451                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3452             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3453             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3454             if (StartRem != 0) {
3455               const SCEV *NewLHS =
3456                   getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3457                                 AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3458               if (LHS != NewLHS) {
3459                 LHS = NewLHS;
3460 
3461                 // Reset the ID to include the new LHS, and check if it is
3462                 // already cached.
3463                 ID.clear();
3464                 ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3465                 ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3466                 ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3467                 IP = nullptr;
3468                 if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
3469                   return S;
3470               }
3471             }
3472           }
3473         }
3474       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3475       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3476         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3477         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3478           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3479         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3480           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3481           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3482             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3483             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3484             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3485               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->operands());
3486               Operands[i] = Div;
3487               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3488             }
3489           }
3490       }
3491 
3492       // (A/B)/C --> A/(B*C) if safe and B*C can be folded.
3493       if (const SCEVUDivExpr *OtherDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS)) {
3494         if (auto *DivisorConstant =
3495                 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(OtherDiv->getRHS())) {
3496           bool Overflow = false;
3497           APInt NewRHS =
3498               DivisorConstant->getAPInt().umul_ov(RHSC->getAPInt(), Overflow);
3499           if (Overflow) {
3500             return getConstant(RHSC->getType(), 0, false);
3501           }
3502           return getUDivExpr(OtherDiv->getLHS(), getConstant(NewRHS));
3503         }
3504       }
3505 
3506       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3507       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3508         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3509         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3510           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3511         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3512           Operands.clear();
3513           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3514             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3515             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3516                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3517               break;
3518             Operands.push_back(Op);
3519           }
3520           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3521             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3522         }
3523       }
3524 
3525       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3526       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS))
3527         return getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt().udiv(RHSC->getAPInt()));
3528     }
3529   }
3530 
3531   // ((-C + (C smax %x)) /u %x) evaluates to zero, for any positive constant C.
3532   if (const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS);
3533       AE && AE->getNumOperands() == 2) {
3534     if (const auto *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AE->getOperand(0))) {
3535       const APInt &NegC = VC->getAPInt();
3536       if (NegC.isNegative() && !NegC.isMinSignedValue()) {
3537         const auto *MME = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(AE->getOperand(1));
3538         if (MME && MME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3539             isa<SCEVConstant>(MME->getOperand(0)) &&
3540             cast<SCEVConstant>(MME->getOperand(0))->getAPInt() == -NegC &&
3541             MME->getOperand(1) == RHS)
3542           return getZero(LHS->getType());
3543       }
3544     }
3545   }
3546 
3547   // The Insertion Point (IP) might be invalid by now (due to UniqueSCEVs
3548   // changes). Make sure we get a new one.
3549   IP = nullptr;
3550   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3551   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3552                                              LHS, RHS);
3553   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3554   registerUser(S, {LHS, RHS});
3555   return S;
3556 }
3557 
3558 APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3559   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3560   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3561   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3562   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3563 
3564   if (ABW > BBW)
3565     B = B.zext(ABW);
3566   else if (ABW < BBW)
3567     A = A.zext(BBW);
3568 
3569   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3570 }
3571 
3572 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3573 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3574 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3575 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3576 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3577                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3578   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3579   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3580   // end of this file for inspiration.
3581 
3582   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3583   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3584     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3585 
3586   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3587     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3588     // first element of the mulexpr.
3589     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3590       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3591         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands(drop_begin(Mul->operands()));
3592         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3593       }
3594 
3595       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3596       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3597       // check.
3598       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3599       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3600         LHSCst =
3601             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3602         RHSCst =
3603             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3604         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3605         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3606         append_range(Operands, Mul->operands().drop_front());
3607         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3608         RHS = RHSCst;
3609         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3610         if (!Mul)
3611           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3612       }
3613     }
3614   }
3615 
3616   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3617     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3618       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3619       append_range(Operands, Mul->operands().take_front(i));
3620       append_range(Operands, Mul->operands().drop_front(i + 1));
3621       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3622     }
3623   }
3624 
3625   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3626 }
3627 
3628 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3629 /// expression as much as possible.
3630 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3631                                            const Loop *L,
3632                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3633   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3634   Operands.push_back(Start);
3635   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3636     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3637       append_range(Operands, StepChrec->operands());
3638       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3639     }
3640 
3641   Operands.push_back(Step);
3642   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3643 }
3644 
3645 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3646 /// expression as much as possible.
3647 const SCEV *
3648 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3649                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3650   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3651 #ifndef NDEBUG
3652   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3653   for (const SCEV *Op : llvm::drop_begin(Operands)) {
3654     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Op->getType()) == ETy &&
3655            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3656     assert(!Op->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Step must be integer");
3657   }
3658   for (const SCEV *Op : Operands)
3659     assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Op, L) &&
3660            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not available at loop entry!");
3661 #endif
3662 
3663   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3664     Operands.pop_back();
3665     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3666   }
3667 
3668   // It's tempting to want to call getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3669   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3670   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3671   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3672   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3673 
3674   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3675 
3676   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3677   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3678     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3679     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3680             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3681             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3682                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3683       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->operands());
3684       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3685       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3686       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3687       // requirement.
3688       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3689           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3690 
3691       if (AllInvariant) {
3692         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3693         //
3694         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3695         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3696         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3697           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3698 
3699         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3700         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3701           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3702         });
3703 
3704         if (AllInvariant) {
3705           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3706           //
3707           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3708           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3709           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3710             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3711           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3712         }
3713       }
3714       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3715       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3716     }
3717   }
3718 
3719   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3720   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3721   return getOrCreateAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3722 }
3723 
3724 const SCEV *
3725 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3726                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3727   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3728   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3729   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3730   Type *IntIdxTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3731   GEPNoWrapFlags NW = GEP->getNoWrapFlags();
3732   if (NW != GEPNoWrapFlags::none()) {
3733     // We'd like to propagate flags from the IR to the corresponding SCEV nodes,
3734     // but to do that, we have to ensure that said flag is valid in the entire
3735     // defined scope of the SCEV.
3736     // TODO: non-instructions have global scope.  We might be able to prove
3737     // some global scope cases
3738     auto *GEPI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP);
3739     if (!GEPI || !isSCEVExprNeverPoison(GEPI))
3740       NW = GEPNoWrapFlags::none();
3741   }
3742 
3743   SCEV::NoWrapFlags OffsetWrap = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3744   if (NW.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap())
3745     OffsetWrap = setFlags(OffsetWrap, SCEV::FlagNSW);
3746   if (NW.hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3747     OffsetWrap = setFlags(OffsetWrap, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3748 
3749   Type *CurTy = GEP->getType();
3750   bool FirstIter = true;
3751   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Offsets;
3752   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3753     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3754     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3755       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3756       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3757       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3758       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntIdxTy, STy, FieldNo);
3759       Offsets.push_back(FieldOffset);
3760 
3761       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3762       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3763     } else {
3764       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3765       if (FirstIter) {
3766         assert(isa<PointerType>(CurTy) &&
3767                "The first index of a GEP indexes a pointer");
3768         CurTy = GEP->getSourceElementType();
3769         FirstIter = false;
3770       } else {
3771         CurTy = GetElementPtrInst::getTypeAtIndex(CurTy, (uint64_t)0);
3772       }
3773       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3774       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntIdxTy, CurTy);
3775       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3776       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntIdxTy);
3777 
3778       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3779       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, OffsetWrap);
3780       Offsets.push_back(LocalOffset);
3781     }
3782   }
3783 
3784   // Handle degenerate case of GEP without offsets.
3785   if (Offsets.empty())
3786     return BaseExpr;
3787 
3788   // Add the offsets together, assuming nsw if inbounds.
3789   const SCEV *Offset = getAddExpr(Offsets, OffsetWrap);
3790   // Add the base address and the offset. We cannot use the nsw flag, as the
3791   // base address is unsigned. However, if we know that the offset is
3792   // non-negative, we can use nuw.
3793   bool NUW = NW.hasNoUnsignedWrap() ||
3794              (NW.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap() && isKnownNonNegative(Offset));
3795   SCEV::NoWrapFlags BaseWrap = NUW ? SCEV::FlagNUW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3796   auto *GEPExpr = getAddExpr(BaseExpr, Offset, BaseWrap);
3797   assert(BaseExpr->getType() == GEPExpr->getType() &&
3798          "GEP should not change type mid-flight.");
3799   return GEPExpr;
3800 }
3801 
3802 SCEV *ScalarEvolution::findExistingSCEVInCache(SCEVTypes SCEVType,
3803                                                ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
3804   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3805   ID.AddInteger(SCEVType);
3806   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
3807     ID.AddPointer(Op);
3808   void *IP = nullptr;
3809   return UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);
3810 }
3811 
3812 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAbsExpr(const SCEV *Op, bool IsNSW) {
3813   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = IsNSW ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3814   return getSMaxExpr(Op, getNegativeSCEV(Op, Flags));
3815 }
3816 
3817 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinMaxExpr(SCEVTypes Kind,
3818                                            SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3819   assert(SCEVMinMaxExpr::isMinMaxType(Kind) && "Not a SCEVMinMaxExpr!");
3820   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty (u|s)(min|max)!");
3821   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3822 #ifndef NDEBUG
3823   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3824   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3825     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3826            "Operand types don't match!");
3827     assert(Ops[0]->getType()->isPointerTy() ==
3828                Ops[i]->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
3829            "min/max should be consistently pointerish");
3830   }
3831 #endif
3832 
3833   bool IsSigned = Kind == scSMaxExpr || Kind == scSMinExpr;
3834   bool IsMax = Kind == scSMaxExpr || Kind == scUMaxExpr;
3835 
3836   const SCEV *Folded = constantFoldAndGroupOps(
3837       *this, LI, DT, Ops,
3838       [&](const APInt &C1, const APInt &C2) {
3839         switch (Kind) {
3840         case scSMaxExpr:
3841           return APIntOps::smax(C1, C2);
3842         case scSMinExpr:
3843           return APIntOps::smin(C1, C2);
3844         case scUMaxExpr:
3845           return APIntOps::umax(C1, C2);
3846         case scUMinExpr:
3847           return APIntOps::umin(C1, C2);
3848         default:
3849           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV min/max opcode");
3850         }
3851       },
3852       [&](const APInt &C) {
3853         // identity
3854         if (IsMax)
3855           return IsSigned ? C.isMinSignedValue() : C.isMinValue();
3856         else
3857           return IsSigned ? C.isMaxSignedValue() : C.isMaxValue();
3858       },
3859       [&](const APInt &C) {
3860         // absorber
3861         if (IsMax)
3862           return IsSigned ? C.isMaxSignedValue() : C.isMaxValue();
3863         else
3864           return IsSigned ? C.isMinSignedValue() : C.isMinValue();
3865       });
3866   if (Folded)
3867     return Folded;
3868 
3869   // Check if we have created the same expression before.
3870   if (const SCEV *S = findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind, Ops)) {
3871     return S;
3872   }
3873 
3874   // Find the first operation of the same kind
3875   unsigned Idx = 0;
3876   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < Kind)
3877     ++Idx;
3878 
3879   // Check to see if one of the operands is of the same kind. If so, expand its
3880   // operands onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3881   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3882     bool DeletedAny = false;
3883     while (Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() == Kind) {
3884       const SCEVMinMaxExpr *SMME = cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
3885       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3886       append_range(Ops, SMME->operands());
3887       DeletedAny = true;
3888     }
3889 
3890     if (DeletedAny)
3891       return getMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
3892   }
3893 
3894   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3895   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3896   // be adjacent.
3897   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate GEPred =
3898       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
3899   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate LEPred =
3900       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
3901   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate FirstPred = IsMax ? GEPred : LEPred;
3902   llvm::CmpInst::Predicate SecondPred = IsMax ? LEPred : GEPred;
3903   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size() - 1; i != e; ++i) {
3904     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i + 1] ||
3905         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(FirstPred, Ops[i], Ops[i + 1])) {
3906       //  X op Y op Y  -->  X op Y
3907       //  X op Y       -->  X, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3908       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i + 1, Ops.begin() + i + 2);
3909       --i;
3910       --e;
3911     } else if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(SecondPred, Ops[i],
3912                                                Ops[i + 1])) {
3913       //  X op Y       -->  Y, if we know X, Y are ordered appropriately
3914       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i, Ops.begin() + i + 1);
3915       --i;
3916       --e;
3917     }
3918   }
3919 
3920   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3921 
3922   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3923 
3924   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an expr.  Check to see if we
3925   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3926   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3927   ID.AddInteger(Kind);
3928   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
3929     ID.AddPointer(Op);
3930   void *IP = nullptr;
3931   const SCEV *ExistingSCEV = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);
3932   if (ExistingSCEV)
3933     return ExistingSCEV;
3934   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3935   llvm::uninitialized_copy(Ops, O);
3936   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator)
3937       SCEVMinMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Kind, O, Ops.size());
3938 
3939   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3940   registerUser(S, Ops);
3941   return S;
3942 }
3943 
3944 namespace {
3945 
3946 class SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor final
3947     : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor,
3948                          std::optional<const SCEV *>> {
3949   using RetVal = std::optional<const SCEV *>;
3950   using Base = SCEVVisitor<SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor, RetVal>;
3951 
3952   ScalarEvolution &SE;
3953   const SCEVTypes RootKind; // Must be a sequential min/max expression.
3954   const SCEVTypes NonSequentialRootKind; // Non-sequential variant of RootKind.
3955   SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 16> SeenOps;
3956 
3957   bool canRecurseInto(SCEVTypes Kind) const {
3958     // We can only recurse into the SCEV expression of the same effective type
3959     // as the type of our root SCEV expression.
3960     return RootKind == Kind || NonSequentialRootKind == Kind;
3961   };
3962 
3963   RetVal visitAnyMinMaxExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3964     assert((isa<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr>(S)) &&
3965            "Only for min/max expressions.");
3966     SCEVTypes Kind = S->getSCEVType();
3967 
3968     if (!canRecurseInto(Kind))
3969       return S;
3970 
3971     auto *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
3972     SmallVector<const SCEV *> NewOps;
3973     bool Changed = visit(Kind, NAry->operands(), NewOps);
3974 
3975     if (!Changed)
3976       return S;
3977     if (NewOps.empty())
3978       return std::nullopt;
3979 
3980     return isa<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr>(S)
3981                ? SE.getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind, NewOps)
3982                : SE.getMinMaxExpr(Kind, NewOps);
3983   }
3984 
3985   RetVal visit(const SCEV *S) {
3986     // Has the whole operand been seen already?
3987     if (!SeenOps.insert(S).second)
3988       return std::nullopt;
3989     return Base::visit(S);
3990   }
3991 
3992 public:
3993   SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor(ScalarEvolution &SE,
3994                                            SCEVTypes RootKind)
3995       : SE(SE), RootKind(RootKind),
3996         NonSequentialRootKind(
3997             SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(
3998                 RootKind)) {}
3999 
4000   bool /*Changed*/ visit(SCEVTypes Kind, ArrayRef<const SCEV *> OrigOps,
4001                          SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps) {
4002     bool Changed = false;
4003     SmallVector<const SCEV *> Ops;
4004     Ops.reserve(OrigOps.size());
4005 
4006     for (const SCEV *Op : OrigOps) {
4007       RetVal NewOp = visit(Op);
4008       if (NewOp != Op)
4009         Changed = true;
4010       if (NewOp)
4011         Ops.emplace_back(*NewOp);
4012     }
4013 
4014     if (Changed)
4015       NewOps = std::move(Ops);
4016     return Changed;
4017   }
4018 
4019   RetVal visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) { return Constant; }
4020 
4021   RetVal visitVScale(const SCEVVScale *VScale) { return VScale; }
4022 
4023   RetVal visitPtrToIntExpr(const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4024 
4025   RetVal visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4026 
4027   RetVal visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4028 
4029   RetVal visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4030 
4031   RetVal visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4032 
4033   RetVal visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4034 
4035   RetVal visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4036 
4037   RetVal visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
4038 
4039   RetVal visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Expr) {
4040     return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr);
4041   }
4042 
4043   RetVal visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Expr) {
4044     return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr);
4045   }
4046 
4047   RetVal visitSMinExpr(const SCEVSMinExpr *Expr) {
4048     return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr);
4049   }
4050 
4051   RetVal visitUMinExpr(const SCEVUMinExpr *Expr) {
4052     return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr);
4053   }
4054 
4055   RetVal visitSequentialUMinExpr(const SCEVSequentialUMinExpr *Expr) {
4056     return visitAnyMinMaxExpr(Expr);
4057   }
4058 
4059   RetVal visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) { return Expr; }
4060 
4061   RetVal visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) { return Expr; }
4062 };
4063 
4064 } // namespace
4065 
4066 static bool scevUnconditionallyPropagatesPoisonFromOperands(SCEVTypes Kind) {
4067   switch (Kind) {
4068   case scConstant:
4069   case scVScale:
4070   case scTruncate:
4071   case scZeroExtend:
4072   case scSignExtend:
4073   case scPtrToInt:
4074   case scAddExpr:
4075   case scMulExpr:
4076   case scUDivExpr:
4077   case scAddRecExpr:
4078   case scUMaxExpr:
4079   case scSMaxExpr:
4080   case scUMinExpr:
4081   case scSMinExpr:
4082   case scUnknown:
4083     // If any operand is poison, the whole expression is poison.
4084     return true;
4085   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
4086     // FIXME: if the *first* operand is poison, the whole expression is poison.
4087     return false; // Pessimistically, say that it does not propagate poison.
4088   case scCouldNotCompute:
4089     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
4090   }
4091   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
4092 }
4093 
4094 namespace {
4095 // The only way poison may be introduced in a SCEV expression is from a
4096 // poison SCEVUnknown (ConstantExprs are also represented as SCEVUnknown,
4097 // not SCEVConstant). Notably, nowrap flags in SCEV nodes can *not*
4098 // introduce poison -- they encode guaranteed, non-speculated knowledge.
4099 //
4100 // Additionally, all SCEV nodes propagate poison from inputs to outputs,
4101 // with the notable exception of umin_seq, where only poison from the first
4102 // operand is (unconditionally) propagated.
4103 struct SCEVPoisonCollector {
4104   bool LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking;
4105   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVUnknown *, 4> MaybePoison;
4106   SCEVPoisonCollector(bool LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking)
4107       : LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking(LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking) {}
4108 
4109   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
4110     if (!LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking &&
4111         !scevUnconditionallyPropagatesPoisonFromOperands(S->getSCEVType()))
4112       return false;
4113 
4114     if (auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
4115       if (!isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(SU->getValue()))
4116         MaybePoison.insert(SU);
4117     }
4118     return true;
4119   }
4120   bool isDone() const { return false; }
4121 };
4122 } // namespace
4123 
4124 /// Return true if V is poison given that AssumedPoison is already poison.
4125 static bool impliesPoison(const SCEV *AssumedPoison, const SCEV *S) {
4126   // First collect all SCEVs that might result in AssumedPoison to be poison.
4127   // We need to look through potentially poison-blocking operations here,
4128   // because we want to find all SCEVs that *might* result in poison, not only
4129   // those that are *required* to.
4130   SCEVPoisonCollector PC1(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ true);
4131   visitAll(AssumedPoison, PC1);
4132 
4133   // AssumedPoison is never poison. As the assumption is false, the implication
4134   // is true. Don't bother walking the other SCEV in this case.
4135   if (PC1.MaybePoison.empty())
4136     return true;
4137 
4138   // Collect all SCEVs in S that, if poison, *will* result in S being poison
4139   // as well. We cannot look through potentially poison-blocking operations
4140   // here, as their arguments only *may* make the result poison.
4141   SCEVPoisonCollector PC2(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ false);
4142   visitAll(S, PC2);
4143 
4144   // Make sure that no matter which SCEV in PC1.MaybePoison is actually poison,
4145   // it will also make S poison by being part of PC2.MaybePoison.
4146   return llvm::set_is_subset(PC1.MaybePoison, PC2.MaybePoison);
4147 }
4148 
4149 void ScalarEvolution::getPoisonGeneratingValues(
4150     SmallPtrSetImpl<const Value *> &Result, const SCEV *S) {
4151   SCEVPoisonCollector PC(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ false);
4152   visitAll(S, PC);
4153   for (const SCEVUnknown *SU : PC.MaybePoison)
4154     Result.insert(SU->getValue());
4155 }
4156 
4157 bool ScalarEvolution::canReuseInstruction(
4158     const SCEV *S, Instruction *I,
4159     SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &DropPoisonGeneratingInsts) {
4160   // If the instruction cannot be poison, it's always safe to reuse.
4161   if (programUndefinedIfPoison(I))
4162     return true;
4163 
4164   // Otherwise, it is possible that I is more poisonous that S. Collect the
4165   // poison-contributors of S, and then check whether I has any additional
4166   // poison-contributors. Poison that is contributed through poison-generating
4167   // flags is handled by dropping those flags instead.
4168   SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 8> PoisonVals;
4169   getPoisonGeneratingValues(PoisonVals, S);
4170 
4171   SmallVector<Value *> Worklist;
4172   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> Visited;
4173   Worklist.push_back(I);
4174   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4175     Value *V = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4176     if (!Visited.insert(V).second)
4177       continue;
4178 
4179     // Avoid walking large instruction graphs.
4180     if (Visited.size() > 16)
4181       return false;
4182 
4183     // Either the value can't be poison, or the S would also be poison if it
4184     // is.
4185     if (PoisonVals.contains(V) || ::isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(V))
4186       continue;
4187 
4188     auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
4189     if (!I)
4190       return false;
4191 
4192     // Disjoint or instructions are interpreted as adds by SCEV. However, we
4193     // can't replace an arbitrary add with disjoint or, even if we drop the
4194     // flag. We would need to convert the or into an add.
4195     if (auto *PDI = dyn_cast<PossiblyDisjointInst>(I))
4196       if (PDI->isDisjoint())
4197         return false;
4198 
4199     // FIXME: Ignore vscale, even though it technically could be poison. Do this
4200     // because SCEV currently assumes it can't be poison. Remove this special
4201     // case once we proper model when vscale can be poison.
4202     if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I);
4203         II && II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vscale)
4204       continue;
4205 
4206     if (canCreatePoison(cast<Operator>(I), /*ConsiderFlagsAndMetadata*/ false))
4207       return false;
4208 
4209     // If the instruction can't create poison, we can recurse to its operands.
4210     if (I->hasPoisonGeneratingAnnotations())
4211       DropPoisonGeneratingInsts.push_back(I);
4212 
4213     llvm::append_range(Worklist, I->operands());
4214   }
4215   return true;
4216 }
4217 
4218 const SCEV *
4219 ScalarEvolution::getSequentialMinMaxExpr(SCEVTypes Kind,
4220                                          SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4221   assert(SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::isSequentialMinMaxType(Kind) &&
4222          "Not a SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr!");
4223   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty (u|s)(min|max)!");
4224   if (Ops.size() == 1)
4225     return Ops[0];
4226 #ifndef NDEBUG
4227   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
4228   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4229     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
4230            "Operand types don't match!");
4231     assert(Ops[0]->getType()->isPointerTy() ==
4232                Ops[i]->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
4233            "min/max should be consistently pointerish");
4234   }
4235 #endif
4236 
4237   // Note that SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr is *NOT* commutative,
4238   // so we can *NOT* do any kind of sorting of the expressions!
4239 
4240   // Check if we have created the same expression before.
4241   if (const SCEV *S = findExistingSCEVInCache(Kind, Ops))
4242     return S;
4243 
4244   // FIXME: there are *some* simplifications that we can do here.
4245 
4246   // Keep only the first instance of an operand.
4247   {
4248     SCEVSequentialMinMaxDeduplicatingVisitor Deduplicator(*this, Kind);
4249     bool Changed = Deduplicator.visit(Kind, Ops, Ops);
4250     if (Changed)
4251       return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
4252   }
4253 
4254   // Check to see if one of the operands is of the same kind. If so, expand its
4255   // operands onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
4256   {
4257     unsigned Idx = 0;
4258     bool DeletedAny = false;
4259     while (Idx < Ops.size()) {
4260       if (Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() != Kind) {
4261         ++Idx;
4262         continue;
4263       }
4264       const auto *SMME = cast<SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
4265       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + Idx);
4266       Ops.insert(Ops.begin() + Idx, SMME->operands().begin(),
4267                  SMME->operands().end());
4268       DeletedAny = true;
4269     }
4270 
4271     if (DeletedAny)
4272       return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
4273   }
4274 
4275   const SCEV *SaturationPoint;
4276   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
4277   switch (Kind) {
4278   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
4279     SaturationPoint = getZero(Ops[0]->getType());
4280     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
4281     break;
4282   default:
4283     llvm_unreachable("Not a sequential min/max type.");
4284   }
4285 
4286   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4287     if (!isGuaranteedNotToCauseUB(Ops[i]))
4288       continue;
4289     // We can replace %x umin_seq %y with %x umin %y if either:
4290     //  * %y being poison implies %x is also poison.
4291     //  * %x cannot be the saturating value (e.g. zero for umin).
4292     if (::impliesPoison(Ops[i], Ops[i - 1]) ||
4293         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Ops[i - 1],
4294                                         SaturationPoint)) {
4295       SmallVector<const SCEV *> SeqOps = {Ops[i - 1], Ops[i]};
4296       Ops[i - 1] = getMinMaxExpr(
4297           SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(Kind),
4298           SeqOps);
4299       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i);
4300       return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
4301     }
4302     // Fold %x umin_seq %y to %x if %x ule %y.
4303     // TODO: We might be able to prove the predicate for a later operand.
4304     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, Ops[i - 1], Ops[i])) {
4305       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i);
4306       return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(Kind, Ops);
4307     }
4308   }
4309 
4310   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an expr.  Check to see if we
4311   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
4312   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4313   ID.AddInteger(Kind);
4314   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
4315     ID.AddPointer(Op);
4316   void *IP = nullptr;
4317   const SCEV *ExistingSCEV = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP);
4318   if (ExistingSCEV)
4319     return ExistingSCEV;
4320 
4321   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
4322   llvm::uninitialized_copy(Ops, O);
4323   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator)
4324       SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Kind, O, Ops.size());
4325 
4326   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
4327   registerUser(S, Ops);
4328   return S;
4329 }
4330 
4331 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
4332   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
4333   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
4334 }
4335 
4336 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4337   return getMinMaxExpr(scSMaxExpr, Ops);
4338 }
4339 
4340 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
4341   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
4342   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
4343 }
4344 
4345 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4346   return getMinMaxExpr(scUMaxExpr, Ops);
4347 }
4348 
4349 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
4350                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
4351   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
4352   return getSMinExpr(Ops);
4353 }
4354 
4355 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4356   return getMinMaxExpr(scSMinExpr, Ops);
4357 }
4358 
4359 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
4360                                          bool Sequential) {
4361   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
4362   return getUMinExpr(Ops, Sequential);
4363 }
4364 
4365 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
4366                                          bool Sequential) {
4367   return Sequential ? getSequentialMinMaxExpr(scSequentialUMinExpr, Ops)
4368                     : getMinMaxExpr(scUMinExpr, Ops);
4369 }
4370 
4371 const SCEV *
4372 ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, TypeSize Size) {
4373   const SCEV *Res = getConstant(IntTy, Size.getKnownMinValue());
4374   if (Size.isScalable())
4375     Res = getMulExpr(Res, getVScale(IntTy));
4376   return Res;
4377 }
4378 
4379 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
4380   return getSizeOfExpr(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
4381 }
4382 
4383 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getStoreSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *StoreTy) {
4384   return getSizeOfExpr(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeStoreSize(StoreTy));
4385 }
4386 
4387 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
4388                                              StructType *STy,
4389                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
4390   // We can bypass creating a target-independent constant expression and then
4391   // folding it back into a ConstantInt. This is just a compile-time
4392   // optimization.
4393   const StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
4394   assert(!SL->getSizeInBits().isScalable() &&
4395          "Cannot get offset for structure containing scalable vector types");
4396   return getConstant(IntTy, SL->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
4397 }
4398 
4399 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
4400   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
4401   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
4402   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
4403   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
4404 
4405   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4406   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
4407   ID.AddPointer(V);
4408   void *IP = nullptr;
4409   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
4410     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
4411            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
4412     return S;
4413   }
4414   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
4415                                             FirstUnknown);
4416   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
4417   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
4418   return S;
4419 }
4420 
4421 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4422 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
4423 //
4424 
4425 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
4426 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
4427 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
4428 /// target-specific information.
4429 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
4430   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
4431   return Ty->isIntOrPtrTy();
4432 }
4433 
4434 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
4435 /// return true.
4436 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
4437   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
4438   if (Ty->isPointerTy())
4439     return getDataLayout().getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
4440   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
4441 }
4442 
4443 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
4444 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
4445 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer index sized integer type.
4446 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
4447   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
4448 
4449   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
4450     return Ty;
4451 
4452   // The only other support type is pointer.
4453   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
4454   return getDataLayout().getIndexType(Ty);
4455 }
4456 
4457 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
4458   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
4459 }
4460 
4461 bool ScalarEvolution::instructionCouldExistWithOperands(const SCEV *A,
4462                                                         const SCEV *B) {
4463   /// For a valid use point to exist, the defining scope of one operand
4464   /// must dominate the other.
4465   bool PreciseA, PreciseB;
4466   auto *ScopeA = getDefiningScopeBound({A}, PreciseA);
4467   auto *ScopeB = getDefiningScopeBound({B}, PreciseB);
4468   if (!PreciseA || !PreciseB)
4469     // Can't tell.
4470     return false;
4471   return (ScopeA == ScopeB) || DT.dominates(ScopeA, ScopeB) ||
4472     DT.dominates(ScopeB, ScopeA);
4473 }
4474 
4475 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
4476   return CouldNotCompute.get();
4477 }
4478 
4479 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
4480   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
4481     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
4482     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
4483   });
4484 
4485   return !ContainsNulls;
4486 }
4487 
4488 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
4489   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
4490   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
4491     return I->second;
4492 
4493   bool FoundAddRec =
4494       SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) { return isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S); });
4495   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
4496   return FoundAddRec;
4497 }
4498 
4499 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
4500 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
4501 ArrayRef<Value *> ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
4502   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
4503   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
4504     return {};
4505   return SI->second.getArrayRef();
4506 }
4507 
4508 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
4509 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
4510 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
4511 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
4512   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
4513   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4514     auto EVIt = ExprValueMap.find(I->second);
4515     bool Removed = EVIt->second.remove(V);
4516     (void) Removed;
4517     assert(Removed && "Value not in ExprValueMap?");
4518     ValueExprMap.erase(I);
4519   }
4520 }
4521 
4522 void ScalarEvolution::insertValueToMap(Value *V, const SCEV *S) {
4523   // A recursive query may have already computed the SCEV. It should be
4524   // equivalent, but may not necessarily be exactly the same, e.g. due to lazily
4525   // inferred nowrap flags.
4526   auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
4527   if (It == ValueExprMap.end()) {
4528     ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
4529     ExprValueMap[S].insert(V);
4530   }
4531 }
4532 
4533 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
4534 /// create a new one.
4535 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
4536   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
4537 
4538   if (const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V))
4539     return S;
4540   return createSCEVIter(V);
4541 }
4542 
4543 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
4544   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
4545 
4546   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
4547   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4548     const SCEV *S = I->second;
4549     assert(checkValidity(S) &&
4550            "existing SCEV has not been properly invalidated");
4551     return S;
4552   }
4553   return nullptr;
4554 }
4555 
4556 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
4557 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
4558                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
4559   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
4560     return getConstant(
4561                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
4562 
4563   Type *Ty = V->getType();
4564   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
4565   return getMulExpr(V, getMinusOne(Ty), Flags);
4566 }
4567 
4568 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
4569 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
4570   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
4571   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
4572       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
4573     return nullptr;
4574 
4575   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
4576   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
4577       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
4578     return nullptr;
4579 
4580   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
4581 }
4582 
4583 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
4584 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
4585   assert(!V->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Can't negate pointer");
4586 
4587   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
4588     return getConstant(
4589                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
4590 
4591   // Fold ~(u|s)(min|max)(~x, ~y) to (u|s)(max|min)(x, y)
4592   if (const SCEVMinMaxExpr *MME = dyn_cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(V)) {
4593     auto MatchMinMaxNegation = [&](const SCEVMinMaxExpr *MME) {
4594       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> MatchedOperands;
4595       for (const SCEV *Operand : MME->operands()) {
4596         const SCEV *Matched = MatchNotExpr(Operand);
4597         if (!Matched)
4598           return (const SCEV *)nullptr;
4599         MatchedOperands.push_back(Matched);
4600       }
4601       return getMinMaxExpr(SCEVMinMaxExpr::negate(MME->getSCEVType()),
4602                            MatchedOperands);
4603     };
4604     if (const SCEV *Replaced = MatchMinMaxNegation(MME))
4605       return Replaced;
4606   }
4607 
4608   Type *Ty = V->getType();
4609   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
4610   return getMinusSCEV(getMinusOne(Ty), V);
4611 }
4612 
4613 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::removePointerBase(const SCEV *P) {
4614   assert(P->getType()->isPointerTy());
4615 
4616   if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(P)) {
4617     // The base of an AddRec is the first operand.
4618     SmallVector<const SCEV *> Ops{AddRec->operands()};
4619     Ops[0] = removePointerBase(Ops[0]);
4620     // Don't try to transfer nowrap flags for now. We could in some cases
4621     // (for example, if pointer operand of the AddRec is a SCEVUnknown).
4622     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4623   }
4624   if (auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(P)) {
4625     // The base of an Add is the pointer operand.
4626     SmallVector<const SCEV *> Ops{Add->operands()};
4627     const SCEV **PtrOp = nullptr;
4628     for (const SCEV *&AddOp : Ops) {
4629       if (AddOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4630         assert(!PtrOp && "Cannot have multiple pointer ops");
4631         PtrOp = &AddOp;
4632       }
4633     }
4634     *PtrOp = removePointerBase(*PtrOp);
4635     // Don't try to transfer nowrap flags for now. We could in some cases
4636     // (for example, if the pointer operand of the Add is a SCEVUnknown).
4637     return getAddExpr(Ops);
4638   }
4639   // Any other expression must be a pointer base.
4640   return getZero(P->getType());
4641 }
4642 
4643 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
4644                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
4645                                           unsigned Depth) {
4646   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
4647   if (LHS == RHS)
4648     return getZero(LHS->getType());
4649 
4650   // If we subtract two pointers with different pointer bases, bail.
4651   // Eventually, we're going to add an assertion to getMulExpr that we
4652   // can't multiply by a pointer.
4653   if (RHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4654     if (!LHS->getType()->isPointerTy() ||
4655         getPointerBase(LHS) != getPointerBase(RHS))
4656       return getCouldNotCompute();
4657     LHS = removePointerBase(LHS);
4658     RHS = removePointerBase(RHS);
4659   }
4660 
4661   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
4662   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
4663   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4664   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
4665       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
4666   if (hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
4667     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
4668     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
4669     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
4670     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
4671     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
4672     //
4673     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
4674     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
4675     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
4676     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
4677       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
4678     }
4679   }
4680 
4681   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
4682   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
4683   //
4684   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
4685   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
4686   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
4687   // larger scope than intended.
4688   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4689 
4690   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
4691 }
4692 
4693 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty,
4694                                                      unsigned Depth) {
4695   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4696   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4697          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4698   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4699     return V;  // No conversion
4700   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4701     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4702   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4703 }
4704 
4705 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty,
4706                                                      unsigned Depth) {
4707   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4708   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4709          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4710   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4711     return V;  // No conversion
4712   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4713     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4714   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty, Depth);
4715 }
4716 
4717 const SCEV *
4718 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4719   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4720   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4721          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
4722   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4723          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
4724   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4725     return V;  // No conversion
4726   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4727 }
4728 
4729 const SCEV *
4730 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4731   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4732   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4733          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
4734   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4735          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
4736   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4737     return V;  // No conversion
4738   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4739 }
4740 
4741 const SCEV *
4742 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4743   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4744   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4745          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
4746   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4747          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
4748   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4749     return V;  // No conversion
4750   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4751 }
4752 
4753 const SCEV *
4754 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4755   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4756   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4757          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
4758   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4759          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
4760   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4761     return V;  // No conversion
4762   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
4763 }
4764 
4765 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4766                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
4767   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
4768   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
4769 
4770   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
4771     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
4772   else
4773     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
4774 
4775   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
4776 }
4777 
4778 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4779                                                         const SCEV *RHS,
4780                                                         bool Sequential) {
4781   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
4782   return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops, Sequential);
4783 }
4784 
4785 const SCEV *
4786 ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
4787                                             bool Sequential) {
4788   assert(!Ops.empty() && "At least one operand must be!");
4789   // Trivial case.
4790   if (Ops.size() == 1)
4791     return Ops[0];
4792 
4793   // Find the max type first.
4794   Type *MaxType = nullptr;
4795   for (const auto *S : Ops)
4796     if (MaxType)
4797       MaxType = getWiderType(MaxType, S->getType());
4798     else
4799       MaxType = S->getType();
4800   assert(MaxType && "Failed to find maximum type!");
4801 
4802   // Extend all ops to max type.
4803   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> PromotedOps;
4804   for (const auto *S : Ops)
4805     PromotedOps.push_back(getNoopOrZeroExtend(S, MaxType));
4806 
4807   // Generate umin.
4808   return getUMinExpr(PromotedOps, Sequential);
4809 }
4810 
4811 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
4812   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
4813   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
4814     return V;
4815 
4816   while (true) {
4817     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
4818       V = AddRec->getStart();
4819     } else if (auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V)) {
4820       const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
4821       for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
4822         if (AddOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4823           assert(!PtrOp && "Cannot have multiple pointer ops");
4824           PtrOp = AddOp;
4825         }
4826       }
4827       assert(PtrOp && "Must have pointer op");
4828       V = PtrOp;
4829     } else // Not something we can look further into.
4830       return V;
4831   }
4832 }
4833 
4834 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
4835 static void PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
4836                                SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
4837                                SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited) {
4838   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
4839   for (User *U : I->users()) {
4840     auto *UserInsn = cast<Instruction>(U);
4841     if (Visited.insert(UserInsn).second)
4842       Worklist.push_back(UserInsn);
4843   }
4844 }
4845 
4846 namespace {
4847 
4848 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its start
4849 /// expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4850 /// if IgnoreOtherLoops is true then use AddRec itself
4851 /// otherwise rewrite cannot be done.
4852 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4853 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4854 public:
4855   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
4856                              bool IgnoreOtherLoops = true) {
4857     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4858     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4859     if (Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown())
4860       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4861     return Rewriter.hasSeenOtherLoops() && !IgnoreOtherLoops
4862                ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4863                : Result;
4864   }
4865 
4866   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4867     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4868       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4869     return Expr;
4870   }
4871 
4872   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4873     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4874     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4875       return Expr->getStart();
4876     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4877     return Expr;
4878   }
4879 
4880   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4881 
4882   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4883 
4884 private:
4885   explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4886       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4887 
4888   const Loop *L;
4889   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4890   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4891 };
4892 
4893 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its post
4894 /// increment expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4895 /// use AddRec itself.
4896 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4897 class SCEVPostIncRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPostIncRewriter> {
4898 public:
4899   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4900     SCEVPostIncRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4901     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4902     return Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown()
4903         ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4904         : Result;
4905   }
4906 
4907   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4908     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4909       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4910     return Expr;
4911   }
4912 
4913   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4914     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4915     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4916       return Expr->getPostIncExpr(SE);
4917     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4918     return Expr;
4919   }
4920 
4921   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4922 
4923   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4924 
4925 private:
4926   explicit SCEVPostIncRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4927       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4928 
4929   const Loop *L;
4930   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4931   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4932 };
4933 
4934 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4935 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4936 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4937 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4938     : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder> {
4939 public:
4940   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4941                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4942     bool IsPosBECond = false;
4943     Value *BECond = nullptr;
4944     if (BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch()) {
4945       BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
4946       if (BI && BI->isConditional()) {
4947         assert(BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1) &&
4948                "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4949         BECond = BI->getCondition();
4950         IsPosBECond = BI->getSuccessor(0) == L->getHeader();
4951       } else {
4952         return S;
4953       }
4954     }
4955     SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder Rewriter(L, BECond, IsPosBECond, SE);
4956     return Rewriter.visit(S);
4957   }
4958 
4959   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4960     const SCEV *Result = Expr;
4961     bool InvariantF = SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L);
4962 
4963     if (!InvariantF) {
4964       Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Expr->getValue());
4965       switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4966       case Instruction::Select: {
4967         SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
4968         std::optional<const SCEV *> Res =
4969             compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI->getCondition());
4970         if (Res) {
4971           bool IsOne = cast<SCEVConstant>(*Res)->getValue()->isOne();
4972           Result = SE.getSCEV(IsOne ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue());
4973         }
4974         break;
4975       }
4976       default: {
4977         std::optional<const SCEV *> Res = compareWithBackedgeCondition(I);
4978         if (Res)
4979           Result = *Res;
4980         break;
4981       }
4982       }
4983     }
4984     return Result;
4985   }
4986 
4987 private:
4988   explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop *L, Value *BECond,
4989                                        bool IsPosBECond, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4990       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), BackedgeCond(BECond),
4991         IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond) {}
4992 
4993   std::optional<const SCEV *> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC);
4994 
4995   const Loop *L;
4996   /// Loop back condition.
4997   Value *BackedgeCond = nullptr;
4998   /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4999   bool IsPositiveBECond;
5000 };
5001 
5002 std::optional<const SCEV *>
5003 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC) {
5004 
5005   // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
5006   // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
5007   // branch taken.
5008   if (BackedgeCond == IC)
5009     return IsPositiveBECond ? SE.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()))
5010                             : SE.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()));
5011   return std::nullopt;
5012 }
5013 
5014 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
5015 public:
5016   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
5017                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
5018     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
5019     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
5020     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
5021   }
5022 
5023   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
5024     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
5025     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
5026       Valid = false;
5027     return Expr;
5028   }
5029 
5030   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
5031     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
5032       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
5033     Valid = false;
5034     return Expr;
5035   }
5036 
5037   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
5038 
5039 private:
5040   explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
5041       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
5042 
5043   const Loop *L;
5044   bool Valid = true;
5045 };
5046 
5047 } // end anonymous namespace
5048 
5049 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
5050 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
5051   if (!AR->isAffine())
5052     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5053 
5054   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
5055 
5056   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5057 
5058   if (!AR->hasNoSelfWrap()) {
5059     const SCEV *BECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AR->getLoop());
5060     if (const SCEVConstant *BECountMax = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) {
5061       ConstantRange StepCR = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5062       const APInt &BECountAP = BECountMax->getAPInt();
5063       unsigned NoOverflowBitWidth =
5064         BECountAP.getActiveBits() + StepCR.getMinSignedBits();
5065       if (NoOverflowBitWidth <= getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType()))
5066         Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNW);
5067     }
5068   }
5069 
5070   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5071     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
5072     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5073 
5074     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
5075         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
5076     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
5077       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5078   }
5079 
5080   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
5081     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
5082     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
5083 
5084     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
5085         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
5086     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
5087       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5088   }
5089 
5090   return Result;
5091 }
5092 
5093 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
5094 ScalarEvolution::proveNoSignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
5095   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
5096 
5097   if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
5098     return Result;
5099 
5100   if (!AR->isAffine())
5101     return Result;
5102 
5103   // This function can be expensive, only try to prove NSW once per AddRec.
5104   if (!SignedWrapViaInductionTried.insert(AR).second)
5105     return Result;
5106 
5107   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
5108   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
5109 
5110   // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
5111   // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
5112   // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
5113   // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
5114   // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
5115   // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
5116   // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
5117   // that value once it has finished.
5118   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
5119 
5120   // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
5121   // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
5122   // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
5123   // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
5124   // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
5125   // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
5126   // doing extra work that may not pay off.
5127 
5128   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && !HasGuards &&
5129       AC.assumptions().empty())
5130     return Result;
5131 
5132   // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc  value the
5133   // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
5134   // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
5135   // value, the addrec is safe.
5136   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
5137   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
5138     getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
5139   if (OverflowLimit &&
5140       (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
5141        isKnownOnEveryIteration(Pred, AR, OverflowLimit))) {
5142     Result = setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5143   }
5144   return Result;
5145 }
5146 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
5147 ScalarEvolution::proveNoUnsignedWrapViaInduction(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
5148   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
5149 
5150   if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5151     return Result;
5152 
5153   if (!AR->isAffine())
5154     return Result;
5155 
5156   // This function can be expensive, only try to prove NUW once per AddRec.
5157   if (!UnsignedWrapViaInductionTried.insert(AR).second)
5158     return Result;
5159 
5160   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
5161   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
5162   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
5163 
5164   // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
5165   // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
5166   // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
5167   // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
5168   // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
5169   // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
5170   // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
5171   // that value once it has finished.
5172   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
5173 
5174   // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
5175   // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
5176   // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
5177   // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
5178   // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
5179   // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
5180   // doing extra work that may not pay off.
5181 
5182   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) && !HasGuards &&
5183       AC.assumptions().empty())
5184     return Result;
5185 
5186   // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc  value the
5187   // addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison with the
5188   // start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the post-inc
5189   // value, the addrec is safe.
5190   if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
5191     const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
5192                                 getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
5193     if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
5194         isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N)) {
5195       Result = setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5196     }
5197   }
5198 
5199   return Result;
5200 }
5201 
5202 namespace {
5203 
5204 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
5205 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
5206 /// derived from an expression tree.
5207 struct BinaryOp {
5208   unsigned Opcode;
5209   Value *LHS;
5210   Value *RHS;
5211   bool IsNSW = false;
5212   bool IsNUW = false;
5213 
5214   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
5215   /// constant expression.
5216   Operator *Op = nullptr;
5217 
5218   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
5219       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
5220         Op(Op) {
5221     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
5222       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
5223       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
5224     }
5225   }
5226 
5227   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
5228                     bool IsNUW = false)
5229       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW) {}
5230 };
5231 
5232 } // end anonymous namespace
5233 
5234 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c std::nullopt on failure.
5235 static std::optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, const DataLayout &DL,
5236                                              AssumptionCache &AC,
5237                                              const DominatorTree &DT,
5238                                              const Instruction *CxtI) {
5239   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
5240   if (!Op)
5241     return std::nullopt;
5242 
5243   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
5244   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
5245   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
5246 
5247   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
5248   case Instruction::Add:
5249   case Instruction::Sub:
5250   case Instruction::Mul:
5251   case Instruction::UDiv:
5252   case Instruction::URem:
5253   case Instruction::And:
5254   case Instruction::AShr:
5255   case Instruction::Shl:
5256     return BinaryOp(Op);
5257 
5258   case Instruction::Or: {
5259     // Convert or disjoint into add nuw nsw.
5260     if (cast<PossiblyDisjointInst>(Op)->isDisjoint())
5261       return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1),
5262                       /*IsNSW=*/true, /*IsNUW=*/true);
5263     return BinaryOp(Op);
5264   }
5265 
5266   case Instruction::Xor:
5267     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
5268       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
5269       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
5270       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
5271         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
5272     // Binary `xor` is a bit-wise `add`.
5273     if (V->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
5274       return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
5275     return BinaryOp(Op);
5276 
5277   case Instruction::LShr:
5278     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
5279     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
5280       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
5281 
5282       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
5283       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
5284       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
5285       // other parts of the compiler.
5286       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
5287         Constant *X =
5288             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
5289                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
5290         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
5291       }
5292     }
5293     return BinaryOp(Op);
5294 
5295   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
5296     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
5297     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
5298       break;
5299 
5300     auto *WO = dyn_cast<WithOverflowInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
5301     if (!WO)
5302       break;
5303 
5304     Instruction::BinaryOps BinOp = WO->getBinaryOp();
5305     bool Signed = WO->isSigned();
5306     // TODO: Should add nuw/nsw flags for mul as well.
5307     if (BinOp == Instruction::Mul || !isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(WO, DT))
5308       return BinaryOp(BinOp, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS());
5309 
5310     // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
5311     // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
5312     // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
5313     return BinaryOp(BinOp, WO->getLHS(), WO->getRHS(),
5314                     /* IsNSW = */ Signed, /* IsNUW = */ !Signed);
5315   }
5316 
5317   default:
5318     break;
5319   }
5320 
5321   // Recognise intrinsic loop.decrement.reg, and as this has exactly the same
5322   // semantics as a Sub, return a binary sub expression.
5323   if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V))
5324     if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::loop_decrement_reg)
5325       return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, II->getOperand(0), II->getOperand(1));
5326 
5327   return std::nullopt;
5328 }
5329 
5330 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
5331 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
5332 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
5333 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
5334 /// follows one of the following patterns:
5335 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
5336 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
5337 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
5338 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
5339 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
5340 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
5341 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
5342                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
5343   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
5344   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
5345   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
5346   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
5347   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
5348   // not invariant).
5349   //
5350   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
5351   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
5352   // be added.
5353   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
5354     return nullptr;
5355 
5356   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
5357   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
5358   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
5359     return nullptr;
5360 
5361   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
5362   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
5363   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
5364     return nullptr;
5365   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
5366       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
5367            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
5368   if (!Trunc)
5369     return nullptr;
5370   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
5371   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
5372     return nullptr;
5373   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
5374   return Trunc->getType();
5375 }
5376 
5377 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
5378   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
5379     return nullptr;
5380   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5381   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
5382     return nullptr;
5383   return L;
5384 }
5385 
5386 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
5387 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
5388 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
5389 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
5390 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
5391 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
5392 // of the analysis.
5393 //
5394 // Example usage scenario:
5395 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
5396 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
5397 //    where:
5398 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
5399 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
5400 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
5401 //
5402 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
5403 //    the following SCEV:
5404 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
5405 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
5406 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
5407 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
5408 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
5409 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
5410 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
5411 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
5412 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
5413 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
5414 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
5415 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
5416 //
5417 // TODO's:
5418 //
5419 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
5420 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
5421 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
5422 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
5423 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
5424 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
5425 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
5426 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
5427 //
5428 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
5429 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
5430 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
5431 //
5432 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
5433 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
5434 //
5435 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
5436 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
5437 //
5438 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
5439 std::optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
5440 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
5441   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
5442 
5443   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
5444   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
5445 
5446   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
5447   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
5448   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
5449 
5450   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
5451   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
5452   // backedge value.
5453   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
5454   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5455     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5456     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
5457       if (!BEValueV) {
5458         BEValueV = V;
5459       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
5460         BEValueV = nullptr;
5461         break;
5462       }
5463     } else if (!StartValueV) {
5464       StartValueV = V;
5465     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
5466       StartValueV = nullptr;
5467       break;
5468     }
5469   }
5470   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
5471     return std::nullopt;
5472 
5473   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
5474 
5475   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
5476   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
5477   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
5478   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
5479   if (!Add)
5480     return std::nullopt;
5481 
5482   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
5483   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
5484   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
5485   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
5486   bool Signed;
5487   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5488     if ((TruncTy =
5489              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
5490       if (FoundIndex == e) {
5491         FoundIndex = i;
5492         break;
5493       }
5494 
5495   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
5496     return std::nullopt;
5497 
5498   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
5499   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
5500   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5501     if (i != FoundIndex)
5502       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
5503   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
5504 
5505   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
5506   // varying inside the loop.
5507   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
5508     return std::nullopt;
5509 
5510   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
5511 
5512   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
5513   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
5514   //
5515   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
5516   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
5517   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
5518   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
5519   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
5520   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
5521   //
5522   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
5523   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
5524   //
5525   //
5526   // More formally, we want to prove that:
5527   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
5528   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5529   //
5530   // Given that:
5531   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
5532   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
5533   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
5534   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
5535   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5536   //
5537   // Proof:
5538   //  Expr(i+1) =
5539   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
5540   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
5541   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
5542   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
5543   //                                                             :: from step i
5544   //
5545   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
5546   //
5547   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
5548   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
5549   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
5550   //
5551   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
5552   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
5553   //
5554   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5555   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
5556   //
5557   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
5558   //
5559 
5560   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
5561   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5562   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
5563       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
5564                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
5565 
5566   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
5567   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
5568   // will be constant.
5569   //
5570   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
5571   // add P1.
5572   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
5573     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
5574         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
5575                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
5576     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
5577     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
5578   }
5579 
5580   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
5581 
5582   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
5583   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
5584   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
5585   // or P3 is false.
5586 
5587   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
5588   // for each of StartVal and Accum
5589   auto getExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
5590                              bool CreateSignExtend) -> const SCEV * {
5591     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
5592     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
5593     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
5594         CreateSignExtend ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
5595                          : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
5596     return ExtendedExpr;
5597   };
5598 
5599   // Given:
5600   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
5601   //               = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
5602   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
5603   // is known to be false at compile time
5604   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
5605                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
5606     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
5607            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
5608   };
5609 
5610   const SCEV *StartExtended = getExtendedExpr(StartVal, Signed);
5611   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
5612     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
5613     return std::nullopt;
5614   }
5615 
5616   // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
5617   // NSSW or NUSW)
5618   const SCEV *AccumExtended = getExtendedExpr(Accum, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
5619   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
5620     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
5621     return std::nullopt;
5622   }
5623 
5624   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
5625                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
5626     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
5627         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
5628       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
5629       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
5630       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
5631     }
5632   };
5633 
5634   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
5635   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
5636 
5637   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
5638   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
5639   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
5640   // Predicates.
5641   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
5642 
5643   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
5644       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
5645   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
5646   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
5647   return PredRewrite;
5648 }
5649 
5650 std::optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
5651 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
5652   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
5653   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
5654   if (!L)
5655     return std::nullopt;
5656 
5657   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
5658   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
5659   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
5660     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
5661         I->second;
5662     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
5663     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
5664       return std::nullopt;
5665     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
5666     // a predicate:
5667     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
5668     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
5669     return Rewrite;
5670   }
5671 
5672   std::optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
5673     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
5674 
5675   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
5676   if (!Rewrite) {
5677     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
5678     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
5679     return std::nullopt;
5680   }
5681 
5682   return Rewrite;
5683 }
5684 
5685 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
5686 // does not rewrite this expression:
5687 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
5688 // into {0, +, %step},
5689 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
5690 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
5691 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
5692     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR1, const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR2) const {
5693   if (AR1 == AR2)
5694     return true;
5695 
5696   auto areExprsEqual = [&](const SCEV *Expr1, const SCEV *Expr2) -> bool {
5697     if (Expr1 != Expr2 &&
5698         !Preds->implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr1, Expr2), SE) &&
5699         !Preds->implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr2, Expr1), SE))
5700       return false;
5701     return true;
5702   };
5703 
5704   if (!areExprsEqual(AR1->getStart(), AR2->getStart()) ||
5705       !areExprsEqual(AR1->getStepRecurrence(SE), AR2->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
5706     return false;
5707   return true;
5708 }
5709 
5710 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
5711 ///
5712 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
5713 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
5714 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
5715 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
5716 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
5717                                                       Value *BEValueV,
5718                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
5719   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5720   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
5721   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
5722 
5723   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, getDataLayout(), AC, DT, PN);
5724   if (!BO)
5725     return nullptr;
5726 
5727   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
5728     return nullptr;
5729 
5730   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
5731   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
5732     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
5733   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
5734     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
5735 
5736   if (!Accum)
5737     return nullptr;
5738 
5739   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5740   if (BO->IsNUW)
5741     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5742   if (BO->IsNSW)
5743     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5744 
5745   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5746   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
5747   insertValueToMap(PN, PHISCEV);
5748 
5749   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
5750     setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR),
5751                    (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(AR->getNoWrapFlags() |
5752                                        proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR)));
5753   }
5754 
5755   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5756   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5757   // overflow.
5758   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV)) {
5759     assert(isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) &&
5760            "Accum is defined outside L, but is not invariant?");
5761     if (isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
5762       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
5763   }
5764 
5765   return PHISCEV;
5766 }
5767 
5768 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5769   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5770   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
5771     return nullptr;
5772 
5773   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
5774   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
5775   // backedge value.
5776   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
5777   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
5778     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
5779     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
5780       if (!BEValueV) {
5781         BEValueV = V;
5782       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
5783         BEValueV = nullptr;
5784         break;
5785       }
5786     } else if (!StartValueV) {
5787       StartValueV = V;
5788     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
5789       StartValueV = nullptr;
5790       break;
5791     }
5792   }
5793   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
5794     return nullptr;
5795 
5796   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
5797          "PHI node already processed?");
5798 
5799   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
5800   // value for PN.
5801   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
5802     return S;
5803 
5804   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
5805   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
5806   insertValueToMap(PN, SymbolicName);
5807 
5808   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
5809   // the back-edge.
5810   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
5811 
5812   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
5813   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
5814 
5815   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
5816   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
5817   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
5818     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
5819     // with a recurrence.
5820     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
5821     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5822       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
5823         if (FoundIndex == e) {
5824           FoundIndex = i;
5825           break;
5826         }
5827 
5828     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
5829       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
5830       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
5831       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5832         if (i != FoundIndex)
5833           Ops.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add->getOperand(i),
5834                                                              L, *this));
5835       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
5836 
5837       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
5838       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
5839       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
5840           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
5841            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
5842         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5843 
5844         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, getDataLayout(), AC, DT, PN)) {
5845           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
5846             if (BO->IsNUW)
5847               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5848             if (BO->IsNSW)
5849               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5850           }
5851         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
5852           if (GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
5853             GEPNoWrapFlags NW = GEP->getNoWrapFlags();
5854             // If the increment has any nowrap flags, then we know the address
5855             // space cannot be wrapped around.
5856             if (NW != GEPNoWrapFlags::none())
5857               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
5858             // If the GEP is nuw or nusw with non-negative offset, we know that
5859             // no unsigned wrap occurs. We cannot set the nsw flag as only the
5860             // offset is treated as signed, while the base is unsigned.
5861             if (NW.hasNoUnsignedWrap() ||
5862                 (NW.hasNoUnsignedSignedWrap() && isKnownNonNegative(Accum)))
5863               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5864           }
5865 
5866           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
5867           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
5868           // for instance.
5869         }
5870 
5871         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5872         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
5873 
5874         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5875         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5876         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5877         forgetMemoizedResults(SymbolicName);
5878         insertValueToMap(PN, PHISCEV);
5879 
5880         if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
5881           setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR),
5882                          (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(AR->getNoWrapFlags() |
5883                                              proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR)));
5884         }
5885 
5886         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5887         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5888         // overflow.
5889         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
5890           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
5891             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
5892 
5893         return PHISCEV;
5894       }
5895     }
5896   } else {
5897     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
5898     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
5899     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
5900     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
5901     // i really is an addrec evolution.
5902     //
5903     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
5904     // by one iteration:
5905     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
5906 
5907     // Do not allow refinement in rewriting of BEValue.
5908     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
5909     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this, false);
5910     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() && Start != getCouldNotCompute() &&
5911         isGuaranteedNotToCauseUB(Shifted) && ::impliesPoison(Shifted, Start)) {
5912       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5913       if (Start == StartVal) {
5914         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5915         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5916         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5917         forgetMemoizedResults(SymbolicName);
5918         insertValueToMap(PN, Shifted);
5919         return Shifted;
5920       }
5921     }
5922   }
5923 
5924   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
5925   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
5926   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
5927   // to the ValueExprMap.
5928   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
5929 
5930   return nullptr;
5931 }
5932 
5933 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5934 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
5935 // match.
5936 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
5937                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
5938   C = BI->getCondition();
5939 
5940   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
5941   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
5942 
5943   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
5944     return false;
5945 
5946   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5947 
5948   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
5949   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
5950 
5951   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
5952     LHS = LeftUse;
5953     RHS = RightUse;
5954     return true;
5955   }
5956 
5957   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
5958     LHS = RightUse;
5959     RHS = LeftUse;
5960     return true;
5961   }
5962 
5963   return false;
5964 }
5965 
5966 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
5967   auto IsReachable =
5968       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
5969   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
5970     // Try to match
5971     //
5972     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
5973     // left:
5974     //  br label %merge
5975     // right:
5976     //  br label %merge
5977     // merge:
5978     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5979     //
5980     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5981 
5982     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5983     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5984 
5985     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
5986     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
5987 
5988     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
5989         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
5990         properlyDominates(getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
5991         properlyDominates(getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
5992       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
5993   }
5994 
5995   return nullptr;
5996 }
5997 
5998 /// Returns SCEV for the first operand of a phi if all phi operands have
5999 /// identical opcodes and operands
6000 /// eg.
6001 /// a: %add = %a + %b
6002 ///    br %c
6003 /// b: %add1 = %a + %b
6004 ///    br %c
6005 /// c: %phi = phi [%add, a], [%add1, b]
6006 /// scev(%phi) => scev(%add)
6007 const SCEV *
6008 ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHIWithIdenticalOperands(PHINode *PN) {
6009   BinaryOperator *CommonInst = nullptr;
6010   // Check if instructions are identical.
6011   for (Value *Incoming : PN->incoming_values()) {
6012     auto *IncomingInst = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Incoming);
6013     if (!IncomingInst)
6014       return nullptr;
6015     if (CommonInst) {
6016       if (!CommonInst->isIdenticalToWhenDefined(IncomingInst))
6017         return nullptr; // Not identical, give up
6018     } else {
6019       // Remember binary operator
6020       CommonInst = IncomingInst;
6021     }
6022   }
6023   if (!CommonInst)
6024     return nullptr;
6025 
6026   // Check if SCEV exprs for instructions are identical.
6027   const SCEV *CommonSCEV = getSCEV(CommonInst);
6028   bool SCEVExprsIdentical =
6029       all_of(drop_begin(PN->incoming_values()),
6030              [this, CommonSCEV](Value *V) { return CommonSCEV == getSCEV(V); });
6031   return SCEVExprsIdentical ? CommonSCEV : nullptr;
6032 }
6033 
6034 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
6035   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
6036     return S;
6037 
6038   // We do not allow simplifying phi (undef, X) to X here, to avoid reusing the
6039   // phi node for X.
6040   if (Value *V = simplifyInstruction(
6041           PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC, /*CtxI=*/nullptr,
6042                /*UseInstrInfo=*/true, /*CanUseUndef=*/false}))
6043     return getSCEV(V);
6044 
6045   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeForPHIWithIdenticalOperands(PN))
6046     return S;
6047 
6048   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
6049     return S;
6050 
6051   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
6052   return getUnknown(PN);
6053 }
6054 
6055 bool SCEVMinMaxExprContains(const SCEV *Root, const SCEV *OperandToFind,
6056                             SCEVTypes RootKind) {
6057   struct FindClosure {
6058     const SCEV *OperandToFind;
6059     const SCEVTypes RootKind; // Must be a sequential min/max expression.
6060     const SCEVTypes NonSequentialRootKind; // Non-seq variant of RootKind.
6061 
6062     bool Found = false;
6063 
6064     bool canRecurseInto(SCEVTypes Kind) const {
6065       // We can only recurse into the SCEV expression of the same effective type
6066       // as the type of our root SCEV expression, and into zero-extensions.
6067       return RootKind == Kind || NonSequentialRootKind == Kind ||
6068              scZeroExtend == Kind;
6069     };
6070 
6071     FindClosure(const SCEV *OperandToFind, SCEVTypes RootKind)
6072         : OperandToFind(OperandToFind), RootKind(RootKind),
6073           NonSequentialRootKind(
6074               SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr::getEquivalentNonSequentialSCEVType(
6075                   RootKind)) {}
6076 
6077     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
6078       Found = S == OperandToFind;
6079 
6080       return !isDone() && canRecurseInto(S->getSCEVType());
6081     }
6082 
6083     bool isDone() const { return Found; }
6084   };
6085 
6086   FindClosure FC(OperandToFind, RootKind);
6087   visitAll(Root, FC);
6088   return FC.Found;
6089 }
6090 
6091 std::optional<const SCEV *>
6092 ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHIInstWithICmpInstCond(Type *Ty,
6093                                                               ICmpInst *Cond,
6094                                                               Value *TrueVal,
6095                                                               Value *FalseVal) {
6096   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
6097   auto *ICI = Cond;
6098 
6099   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
6100   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
6101 
6102   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
6103   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
6104   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6105   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
6106   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6107     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
6108     [[fallthrough]];
6109   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6110   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6111   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
6112   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6113     // a > b ? a+x : b+x  ->  max(a, b)+x
6114     // a > b ? b+x : a+x  ->  min(a, b)+x
6115     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) {
6116       bool Signed = ICI->isSigned();
6117       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
6118       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
6119       const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
6120       const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS);
6121       if (LA->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6122         // FIXME: Handle cases where LS/RS are pointers not equal to LA/RA.
6123         // Need to make sure we can't produce weird expressions involving
6124         // negated pointers.
6125         if (LA == LS && RA == RS)
6126           return Signed ? getSMaxExpr(LS, RS) : getUMaxExpr(LS, RS);
6127         if (LA == RS && RA == LS)
6128           return Signed ? getSMinExpr(LS, RS) : getUMinExpr(LS, RS);
6129       }
6130       auto CoerceOperand = [&](const SCEV *Op) -> const SCEV * {
6131         if (Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6132           Op = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Op);
6133           if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Op))
6134             return Op;
6135         }
6136         if (Signed)
6137           Op = getNoopOrSignExtend(Op, Ty);
6138         else
6139           Op = getNoopOrZeroExtend(Op, Ty);
6140         return Op;
6141       };
6142       LS = CoerceOperand(LS);
6143       RS = CoerceOperand(RS);
6144       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(LS) || isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(RS))
6145         break;
6146       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
6147       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
6148       if (LDiff == RDiff)
6149         return getAddExpr(Signed ? getSMaxExpr(LS, RS) : getUMaxExpr(LS, RS),
6150                           LDiff);
6151       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
6152       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
6153       if (LDiff == RDiff)
6154         return getAddExpr(Signed ? getSMinExpr(LS, RS) : getUMinExpr(LS, RS),
6155                           LDiff);
6156     }
6157     break;
6158   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
6159     // x != 0 ? x+y : C+y  ->  x == 0 ? C+y : x+y
6160     std::swap(TrueVal, FalseVal);
6161     [[fallthrough]];
6162   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
6163     // x == 0 ? C+y : x+y  ->  umax(x, C)+y   iff C u<= 1
6164     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
6165         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
6166       const SCEV *X = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), Ty);
6167       const SCEV *TrueValExpr = getSCEV(TrueVal);    // C+y
6168       const SCEV *FalseValExpr = getSCEV(FalseVal);  // x+y
6169       const SCEV *Y = getMinusSCEV(FalseValExpr, X); // y = (x+y)-x
6170       const SCEV *C = getMinusSCEV(TrueValExpr, Y);  // C = (C+y)-y
6171       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(C) && cast<SCEVConstant>(C)->getAPInt().ule(1))
6172         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(X, C), Y);
6173     }
6174     // x == 0 ? 0 : umin    (..., x, ...)  ->  umin_seq(x, umin    (...))
6175     // x == 0 ? 0 : umin_seq(..., x, ...)  ->  umin_seq(x, umin_seq(...))
6176     // x == 0 ? 0 : umin    (..., umin_seq(..., x, ...), ...)
6177     //                    ->  umin_seq(x, umin (..., umin_seq(...), ...))
6178     if (isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero() &&
6179         isa<ConstantInt>(TrueVal) && cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal)->isZero()) {
6180       const SCEV *X = getSCEV(LHS);
6181       while (auto *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(X))
6182         X = ZExt->getOperand();
6183       if (getTypeSizeInBits(X->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty)) {
6184         const SCEV *FalseValExpr = getSCEV(FalseVal);
6185         if (SCEVMinMaxExprContains(FalseValExpr, X, scSequentialUMinExpr))
6186           return getUMinExpr(getNoopOrZeroExtend(X, Ty), FalseValExpr,
6187                              /*Sequential=*/true);
6188       }
6189     }
6190     break;
6191   default:
6192     break;
6193   }
6194 
6195   return std::nullopt;
6196 }
6197 
6198 static std::optional<const SCEV *>
6199 createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(ScalarEvolution *SE, const SCEV *CondExpr,
6200                               const SCEV *TrueExpr, const SCEV *FalseExpr) {
6201   assert(CondExpr->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
6202          TrueExpr->getType() == FalseExpr->getType() &&
6203          TrueExpr->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
6204          "Unexpected operands of a select.");
6205 
6206   // i1 cond ? i1 x : i1 C  -->  C + (i1  cond ? (i1 x - i1 C) : i1 0)
6207   //                        -->  C + (umin_seq  cond, x - C)
6208   //
6209   // i1 cond ? i1 C : i1 x  -->  C + (i1  cond ? i1 0 : (i1 x - i1 C))
6210   //                        -->  C + (i1 ~cond ? (i1 x - i1 C) : i1 0)
6211   //                        -->  C + (umin_seq ~cond, x - C)
6212 
6213   // FIXME: while we can't legally model the case where both of the hands
6214   // are fully variable, we only require that the *difference* is constant.
6215   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(TrueExpr) && !isa<SCEVConstant>(FalseExpr))
6216     return std::nullopt;
6217 
6218   const SCEV *X, *C;
6219   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(TrueExpr)) {
6220     CondExpr = SE->getNotSCEV(CondExpr);
6221     X = FalseExpr;
6222     C = TrueExpr;
6223   } else {
6224     X = TrueExpr;
6225     C = FalseExpr;
6226   }
6227   return SE->getAddExpr(C, SE->getUMinExpr(CondExpr, SE->getMinusSCEV(X, C),
6228                                            /*Sequential=*/true));
6229 }
6230 
6231 static std::optional<const SCEV *>
6232 createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(ScalarEvolution *SE, Value *Cond, Value *TrueVal,
6233                               Value *FalseVal) {
6234   if (!isa<ConstantInt>(TrueVal) && !isa<ConstantInt>(FalseVal))
6235     return std::nullopt;
6236 
6237   const auto *SECond = SE->getSCEV(Cond);
6238   const auto *SETrue = SE->getSCEV(TrueVal);
6239   const auto *SEFalse = SE->getSCEV(FalseVal);
6240   return createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(SE, SECond, SETrue, SEFalse);
6241 }
6242 
6243 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHIViaUMinSeq(
6244     Value *V, Value *Cond, Value *TrueVal, Value *FalseVal) {
6245   assert(Cond->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) && "Select condition is not an i1?");
6246   assert(TrueVal->getType() == FalseVal->getType() &&
6247          V->getType() == TrueVal->getType() &&
6248          "Types of select hands and of the result must match.");
6249 
6250   // For now, only deal with i1-typed `select`s.
6251   if (!V->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
6252     return getUnknown(V);
6253 
6254   if (std::optional<const SCEV *> S =
6255           createNodeForSelectViaUMinSeq(this, Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal))
6256     return *S;
6257 
6258   return getUnknown(V);
6259 }
6260 
6261 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Value *V, Value *Cond,
6262                                                       Value *TrueVal,
6263                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
6264   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
6265   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
6266   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
6267     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
6268 
6269   if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
6270     if (auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond)) {
6271       if (std::optional<const SCEV *> S =
6272               createNodeForSelectOrPHIInstWithICmpInstCond(I->getType(), ICI,
6273                                                            TrueVal, FalseVal))
6274         return *S;
6275     }
6276   }
6277 
6278   return createNodeForSelectOrPHIViaUMinSeq(V, Cond, TrueVal, FalseVal);
6279 }
6280 
6281 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
6282 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
6283 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
6284   assert(GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized() &&
6285          "GEP source element type must be sized");
6286 
6287   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
6288   for (Value *Index : GEP->indices())
6289     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(Index));
6290   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
6291 }
6292 
6293 APInt ScalarEvolution::getConstantMultipleImpl(const SCEV *S) {
6294   uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
6295   auto GetShiftedByZeros = [BitWidth](uint32_t TrailingZeros) {
6296     return TrailingZeros >= BitWidth
6297                ? APInt::getZero(BitWidth)
6298                : APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TrailingZeros);
6299   };
6300   auto GetGCDMultiple = [this](const SCEVNAryExpr *N) {
6301     // The result is GCD of all operands results.
6302     APInt Res = getConstantMultiple(N->getOperand(0));
6303     for (unsigned I = 1, E = N->getNumOperands(); I < E && Res != 1; ++I)
6304       Res = APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(
6305           Res, getConstantMultiple(N->getOperand(I)));
6306     return Res;
6307   };
6308 
6309   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
6310   case scConstant:
6311     return cast<SCEVConstant>(S)->getAPInt();
6312   case scPtrToInt:
6313     return getConstantMultiple(cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(S)->getOperand());
6314   case scUDivExpr:
6315   case scVScale:
6316     return APInt(BitWidth, 1);
6317   case scTruncate: {
6318     // Only multiples that are a power of 2 will hold after truncation.
6319     const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
6320     uint32_t TZ = getMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand());
6321     return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ);
6322   }
6323   case scZeroExtend: {
6324     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S);
6325     return getConstantMultiple(Z->getOperand()).zext(BitWidth);
6326   }
6327   case scSignExtend: {
6328     // Only multiples that are a power of 2 will hold after sext.
6329     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S);
6330     uint32_t TZ = getMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
6331     return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ);
6332   }
6333   case scMulExpr: {
6334     const SCEVMulExpr *M = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
6335     if (M->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
6336       // The result is the product of all operand results.
6337       APInt Res = getConstantMultiple(M->getOperand(0));
6338       for (const SCEV *Operand : M->operands().drop_front())
6339         Res = Res * getConstantMultiple(Operand);
6340       return Res;
6341     }
6342 
6343     // If there are no wrap guarentees, find the trailing zeros, which is the
6344     // sum of trailing zeros for all its operands.
6345     uint32_t TZ = 0;
6346     for (const SCEV *Operand : M->operands())
6347       TZ += getMinTrailingZeros(Operand);
6348     return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ);
6349   }
6350   case scAddExpr:
6351   case scAddRecExpr: {
6352     const SCEVNAryExpr *N = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
6353     if (N->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
6354         return GetGCDMultiple(N);
6355     // Find the trailing bits, which is the minimum of its operands.
6356     uint32_t TZ = getMinTrailingZeros(N->getOperand(0));
6357     for (const SCEV *Operand : N->operands().drop_front())
6358       TZ = std::min(TZ, getMinTrailingZeros(Operand));
6359     return GetShiftedByZeros(TZ);
6360   }
6361   case scUMaxExpr:
6362   case scSMaxExpr:
6363   case scUMinExpr:
6364   case scSMinExpr:
6365   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
6366     return GetGCDMultiple(cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S));
6367   case scUnknown: {
6368     // ask ValueTracking for known bits
6369     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
6370     unsigned Known =
6371         computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), &AC, nullptr, &DT)
6372             .countMinTrailingZeros();
6373     return GetShiftedByZeros(Known);
6374   }
6375   case scCouldNotCompute:
6376     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6377   }
6378   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
6379 }
6380 
6381 APInt ScalarEvolution::getConstantMultiple(const SCEV *S) {
6382   auto I = ConstantMultipleCache.find(S);
6383   if (I != ConstantMultipleCache.end())
6384     return I->second;
6385 
6386   APInt Result = getConstantMultipleImpl(S);
6387   auto InsertPair = ConstantMultipleCache.insert({S, Result});
6388   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
6389   return InsertPair.first->second;
6390 }
6391 
6392 APInt ScalarEvolution::getNonZeroConstantMultiple(const SCEV *S) {
6393   APInt Multiple = getConstantMultiple(S);
6394   return Multiple == 0 ? APInt(Multiple.getBitWidth(), 1) : Multiple;
6395 }
6396 
6397 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::getMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
6398   return std::min(getConstantMultiple(S).countTrailingZeros(),
6399                   (unsigned)getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()));
6400 }
6401 
6402 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
6403 static std::optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
6404   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
6405     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
6406       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
6407     if (const auto *CB = dyn_cast<CallBase>(V))
6408       if (std::optional<ConstantRange> Range = CB->getRange())
6409         return Range;
6410   }
6411   if (auto *A = dyn_cast<Argument>(V))
6412     if (std::optional<ConstantRange> Range = A->getRange())
6413       return Range;
6414 
6415   return std::nullopt;
6416 }
6417 
6418 void ScalarEvolution::setNoWrapFlags(SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec,
6419                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
6420   if (AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(Flags) != Flags) {
6421     AddRec->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
6422     UnsignedRanges.erase(AddRec);
6423     SignedRanges.erase(AddRec);
6424     ConstantMultipleCache.erase(AddRec);
6425   }
6426 }
6427 
6428 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::
6429 getRangeForUnknownRecurrence(const SCEVUnknown *U) {
6430   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
6431 
6432   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
6433   const ConstantRange FullSet(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
6434 
6435   // Match a simple recurrence of the form: <start, ShiftOp, Step>, and then
6436   // use information about the trip count to improve our available range.  Note
6437   // that the trip count independent cases are already handled by known bits.
6438   // WARNING: The definition of recurrence used here is subtly different than
6439   // the one used by AddRec (and thus most of this file).  Step is allowed to
6440   // be arbitrarily loop varying here, where AddRec allows only loop invariant
6441   // and other addrecs in the same loop (for non-affine addrecs).  The code
6442   // below intentionally handles the case where step is not loop invariant.
6443   auto *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U->getValue());
6444   if (!P)
6445     return FullSet;
6446 
6447   // Make sure that no Phi input comes from an unreachable block. Otherwise,
6448   // even the values that are not available in these blocks may come from them,
6449   // and this leads to false-positive recurrence test.
6450   for (auto *Pred : predecessors(P->getParent()))
6451     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(Pred))
6452       return FullSet;
6453 
6454   BinaryOperator *BO;
6455   Value *Start, *Step;
6456   if (!matchSimpleRecurrence(P, BO, Start, Step))
6457     return FullSet;
6458 
6459   // If we found a recurrence in reachable code, we must be in a loop. Note
6460   // that BO might be in some subloop of L, and that's completely okay.
6461   auto *L = LI.getLoopFor(P->getParent());
6462   assert(L && L->getHeader() == P->getParent());
6463   if (!L->contains(BO->getParent()))
6464     // NOTE: This bailout should be an assert instead.  However, asserting
6465     // the condition here exposes a case where LoopFusion is querying SCEV
6466     // with malformed loop information during the midst of the transform.
6467     // There doesn't appear to be an obvious fix, so for the moment bailout
6468     // until the caller issue can be fixed.  PR49566 tracks the bug.
6469     return FullSet;
6470 
6471   // TODO: Extend to other opcodes such as mul, and div
6472   switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
6473   default:
6474     return FullSet;
6475   case Instruction::AShr:
6476   case Instruction::LShr:
6477   case Instruction::Shl:
6478     break;
6479   };
6480 
6481   if (BO->getOperand(0) != P)
6482     // TODO: Handle the power function forms some day.
6483     return FullSet;
6484 
6485   unsigned TC = getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(L);
6486   if (!TC || TC >= BitWidth)
6487     return FullSet;
6488 
6489   auto KnownStart = computeKnownBits(Start, DL, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6490   auto KnownStep = computeKnownBits(Step, DL, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6491   assert(KnownStart.getBitWidth() == BitWidth &&
6492          KnownStep.getBitWidth() == BitWidth);
6493 
6494   // Compute total shift amount, being careful of overflow and bitwidths.
6495   auto MaxShiftAmt = KnownStep.getMaxValue();
6496   APInt TCAP(BitWidth, TC-1);
6497   bool Overflow = false;
6498   auto TotalShift = MaxShiftAmt.umul_ov(TCAP, Overflow);
6499   if (Overflow)
6500     return FullSet;
6501 
6502   switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
6503   default:
6504     llvm_unreachable("filtered out above");
6505   case Instruction::AShr: {
6506     // For each ashr, three cases:
6507     //   shift = 0 => unchanged value
6508     //   saturation => 0 or -1
6509     //   other => a value closer to zero (of the same sign)
6510     // Thus, the end value is closer to zero than the start.
6511     auto KnownEnd = KnownBits::ashr(KnownStart,
6512                                     KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift));
6513     if (KnownStart.isNonNegative())
6514       // Analogous to lshr (simply not yet canonicalized)
6515       return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownEnd.getMinValue(),
6516                                         KnownStart.getMaxValue() + 1);
6517     if (KnownStart.isNegative())
6518       // End >=u Start && End <=s Start
6519       return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownStart.getMinValue(),
6520                                         KnownEnd.getMaxValue() + 1);
6521     break;
6522   }
6523   case Instruction::LShr: {
6524     // For each lshr, three cases:
6525     //   shift = 0 => unchanged value
6526     //   saturation => 0
6527     //   other => a smaller positive number
6528     // Thus, the low end of the unsigned range is the last value produced.
6529     auto KnownEnd = KnownBits::lshr(KnownStart,
6530                                     KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift));
6531     return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(KnownEnd.getMinValue(),
6532                                       KnownStart.getMaxValue() + 1);
6533   }
6534   case Instruction::Shl: {
6535     // Iff no bits are shifted out, value increases on every shift.
6536     auto KnownEnd = KnownBits::shl(KnownStart,
6537                                    KnownBits::makeConstant(TotalShift));
6538     if (TotalShift.ult(KnownStart.countMinLeadingZeros()))
6539       return ConstantRange(KnownStart.getMinValue(),
6540                            KnownEnd.getMaxValue() + 1);
6541     break;
6542   }
6543   };
6544   return FullSet;
6545 }
6546 
6547 const ConstantRange &
6548 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRefIter(const SCEV *S,
6549                                  ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
6550   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
6551       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
6552                                                        : SignedRanges;
6553   SmallVector<const SCEV *> WorkList;
6554   SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 8> Seen;
6555 
6556   // Add Expr to the worklist, if Expr is either an N-ary expression or a
6557   // SCEVUnknown PHI node.
6558   auto AddToWorklist = [&WorkList, &Seen, &Cache](const SCEV *Expr) {
6559     if (!Seen.insert(Expr).second)
6560       return;
6561     if (Cache.contains(Expr))
6562       return;
6563     switch (Expr->getSCEVType()) {
6564     case scUnknown:
6565       if (!isa<PHINode>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(Expr)->getValue()))
6566         break;
6567       [[fallthrough]];
6568     case scConstant:
6569     case scVScale:
6570     case scTruncate:
6571     case scZeroExtend:
6572     case scSignExtend:
6573     case scPtrToInt:
6574     case scAddExpr:
6575     case scMulExpr:
6576     case scUDivExpr:
6577     case scAddRecExpr:
6578     case scUMaxExpr:
6579     case scSMaxExpr:
6580     case scUMinExpr:
6581     case scSMinExpr:
6582     case scSequentialUMinExpr:
6583       WorkList.push_back(Expr);
6584       break;
6585     case scCouldNotCompute:
6586       llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6587     }
6588   };
6589   AddToWorklist(S);
6590 
6591   // Build worklist by queuing operands of N-ary expressions and phi nodes.
6592   for (unsigned I = 0; I != WorkList.size(); ++I) {
6593     const SCEV *P = WorkList[I];
6594     auto *UnknownS = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(P);
6595     // If it is not a `SCEVUnknown`, just recurse into operands.
6596     if (!UnknownS) {
6597       for (const SCEV *Op : P->operands())
6598         AddToWorklist(Op);
6599       continue;
6600     }
6601     // `SCEVUnknown`'s require special treatment.
6602     if (const PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UnknownS->getValue())) {
6603       if (!PendingPhiRangesIter.insert(P).second)
6604         continue;
6605       for (auto &Op : reverse(P->operands()))
6606         AddToWorklist(getSCEV(Op));
6607     }
6608   }
6609 
6610   if (!WorkList.empty()) {
6611     // Use getRangeRef to compute ranges for items in the worklist in reverse
6612     // order. This will force ranges for earlier operands to be computed before
6613     // their users in most cases.
6614     for (const SCEV *P : reverse(drop_begin(WorkList))) {
6615       getRangeRef(P, SignHint);
6616 
6617       if (auto *UnknownS = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(P))
6618         if (const PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UnknownS->getValue()))
6619           PendingPhiRangesIter.erase(P);
6620     }
6621   }
6622 
6623   return getRangeRef(S, SignHint, 0);
6624 }
6625 
6626 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
6627 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
6628 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
6629 const ConstantRange &ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(
6630     const SCEV *S, ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint, unsigned Depth) {
6631   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
6632       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
6633                                                        : SignedRanges;
6634   ConstantRange::PreferredRangeType RangeType =
6635       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? ConstantRange::Unsigned
6636                                                        : ConstantRange::Signed;
6637 
6638   // See if we've computed this range already.
6639   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
6640   if (I != Cache.end())
6641     return I->second;
6642 
6643   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
6644     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
6645 
6646   // Switch to iteratively computing the range for S, if it is part of a deeply
6647   // nested expression.
6648   if (Depth > RangeIterThreshold)
6649     return getRangeRefIter(S, SignHint);
6650 
6651   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
6652   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
6653   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
6654 
6655   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
6656   // as well.
6657   if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
6658     APInt Multiple = getNonZeroConstantMultiple(S);
6659     APInt Remainder = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).urem(Multiple);
6660     if (!Remainder.isZero())
6661       ConservativeResult =
6662           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
6663                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - Remainder + 1);
6664   }
6665   else {
6666     uint32_t TZ = getMinTrailingZeros(S);
6667     if (TZ != 0) {
6668       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
6669           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
6670           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
6671     }
6672   }
6673 
6674   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
6675   case scConstant:
6676     llvm_unreachable("Already handled above.");
6677   case scVScale:
6678     return setRange(S, SignHint, getVScaleRange(&F, BitWidth));
6679   case scTruncate: {
6680     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S);
6681     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6682     return setRange(
6683         Trunc, SignHint,
6684         ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth), RangeType));
6685   }
6686   case scZeroExtend: {
6687     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S);
6688     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6689     return setRange(
6690         ZExt, SignHint,
6691         ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth), RangeType));
6692   }
6693   case scSignExtend: {
6694     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S);
6695     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6696     return setRange(
6697         SExt, SignHint,
6698         ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth), RangeType));
6699   }
6700   case scPtrToInt: {
6701     const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *PtrToInt = cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(S);
6702     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(PtrToInt->getOperand(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6703     return setRange(PtrToInt, SignHint, X);
6704   }
6705   case scAddExpr: {
6706     const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
6707     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6708     unsigned WrapType = OBO::AnyWrap;
6709     if (Add->hasNoSignedWrap())
6710       WrapType |= OBO::NoSignedWrap;
6711     if (Add->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
6712       WrapType |= OBO::NoUnsignedWrap;
6713     for (const SCEV *Op : drop_begin(Add->operands()))
6714       X = X.addWithNoWrap(getRangeRef(Op, SignHint, Depth + 1), WrapType,
6715                           RangeType);
6716     return setRange(Add, SignHint,
6717                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
6718   }
6719   case scMulExpr: {
6720     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
6721     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6722     for (const SCEV *Op : drop_begin(Mul->operands()))
6723       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Op, SignHint, Depth + 1));
6724     return setRange(Mul, SignHint,
6725                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
6726   }
6727   case scUDivExpr: {
6728     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
6729     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6730     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6731     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
6732                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y), RangeType));
6733   }
6734   case scAddRecExpr: {
6735     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
6736     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
6737     // initial value.
6738     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
6739       APInt UnsignedMinValue = getUnsignedRangeMin(AddRec->getStart());
6740       if (!UnsignedMinValue.isZero())
6741         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6742             ConstantRange(UnsignedMinValue, APInt(BitWidth, 0)), RangeType);
6743     }
6744 
6745     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands except initial value have
6746     // the same sign or zero, the value won't ever be:
6747     // 1: smaller than initial value if operands are non negative,
6748     // 2: bigger than initial value if operands are non positive.
6749     // For both cases, value can not cross signed min/max boundary.
6750     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
6751       bool AllNonNeg = true;
6752       bool AllNonPos = true;
6753       for (unsigned i = 1, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
6754         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i)))
6755           AllNonNeg = false;
6756         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i)))
6757           AllNonPos = false;
6758       }
6759       if (AllNonNeg)
6760         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6761             ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(getSignedRangeMin(AddRec->getStart()),
6762                                        APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)),
6763             RangeType);
6764       else if (AllNonPos)
6765         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6766             ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
6767                                        getSignedRangeMax(AddRec->getStart()) +
6768                                            1),
6769             RangeType);
6770     }
6771 
6772     // TODO: non-affine addrec
6773     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
6774       const SCEV *MaxBEScev =
6775           getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
6776       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBEScev)) {
6777         APInt MaxBECount = cast<SCEVConstant>(MaxBEScev)->getAPInt();
6778 
6779         // Adjust MaxBECount to the same bitwidth as AddRec. We can truncate if
6780         // MaxBECount's active bits are all <= AddRec's bit width.
6781         if (MaxBECount.getBitWidth() > BitWidth &&
6782             MaxBECount.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth)
6783           MaxBECount = MaxBECount.trunc(BitWidth);
6784         else if (MaxBECount.getBitWidth() < BitWidth)
6785           MaxBECount = MaxBECount.zext(BitWidth);
6786 
6787         if (MaxBECount.getBitWidth() == BitWidth) {
6788           auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
6789               AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount);
6790           ConservativeResult =
6791               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine, RangeType);
6792 
6793           auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
6794               AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount);
6795           ConservativeResult =
6796               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring, RangeType);
6797         }
6798       }
6799 
6800       // Now try symbolic BE count and more powerful methods.
6801       if (UseExpensiveRangeSharpening) {
6802         const SCEV *SymbolicMaxBECount =
6803             getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
6804         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicMaxBECount) &&
6805             getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBEScev->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
6806             AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap()) {
6807           auto RangeFromAffineNew = getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
6808               AddRec, SymbolicMaxBECount, BitWidth, SignHint);
6809           ConservativeResult =
6810               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffineNew, RangeType);
6811         }
6812       }
6813     }
6814 
6815     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
6816   }
6817   case scUMaxExpr:
6818   case scSMaxExpr:
6819   case scUMinExpr:
6820   case scSMinExpr:
6821   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
6822     Intrinsic::ID ID;
6823     switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
6824     case scUMaxExpr:
6825       ID = Intrinsic::umax;
6826       break;
6827     case scSMaxExpr:
6828       ID = Intrinsic::smax;
6829       break;
6830     case scUMinExpr:
6831     case scSequentialUMinExpr:
6832       ID = Intrinsic::umin;
6833       break;
6834     case scSMinExpr:
6835       ID = Intrinsic::smin;
6836       break;
6837     default:
6838       llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEVMinMaxExpr/SCEVSequentialMinMaxExpr.");
6839     }
6840 
6841     const auto *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
6842     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(NAry->getOperand(0), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6843     for (unsigned i = 1, e = NAry->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
6844       X = X.intrinsic(
6845           ID, {X, getRangeRef(NAry->getOperand(i), SignHint, Depth + 1)});
6846     return setRange(S, SignHint,
6847                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X, RangeType));
6848   }
6849   case scUnknown: {
6850     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
6851     Value *V = U->getValue();
6852 
6853     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
6854     std::optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(V);
6855     if (MDRange)
6856       ConservativeResult =
6857           ConservativeResult.intersectWith(*MDRange, RangeType);
6858 
6859     // Use facts about recurrences in the underlying IR.  Note that add
6860     // recurrences are AddRecExprs and thus don't hit this path.  This
6861     // primarily handles shift recurrences.
6862     auto CR = getRangeForUnknownRecurrence(U);
6863     ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(CR);
6864 
6865     // See if ValueTracking can give us a useful range.
6866     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
6867     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(V, DL, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6868     if (Known.getBitWidth() != BitWidth)
6869       Known = Known.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth);
6870 
6871     // ValueTracking may be able to compute a tighter result for the number of
6872     // sign bits than for the value of those sign bits.
6873     unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(V, DL, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6874     if (U->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
6875       // If the pointer size is larger than the index size type, this can cause
6876       // NS to be larger than BitWidth. So compensate for this.
6877       unsigned ptrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
6878       int ptrIdxDiff = ptrSize - BitWidth;
6879       if (ptrIdxDiff > 0 && ptrSize > BitWidth && NS > (unsigned)ptrIdxDiff)
6880         NS -= ptrIdxDiff;
6881     }
6882 
6883     if (NS > 1) {
6884       // If we know any of the sign bits, we know all of the sign bits.
6885       if (!Known.Zero.getHiBits(NS).isZero())
6886         Known.Zero.setHighBits(NS);
6887       if (!Known.One.getHiBits(NS).isZero())
6888         Known.One.setHighBits(NS);
6889     }
6890 
6891     if (Known.getMinValue() != Known.getMaxValue() + 1)
6892       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6893           ConstantRange(Known.getMinValue(), Known.getMaxValue() + 1),
6894           RangeType);
6895     if (NS > 1)
6896       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6897           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
6898                         APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1),
6899           RangeType);
6900 
6901     if (U->getType()->isPointerTy() && SignHint == HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
6902       // Strengthen the range if the underlying IR value is a
6903       // global/alloca/heap allocation using the size of the object.
6904       bool CanBeNull, CanBeFreed;
6905       uint64_t DerefBytes =
6906           V->getPointerDereferenceableBytes(DL, CanBeNull, CanBeFreed);
6907       if (DerefBytes > 1 && isUIntN(BitWidth, DerefBytes)) {
6908         // The highest address the object can start is DerefBytes bytes before
6909         // the end (unsigned max value). If this value is not a multiple of the
6910         // alignment, the last possible start value is the next lowest multiple
6911         // of the alignment. Note: The computations below cannot overflow,
6912         // because if they would there's no possible start address for the
6913         // object.
6914         APInt MaxVal =
6915             APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) - APInt(BitWidth, DerefBytes);
6916         uint64_t Align = U->getValue()->getPointerAlignment(DL).value();
6917         uint64_t Rem = MaxVal.urem(Align);
6918         MaxVal -= APInt(BitWidth, Rem);
6919         APInt MinVal = APInt::getZero(BitWidth);
6920         if (llvm::isKnownNonZero(V, DL))
6921           MinVal = Align;
6922         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
6923             ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(MinVal, MaxVal + 1), RangeType);
6924       }
6925     }
6926 
6927     // A range of Phi is a subset of union of all ranges of its input.
6928     if (PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(V)) {
6929       // Make sure that we do not run over cycled Phis.
6930       if (PendingPhiRanges.insert(Phi).second) {
6931         ConstantRange RangeFromOps(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/false);
6932 
6933         for (const auto &Op : Phi->operands()) {
6934           auto OpRange = getRangeRef(getSCEV(Op), SignHint, Depth + 1);
6935           RangeFromOps = RangeFromOps.unionWith(OpRange);
6936           // No point to continue if we already have a full set.
6937           if (RangeFromOps.isFullSet())
6938             break;
6939         }
6940         ConservativeResult =
6941             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromOps, RangeType);
6942         bool Erased = PendingPhiRanges.erase(Phi);
6943         assert(Erased && "Failed to erase Phi properly?");
6944         (void)Erased;
6945       }
6946     }
6947 
6948     // vscale can't be equal to zero
6949     if (const auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(V))
6950       if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::vscale) {
6951         ConstantRange Disallowed = APInt::getZero(BitWidth);
6952         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.difference(Disallowed);
6953       }
6954 
6955     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
6956   }
6957   case scCouldNotCompute:
6958     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
6959   }
6960 
6961   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
6962 }
6963 
6964 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
6965 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
6966 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
6967 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
6968 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
6969                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
6970                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
6971                                                bool Signed) {
6972   unsigned BitWidth = Step.getBitWidth();
6973   assert(BitWidth == StartRange.getBitWidth() &&
6974          BitWidth == MaxBECount.getBitWidth() && "mismatched bit widths");
6975   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
6976   // just need to return the initial range.
6977   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
6978     return StartRange;
6979 
6980   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
6981   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
6982   // Return FullRange.
6983   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
6984     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
6985 
6986   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
6987   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
6988   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
6989 
6990   if (Signed)
6991     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
6992     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
6993     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
6994     // APInt.
6995     Step = Step.abs();
6996 
6997   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
6998   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
6999   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
7000     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7001 
7002   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
7003   // overflow here.
7004   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
7005 
7006   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
7007   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
7008   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
7009   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
7010   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
7011   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
7012   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
7013                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
7014 
7015   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
7016   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
7017   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
7018   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
7019     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7020 
7021   APInt NewLower =
7022       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
7023   APInt NewUpper =
7024       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
7025   NewUpper += 1;
7026 
7027   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
7028   return ConstantRange::getNonEmpty(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
7029 }
7030 
7031 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
7032                                                    const SCEV *Step,
7033                                                    const APInt &MaxBECount) {
7034   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Start->getType()) ==
7035              getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()) &&
7036          getTypeSizeInBits(Start->getType()) == MaxBECount.getBitWidth() &&
7037          "mismatched bit widths");
7038 
7039   // First, consider step signed.
7040   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
7041   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
7042 
7043   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
7044   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
7045   ConstantRange SR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
7046       StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange, MaxBECount, /* Signed = */ true);
7047   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
7048                                               StartSRange, MaxBECount,
7049                                               /* Signed = */ true));
7050 
7051   // Next, consider step unsigned.
7052   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
7053       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start), MaxBECount,
7054       /* Signed = */ false);
7055 
7056   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
7057   return SR.intersectWith(UR, ConstantRange::Smallest);
7058 }
7059 
7060 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineNoSelfWrappingAR(
7061     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, const SCEV *MaxBECount, unsigned BitWidth,
7062     ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
7063   assert(AddRec->isAffine() && "Non-affine AddRecs are not suppored!\n");
7064   assert(AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
7065          "This only works for non-self-wrapping AddRecs!");
7066   const bool IsSigned = SignHint == HINT_RANGE_SIGNED;
7067   const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
7068   // Only deal with constant step to save compile time.
7069   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Step))
7070     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7071   // Let's make sure that we can prove that we do not self-wrap during
7072   // MaxBECount iterations. We need this because MaxBECount is a maximum
7073   // iteration count estimate, and we might infer nw from some exit for which we
7074   // do not know max exit count (or any other side reasoning).
7075   // TODO: Turn into assert at some point.
7076   if (getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) >
7077       getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec->getType()))
7078     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7079   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, AddRec->getType());
7080   const SCEV *RangeWidth = getMinusOne(AddRec->getType());
7081   const SCEV *StepAbs = getUMinExpr(Step, getNegativeSCEV(Step));
7082   const SCEV *MaxItersWithoutWrap = getUDivExpr(RangeWidth, StepAbs);
7083   if (!isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, MaxBECount,
7084                                          MaxItersWithoutWrap))
7085     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7086 
7087   ICmpInst::Predicate LEPred =
7088       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
7089   ICmpInst::Predicate GEPred =
7090       IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
7091   const SCEV *End = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(MaxBECount, *this);
7092 
7093   // We know that there is no self-wrap. Let's take Start and End values and
7094   // look at all intermediate values V1, V2, ..., Vn that IndVar takes during
7095   // the iteration. They either lie inside the range [Min(Start, End),
7096   // Max(Start, End)] or outside it:
7097   //
7098   // Case 1:   RangeMin    ...    Start V1 ... VN End ...           RangeMax;
7099   // Case 2:   RangeMin Vk ... V1 Start    ...    End Vn ... Vk + 1 RangeMax;
7100   //
7101   // No self wrap flag guarantees that the intermediate values cannot be BOTH
7102   // outside and inside the range [Min(Start, End), Max(Start, End)]. Using that
7103   // knowledge, let's try to prove that we are dealing with Case 1. It is so if
7104   // Start <= End and step is positive, or Start >= End and step is negative.
7105   const SCEV *Start = applyLoopGuards(AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getLoop());
7106   ConstantRange StartRange = getRangeRef(Start, SignHint);
7107   ConstantRange EndRange = getRangeRef(End, SignHint);
7108   ConstantRange RangeBetween = StartRange.unionWith(EndRange);
7109   // If they already cover full iteration space, we will know nothing useful
7110   // even if we prove what we want to prove.
7111   if (RangeBetween.isFullSet())
7112     return RangeBetween;
7113   // Only deal with ranges that do not wrap (i.e. RangeMin < RangeMax).
7114   bool IsWrappedSet = IsSigned ? RangeBetween.isSignWrappedSet()
7115                                : RangeBetween.isWrappedSet();
7116   if (IsWrappedSet)
7117     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7118 
7119   if (isKnownPositive(Step) &&
7120       isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(LEPred, Start, End))
7121     return RangeBetween;
7122   if (isKnownNegative(Step) &&
7123            isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(GEPred, Start, End))
7124     return RangeBetween;
7125   return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7126 }
7127 
7128 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
7129                                                     const SCEV *Step,
7130                                                     const APInt &MaxBECount) {
7131   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
7132   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
7133 
7134   unsigned BitWidth = MaxBECount.getBitWidth();
7135   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Start->getType()) == BitWidth &&
7136          getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType()) == BitWidth &&
7137          "mismatched bit widths");
7138 
7139   struct SelectPattern {
7140     Value *Condition = nullptr;
7141     APInt TrueValue;
7142     APInt FalseValue;
7143 
7144     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
7145                            const SCEV *S) {
7146       std::optional<unsigned> CastOp;
7147       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
7148 
7149       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
7150              "Should be!");
7151 
7152       // Peel off a constant offset. In the future we could consider being
7153       // smarter here and handle {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
7154       const APInt *Off;
7155       if (match(S, m_scev_Add(m_scev_APInt(Off), m_SCEV(S))))
7156         Offset = *Off;
7157 
7158       // Peel off a cast operation
7159       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVIntegralCastExpr>(S)) {
7160         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
7161         S = SCast->getOperand();
7162       }
7163 
7164       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
7165 
7166       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
7167       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
7168       if (!SU ||
7169           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
7170                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
7171         Condition = nullptr;
7172         return;
7173       }
7174 
7175       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
7176       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
7177 
7178       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
7179       if (CastOp)
7180         switch (*CastOp) {
7181         default:
7182           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
7183 
7184         case scTruncate:
7185           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
7186           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
7187           break;
7188         case scZeroExtend:
7189           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
7190           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
7191           break;
7192         case scSignExtend:
7193           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
7194           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
7195           break;
7196         }
7197 
7198       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
7199       TrueValue += Offset;
7200       FalseValue += Offset;
7201     }
7202 
7203     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
7204   };
7205 
7206   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
7207   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
7208     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7209 
7210   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
7211   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
7212     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7213 
7214   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
7215     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
7216     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
7217     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
7218     return ConstantRange::getFull(BitWidth);
7219   }
7220 
7221   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
7222   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
7223   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
7224   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
7225 
7226   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
7227   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
7228 
7229   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
7230   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
7231   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
7232   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
7233 
7234   ConstantRange TrueRange =
7235       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount);
7236   ConstantRange FalseRange =
7237       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount);
7238 
7239   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
7240 }
7241 
7242 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
7243   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7244   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
7245 
7246   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
7247   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7248   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
7249     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
7250   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
7251     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
7252   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
7253     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7254 
7255   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7256 }
7257 
7258 const Instruction *
7259 ScalarEvolution::getNonTrivialDefiningScopeBound(const SCEV *S) {
7260   if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
7261     return &*AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()->begin();
7262   if (auto *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
7263     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U->getValue()))
7264       return I;
7265   return nullptr;
7266 }
7267 
7268 const Instruction *
7269 ScalarEvolution::getDefiningScopeBound(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops,
7270                                        bool &Precise) {
7271   Precise = true;
7272   // Do a bounded search of the def relation of the requested SCEVs.
7273   SmallSet<const SCEV *, 16> Visited;
7274   SmallVector<const SCEV *> Worklist;
7275   auto pushOp = [&](const SCEV *S) {
7276     if (!Visited.insert(S).second)
7277       return;
7278     // Threshold of 30 here is arbitrary.
7279     if (Visited.size() > 30) {
7280       Precise = false;
7281       return;
7282     }
7283     Worklist.push_back(S);
7284   };
7285 
7286   for (const auto *S : Ops)
7287     pushOp(S);
7288 
7289   const Instruction *Bound = nullptr;
7290   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
7291     auto *S = Worklist.pop_back_val();
7292     if (auto *DefI = getNonTrivialDefiningScopeBound(S)) {
7293       if (!Bound || DT.dominates(Bound, DefI))
7294         Bound = DefI;
7295     } else {
7296       for (const auto *Op : S->operands())
7297         pushOp(Op);
7298     }
7299   }
7300   return Bound ? Bound : &*F.getEntryBlock().begin();
7301 }
7302 
7303 const Instruction *
7304 ScalarEvolution::getDefiningScopeBound(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
7305   bool Discard;
7306   return getDefiningScopeBound(Ops, Discard);
7307 }
7308 
7309 bool ScalarEvolution::isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(const Instruction *A,
7310                                                         const Instruction *B) {
7311   if (A->getParent() == B->getParent() &&
7312       isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(A->getIterator(),
7313                                                  B->getIterator()))
7314     return true;
7315 
7316   auto *BLoop = LI.getLoopFor(B->getParent());
7317   if (BLoop && BLoop->getHeader() == B->getParent() &&
7318       BLoop->getLoopPreheader() == A->getParent() &&
7319       isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(A->getIterator(),
7320                                                  A->getParent()->end()) &&
7321       isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(B->getParent()->begin(),
7322                                                  B->getIterator()))
7323     return true;
7324   return false;
7325 }
7326 
7327 bool ScalarEvolution::isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(const SCEV *Op) {
7328   SCEVPoisonCollector PC(/* LookThroughMaybePoisonBlocking */ true);
7329   visitAll(Op, PC);
7330   return PC.MaybePoison.empty();
7331 }
7332 
7333 bool ScalarEvolution::isGuaranteedNotToCauseUB(const SCEV *Op) {
7334   return !SCEVExprContains(Op, [this](const SCEV *S) {
7335     const SCEV *Op1;
7336     bool M = match(S, m_scev_UDiv(m_SCEV(), m_SCEV(Op1)));
7337     // The UDiv may be UB if the divisor is poison or zero. Unless the divisor
7338     // is a non-zero constant, we have to assume the UDiv may be UB.
7339     return M && (!isKnownNonZero(Op1) || !isGuaranteedNotToBePoison(Op1));
7340   });
7341 }
7342 
7343 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
7344   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
7345   if (!programUndefinedIfPoison(I))
7346     return false;
7347 
7348   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
7349   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
7350   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
7351   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
7352   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
7353   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
7354   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find a
7355   // upper bound on the defining scope for the SCEV, and prove that I is
7356   // executed every time we enter that scope.  When the bounding scope is a
7357   // loop (the common case), this is equivalent to proving I executes on every
7358   // iteration of that loop.
7359   SmallVector<const SCEV *> SCEVOps;
7360   for (const Use &Op : I->operands()) {
7361     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
7362     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
7363     if (isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
7364       SCEVOps.push_back(getSCEV(Op));
7365   }
7366   auto *DefI = getDefiningScopeBound(SCEVOps);
7367   return isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionTo(DefI, I);
7368 }
7369 
7370 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
7371   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
7372   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
7373     return true;
7374 
7375   // If the loop only has one exit, then we know that, if the loop is entered,
7376   // any instruction dominating that exit will be executed. If any such
7377   // instruction would result in UB, the addrec cannot be poison.
7378   //
7379   // This is basically the same reasoning as in isSCEVExprNeverPoison(), but
7380   // also handles uses outside the loop header (they just need to dominate the
7381   // single exit).
7382 
7383   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
7384   if (!ExitingBB || !loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L))
7385     return false;
7386 
7387   SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 16> KnownPoison;
7388   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> Worklist;
7389 
7390   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
7391   // things that are known to be poison under that assumption go on the
7392   // Worklist.
7393   KnownPoison.insert(I);
7394   Worklist.push_back(I);
7395 
7396   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
7397     const Instruction *Poison = Worklist.pop_back_val();
7398 
7399     for (const Use &U : Poison->uses()) {
7400       const Instruction *PoisonUser = cast<Instruction>(U.getUser());
7401       if (mustTriggerUB(PoisonUser, KnownPoison) &&
7402           DT.dominates(PoisonUser->getParent(), ExitingBB))
7403         return true;
7404 
7405       if (propagatesPoison(U) && L->contains(PoisonUser))
7406         if (KnownPoison.insert(PoisonUser).second)
7407           Worklist.push_back(PoisonUser);
7408     }
7409   }
7410 
7411   return false;
7412 }
7413 
7414 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
7415 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
7416   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
7417 
7418   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
7419   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
7420     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
7421       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
7422         return !SI->isSimple();
7423 
7424       return I->mayThrow() || I->mayWriteToMemory();
7425     };
7426 
7427     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
7428                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
7429 
7430     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
7431       for (auto &I : *BB) {
7432         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
7433           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
7434         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
7435           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
7436         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
7437           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
7438       }
7439 
7440     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
7441     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
7442     Itr = InsertPair.first;
7443   }
7444 
7445   return Itr->second;
7446 }
7447 
7448 bool ScalarEvolution::loopIsFiniteByAssumption(const Loop *L) {
7449   // A mustprogress loop without side effects must be finite.
7450   // TODO: The check used here is very conservative.  It's only *specific*
7451   // side effects which are well defined in infinite loops.
7452   return isFinite(L) || (isMustProgress(L) && loopHasNoSideEffects(L));
7453 }
7454 
7455 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEVIter(Value *V) {
7456   // Worklist item with a Value and a bool indicating whether all operands have
7457   // been visited already.
7458   using PointerTy = PointerIntPair<Value *, 1, bool>;
7459   SmallVector<PointerTy> Stack;
7460 
7461   Stack.emplace_back(V, true);
7462   Stack.emplace_back(V, false);
7463   while (!Stack.empty()) {
7464     auto E = Stack.pop_back_val();
7465     Value *CurV = E.getPointer();
7466 
7467     if (getExistingSCEV(CurV))
7468       continue;
7469 
7470     SmallVector<Value *> Ops;
7471     const SCEV *CreatedSCEV = nullptr;
7472     // If all operands have been visited already, create the SCEV.
7473     if (E.getInt()) {
7474       CreatedSCEV = createSCEV(CurV);
7475     } else {
7476       // Otherwise get the operands we need to create SCEV's for before creating
7477       // the SCEV for CurV. If the SCEV for CurV can be constructed trivially,
7478       // just use it.
7479       CreatedSCEV = getOperandsToCreate(CurV, Ops);
7480     }
7481 
7482     if (CreatedSCEV) {
7483       insertValueToMap(CurV, CreatedSCEV);
7484     } else {
7485       // Queue CurV for SCEV creation, followed by its's operands which need to
7486       // be constructed first.
7487       Stack.emplace_back(CurV, true);
7488       for (Value *Op : Ops)
7489         Stack.emplace_back(Op, false);
7490     }
7491   }
7492 
7493   return getExistingSCEV(V);
7494 }
7495 
7496 const SCEV *
7497 ScalarEvolution::getOperandsToCreate(Value *V, SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Ops) {
7498   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
7499     return getUnknown(V);
7500 
7501   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
7502     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
7503     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
7504     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
7505     // analysis depends on.
7506     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
7507       return getUnknown(PoisonValue::get(V->getType()));
7508   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
7509     return getConstant(CI);
7510   else if (isa<GlobalAlias>(V))
7511     return getUnknown(V);
7512   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
7513     return getUnknown(V);
7514 
7515   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
7516   if (auto BO =
7517           MatchBinaryOp(U, getDataLayout(), AC, DT, dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))) {
7518     bool IsConstArg = isa<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
7519     switch (BO->Opcode) {
7520     case Instruction::Add:
7521     case Instruction::Mul: {
7522       // For additions and multiplications, traverse add/mul chains for which we
7523       // can potentially create a single SCEV, to reduce the number of
7524       // get{Add,Mul}Expr calls.
7525       do {
7526         if (BO->Op) {
7527           if (BO->Op != V && getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
7528             Ops.push_back(BO->Op);
7529             break;
7530           }
7531         }
7532         Ops.push_back(BO->RHS);
7533         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, getDataLayout(), AC, DT,
7534                                    dyn_cast<Instruction>(V));
7535         if (!NewBO ||
7536             (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add &&
7537              (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
7538               NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) ||
7539             (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Mul &&
7540              NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul)) {
7541           Ops.push_back(BO->LHS);
7542           break;
7543         }
7544         // CreateSCEV calls getNoWrapFlagsFromUB, which under certain conditions
7545         // requires a SCEV for the LHS.
7546         if (BO->Op && (BO->IsNSW || BO->IsNUW)) {
7547           auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BO->Op);
7548           if (I && programUndefinedIfPoison(I)) {
7549             Ops.push_back(BO->LHS);
7550             break;
7551           }
7552         }
7553         BO = NewBO;
7554       } while (true);
7555       return nullptr;
7556     }
7557     case Instruction::Sub:
7558     case Instruction::UDiv:
7559     case Instruction::URem:
7560       break;
7561     case Instruction::AShr:
7562     case Instruction::Shl:
7563     case Instruction::Xor:
7564       if (!IsConstArg)
7565         return nullptr;
7566       break;
7567     case Instruction::And:
7568     case Instruction::Or:
7569       if (!IsConstArg && !BO->LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy(1))
7570         return nullptr;
7571       break;
7572     case Instruction::LShr:
7573       return getUnknown(V);
7574     default:
7575       llvm_unreachable("Unhandled binop");
7576       break;
7577     }
7578 
7579     Ops.push_back(BO->LHS);
7580     Ops.push_back(BO->RHS);
7581     return nullptr;
7582   }
7583 
7584   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
7585   case Instruction::Trunc:
7586   case Instruction::ZExt:
7587   case Instruction::SExt:
7588   case Instruction::PtrToInt:
7589     Ops.push_back(U->getOperand(0));
7590     return nullptr;
7591 
7592   case Instruction::BitCast:
7593     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
7594       Ops.push_back(U->getOperand(0));
7595       return nullptr;
7596     }
7597     return getUnknown(V);
7598 
7599   case Instruction::SDiv:
7600   case Instruction::SRem:
7601     Ops.push_back(U->getOperand(0));
7602     Ops.push_back(U->getOperand(1));
7603     return nullptr;
7604 
7605   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
7606     assert(cast<GEPOperator>(U)->getSourceElementType()->isSized() &&
7607            "GEP source element type must be sized");
7608     llvm::append_range(Ops, U->operands());
7609     return nullptr;
7610 
7611   case Instruction::IntToPtr:
7612     return getUnknown(V);
7613 
7614   case Instruction::PHI:
7615     // Keep constructing SCEVs' for phis recursively for now.
7616     return nullptr;
7617 
7618   case Instruction::Select: {
7619     // Check if U is a select that can be simplified to a SCEVUnknown.
7620     auto CanSimplifyToUnknown = [this, U]() {
7621       if (U->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) || isa<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(0)))
7622         return false;
7623 
7624       auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0));
7625       if (!ICI)
7626         return false;
7627       Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
7628       Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
7629       if (ICI->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ ||
7630           ICI->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
7631         if (!(isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()))
7632           return true;
7633       } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
7634                  getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType()))
7635         return true;
7636       return false;
7637     };
7638     if (CanSimplifyToUnknown())
7639       return getUnknown(U);
7640 
7641     llvm::append_range(Ops, U->operands());
7642     return nullptr;
7643     break;
7644   }
7645   case Instruction::Call:
7646   case Instruction::Invoke:
7647     if (Value *RV = cast<CallBase>(U)->getReturnedArgOperand()) {
7648       Ops.push_back(RV);
7649       return nullptr;
7650     }
7651 
7652     if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U)) {
7653       switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
7654       case Intrinsic::abs:
7655         Ops.push_back(II->getArgOperand(0));
7656         return nullptr;
7657       case Intrinsic::umax:
7658       case Intrinsic::umin:
7659       case Intrinsic::smax:
7660       case Intrinsic::smin:
7661       case Intrinsic::usub_sat:
7662       case Intrinsic::uadd_sat:
7663         Ops.push_back(II->getArgOperand(0));
7664         Ops.push_back(II->getArgOperand(1));
7665         return nullptr;
7666       case Intrinsic::start_loop_iterations:
7667       case Intrinsic::annotation:
7668       case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation:
7669         Ops.push_back(II->getArgOperand(0));
7670         return nullptr;
7671       default:
7672         break;
7673       }
7674     }
7675     break;
7676   }
7677 
7678   return nullptr;
7679 }
7680 
7681 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
7682   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
7683     return getUnknown(V);
7684 
7685   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
7686     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
7687     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
7688     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
7689     // analysis depends on.
7690     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
7691       return getUnknown(PoisonValue::get(V->getType()));
7692   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
7693     return getConstant(CI);
7694   else if (isa<GlobalAlias>(V))
7695     return getUnknown(V);
7696   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
7697     return getUnknown(V);
7698 
7699   const SCEV *LHS;
7700   const SCEV *RHS;
7701 
7702   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
7703   if (auto BO =
7704           MatchBinaryOp(U, getDataLayout(), AC, DT, dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))) {
7705     switch (BO->Opcode) {
7706     case Instruction::Add: {
7707       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
7708       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
7709       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
7710       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
7711       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
7712       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
7713       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
7714       do {
7715         if (BO->Op) {
7716           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
7717             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
7718             break;
7719           }
7720 
7721           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
7722           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
7723           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
7724           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
7725           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
7726           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
7727           // formed with operands from AddOps.
7728           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7729           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
7730           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
7731             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7732             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
7733               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
7734             else
7735               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
7736             break;
7737           }
7738         }
7739 
7740         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
7741           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
7742         else
7743           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
7744 
7745         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, getDataLayout(), AC, DT,
7746                                    dyn_cast<Instruction>(V));
7747         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
7748                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
7749           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
7750           break;
7751         }
7752         BO = NewBO;
7753       } while (true);
7754 
7755       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
7756     }
7757 
7758     case Instruction::Mul: {
7759       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
7760       do {
7761         if (BO->Op) {
7762           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
7763             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
7764             break;
7765           }
7766 
7767           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
7768           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
7769             LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7770             RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7771             MulOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
7772             break;
7773           }
7774         }
7775 
7776         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
7777         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, getDataLayout(), AC, DT,
7778                                    dyn_cast<Instruction>(V));
7779         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
7780           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
7781           break;
7782         }
7783         BO = NewBO;
7784       } while (true);
7785 
7786       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
7787     }
7788     case Instruction::UDiv:
7789       LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7790       RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7791       return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
7792     case Instruction::URem:
7793       LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7794       RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7795       return getURemExpr(LHS, RHS);
7796     case Instruction::Sub: {
7797       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7798       if (BO->Op)
7799         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
7800       LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7801       RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7802       return getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags);
7803     }
7804     case Instruction::And:
7805       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
7806       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
7807       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
7808         if (CI->isZero())
7809           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7810         if (CI->isMinusOne())
7811           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7812         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
7813 
7814         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
7815         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
7816         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
7817         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
7818         unsigned LZ = A.countl_zero();
7819         unsigned TZ = A.countr_zero();
7820         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
7821         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
7822         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(), &AC, nullptr, &DT);
7823 
7824         APInt EffectiveMask =
7825             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
7826         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
7827           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
7828           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7829           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
7830           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
7831             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
7832               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
7833               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countr_zero();
7834               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
7835               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
7836               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
7837               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().ashr(GCD)));
7838               append_range(MulOps, LHSMul->operands().drop_front());
7839               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
7840               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
7841             }
7842           }
7843           if (!ShiftedLHS)
7844             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
7845           return getMulExpr(
7846               getZeroExtendExpr(
7847                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
7848                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
7849                   BO->LHS->getType()),
7850               MulCount);
7851         }
7852       }
7853       // Binary `and` is a bit-wise `umin`.
7854       if (BO->LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) {
7855         LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7856         RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7857         return getUMinExpr(LHS, RHS);
7858       }
7859       break;
7860 
7861     case Instruction::Or:
7862       // Binary `or` is a bit-wise `umax`.
7863       if (BO->LHS->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) {
7864         LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
7865         RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
7866         return getUMaxExpr(LHS, RHS);
7867       }
7868       break;
7869 
7870     case Instruction::Xor:
7871       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
7872         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
7873         if (CI->isMinusOne())
7874           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
7875 
7876         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
7877         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
7878         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
7879         // of an xor with -1.
7880         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
7881           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
7882             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
7883                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
7884               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
7885                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
7886                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
7887                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
7888                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
7889                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
7890 
7891                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
7892                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
7893                 // re-apply the zext.
7894                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
7895                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
7896 
7897                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
7898                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
7899                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
7900                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
7901                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
7902                     Trunc.isSignMask())
7903                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
7904                                            UTy);
7905               }
7906       }
7907       break;
7908 
7909     case Instruction::Shl:
7910       // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
7911       if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
7912         uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
7913 
7914         // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
7915         // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
7916         // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
7917         // other parts of the compiler.
7918         if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
7919           break;
7920 
7921         // We can safely preserve the nuw flag in all cases. It's also safe to
7922         // turn a nuw nsw shl into a nuw nsw mul. However, nsw in isolation
7923         // requires special handling. It can be preserved as long as we're not
7924         // left shifting by bitwidth - 1.
7925         auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
7926         if (BO->Op) {
7927           auto MulFlags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
7928           if ((MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
7929               ((MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNUW) || SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1)))
7930             Flags = (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(Flags | SCEV::FlagNSW);
7931           if (MulFlags & SCEV::FlagNUW)
7932             Flags = (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)(Flags | SCEV::FlagNUW);
7933         }
7934 
7935         ConstantInt *X = ConstantInt::get(
7936             getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
7937         return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getConstant(X), Flags);
7938       }
7939       break;
7940 
7941     case Instruction::AShr:
7942       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
7943       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
7944       if (!CI)
7945         break;
7946 
7947       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
7948       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
7949       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
7950       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
7951       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
7952       // other parts of the compiler.
7953       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
7954         break;
7955 
7956       if (CI->isZero())
7957         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
7958 
7959       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
7960       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
7961 
7962       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
7963       const SCEV *AddTruncateExpr = nullptr;
7964       ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = nullptr;
7965       const SCEV *AddConstant = nullptr;
7966 
7967       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
7968         // X = Shl A, n
7969         // Y = Add X, c
7970         // Z = AShr Y, m
7971         // n, c and m are constants.
7972 
7973         Operator *LShift = dyn_cast<Operator>(L->getOperand(0));
7974         ConstantInt *AddOperandCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
7975         if (LShift && LShift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
7976           if (AddOperandCI) {
7977             const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(LShift->getOperand(0));
7978             ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LShift->getOperand(1));
7979             // since we truncate to TruncTy, the AddConstant should be of the
7980             // same type, so create a new Constant with type same as TruncTy.
7981             // Also, the Add constant should be shifted right by AShr amount.
7982             APInt AddOperand = AddOperandCI->getValue().ashr(AShrAmt);
7983             AddConstant = getConstant(AddOperand.trunc(BitWidth - AShrAmt));
7984             // we model the expression as sext(add(trunc(A), c << n)), since the
7985             // sext(trunc) part is already handled below, we create a
7986             // AddExpr(TruncExp) which will be used later.
7987             AddTruncateExpr = getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy);
7988           }
7989         }
7990       } else if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
7991         // X = Shl A, n
7992         // Y = AShr X, m
7993         // Both n and m are constant.
7994 
7995         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
7996         ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
7997         AddTruncateExpr = getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy);
7998       }
7999 
8000       if (AddTruncateExpr && ShlAmtCI) {
8001         // We can merge the two given cases into a single SCEV statement,
8002         // incase n = m, the mul expression will be 2^0, so it gets resolved to
8003         // a simpler case. The following code handles the two cases:
8004         //
8005         // 1) For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
8006         //    use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
8007         //
8008         // 2) When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
8009         //    expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
8010         //    the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
8011         //    ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
8012         const APInt &ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getValue();
8013         if (ShlAmt.ult(BitWidth) && ShlAmt.uge(AShrAmt)) {
8014           APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
8015                                           ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue() - AShrAmt);
8016           const SCEV *CompositeExpr =
8017               getMulExpr(AddTruncateExpr, getConstant(Mul));
8018           if (L->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shl)
8019             CompositeExpr = getAddExpr(CompositeExpr, AddConstant);
8020 
8021           return getSignExtendExpr(CompositeExpr, OuterTy);
8022         }
8023       }
8024       break;
8025     }
8026   }
8027 
8028   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
8029   case Instruction::Trunc:
8030     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
8031 
8032   case Instruction::ZExt:
8033     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
8034 
8035   case Instruction::SExt:
8036     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), getDataLayout(), AC, DT,
8037                                 dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))) {
8038       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
8039       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
8040       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
8041       //
8042       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
8043       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
8044       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
8045       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
8046         Type *Ty = U->getType();
8047         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
8048         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
8049         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
8050       }
8051     }
8052     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
8053 
8054   case Instruction::BitCast:
8055     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
8056     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
8057       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
8058     break;
8059 
8060   case Instruction::PtrToInt: {
8061     // Pointer to integer cast is straight-forward, so do model it.
8062     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
8063     Type *DstIntTy = U->getType();
8064     // But only if effective SCEV (integer) type is wide enough to represent
8065     // all possible pointer values.
8066     const SCEV *IntOp = getPtrToIntExpr(Op, DstIntTy);
8067     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(IntOp))
8068       return getUnknown(V);
8069     return IntOp;
8070   }
8071   case Instruction::IntToPtr:
8072     // Just don't deal with inttoptr casts.
8073     return getUnknown(V);
8074 
8075   case Instruction::SDiv:
8076     // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an udiv.
8077     if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))) &&
8078         isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))))
8079       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
8080     break;
8081 
8082   case Instruction::SRem:
8083     // If both operands are non-negative, this is just an urem.
8084     if (isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0))) &&
8085         isKnownNonNegative(getSCEV(U->getOperand(1))))
8086       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
8087     break;
8088 
8089   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
8090     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
8091 
8092   case Instruction::PHI:
8093     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
8094 
8095   case Instruction::Select:
8096     return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(U, U->getOperand(0), U->getOperand(1),
8097                                     U->getOperand(2));
8098 
8099   case Instruction::Call:
8100   case Instruction::Invoke:
8101     if (Value *RV = cast<CallBase>(U)->getReturnedArgOperand())
8102       return getSCEV(RV);
8103 
8104     if (auto *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U)) {
8105       switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
8106       case Intrinsic::abs:
8107         return getAbsExpr(
8108             getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0)),
8109             /*IsNSW=*/cast<ConstantInt>(II->getArgOperand(1))->isOne());
8110       case Intrinsic::umax:
8111         LHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8112         RHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8113         return getUMaxExpr(LHS, RHS);
8114       case Intrinsic::umin:
8115         LHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8116         RHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8117         return getUMinExpr(LHS, RHS);
8118       case Intrinsic::smax:
8119         LHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8120         RHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8121         return getSMaxExpr(LHS, RHS);
8122       case Intrinsic::smin:
8123         LHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8124         RHS = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8125         return getSMinExpr(LHS, RHS);
8126       case Intrinsic::usub_sat: {
8127         const SCEV *X = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8128         const SCEV *Y = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8129         const SCEV *ClampedY = getUMinExpr(X, Y);
8130         return getMinusSCEV(X, ClampedY, SCEV::FlagNUW);
8131       }
8132       case Intrinsic::uadd_sat: {
8133         const SCEV *X = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8134         const SCEV *Y = getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(1));
8135         const SCEV *ClampedX = getUMinExpr(X, getNotSCEV(Y));
8136         return getAddExpr(ClampedX, Y, SCEV::FlagNUW);
8137       }
8138       case Intrinsic::start_loop_iterations:
8139       case Intrinsic::annotation:
8140       case Intrinsic::ptr_annotation:
8141         // A start_loop_iterations or llvm.annotation or llvm.prt.annotation is
8142         // just eqivalent to the first operand for SCEV purposes.
8143         return getSCEV(II->getArgOperand(0));
8144       case Intrinsic::vscale:
8145         return getVScale(II->getType());
8146       default:
8147         break;
8148       }
8149     }
8150     break;
8151   }
8152 
8153   return getUnknown(V);
8154 }
8155 
8156 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8157 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
8158 //
8159 
8160 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTripCountFromExitCount(const SCEV *ExitCount) {
8161   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount))
8162     return getCouldNotCompute();
8163 
8164   auto *ExitCountType = ExitCount->getType();
8165   assert(ExitCountType->isIntegerTy());
8166   auto *EvalTy = Type::getIntNTy(ExitCountType->getContext(),
8167                                  1 + ExitCountType->getScalarSizeInBits());
8168   return getTripCountFromExitCount(ExitCount, EvalTy, nullptr);
8169 }
8170 
8171 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTripCountFromExitCount(const SCEV *ExitCount,
8172                                                        Type *EvalTy,
8173                                                        const Loop *L) {
8174   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount))
8175     return getCouldNotCompute();
8176 
8177   unsigned ExitCountSize = getTypeSizeInBits(ExitCount->getType());
8178   unsigned EvalSize = EvalTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
8179 
8180   auto CanAddOneWithoutOverflow = [&]() {
8181     ConstantRange ExitCountRange =
8182       getRangeRef(ExitCount, RangeSignHint::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED);
8183     if (!ExitCountRange.contains(APInt::getMaxValue(ExitCountSize)))
8184       return true;
8185 
8186     return L && isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, ExitCount,
8187                                          getMinusOne(ExitCount->getType()));
8188   };
8189 
8190   // If we need to zero extend the backedge count, check if we can add one to
8191   // it prior to zero extending without overflow. Provided this is safe, it
8192   // allows better simplification of the +1.
8193   if (EvalSize > ExitCountSize && CanAddOneWithoutOverflow())
8194     return getZeroExtendExpr(
8195         getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType())), EvalTy);
8196 
8197   // Get the total trip count from the count by adding 1.  This may wrap.
8198   return getAddExpr(getTruncateOrZeroExtend(ExitCount, EvalTy), getOne(EvalTy));
8199 }
8200 
8201 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
8202   if (!ExitCount)
8203     return 0;
8204 
8205   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
8206 
8207   // Guard against huge trip counts.
8208   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
8209     return 0;
8210 
8211   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
8212   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
8213 }
8214 
8215 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
8216   auto *ExitCount = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L, Exact));
8217   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
8218 }
8219 
8220 unsigned
8221 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
8222                                            const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
8223   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
8224   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
8225          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
8226   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
8227       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
8228   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
8229 }
8230 
8231 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(
8232     const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates) {
8233 
8234   const auto *MaxExitCount =
8235       Predicates ? getPredicatedConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L, *Predicates)
8236                  : getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
8237   return getConstantTripCount(dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(MaxExitCount));
8238 }
8239 
8240 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
8241   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
8242   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
8243 
8244   std::optional<unsigned> Res;
8245   for (auto *ExitingBB : ExitingBlocks) {
8246     unsigned Multiple = getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
8247     if (!Res)
8248       Res = Multiple;
8249     Res = std::gcd(*Res, Multiple);
8250   }
8251   return Res.value_or(1);
8252 }
8253 
8254 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
8255                                                        const SCEV *ExitCount) {
8256   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount))
8257     return 1;
8258 
8259   // Get the trip count
8260   const SCEV *TCExpr = getTripCountFromExitCount(applyLoopGuards(ExitCount, L));
8261 
8262   APInt Multiple = getNonZeroConstantMultiple(TCExpr);
8263   // If a trip multiple is huge (>=2^32), the trip count is still divisible by
8264   // the greatest power of 2 divisor less than 2^32.
8265   return Multiple.getActiveBits() > 32
8266              ? 1U << std::min(31U, Multiple.countTrailingZeros())
8267              : (unsigned)Multiple.getZExtValue();
8268 }
8269 
8270 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
8271 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
8272 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
8273 /// very well be zero as well!).
8274 ///
8275 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
8276 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
8277 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
8278 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
8279 ///
8280 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
8281 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
8282 unsigned
8283 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
8284                                               const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
8285   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
8286   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
8287          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
8288   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
8289   return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitCount);
8290 }
8291 
8292 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
8293                                           const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
8294                                           ExitCountKind Kind) {
8295   switch (Kind) {
8296   case Exact:
8297     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
8298   case SymbolicMaximum:
8299     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getSymbolicMax(ExitingBlock, this);
8300   case ConstantMaximum:
8301     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(ExitingBlock, this);
8302   };
8303   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
8304 }
8305 
8306 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedExitCount(
8307     const Loop *L, const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
8308     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates, ExitCountKind Kind) {
8309   switch (Kind) {
8310   case Exact:
8311     return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this,
8312                                                       Predicates);
8313   case SymbolicMaximum:
8314     return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getSymbolicMax(ExitingBlock, this,
8315                                                             Predicates);
8316   case ConstantMaximum:
8317     return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(ExitingBlock, this,
8318                                                             Predicates);
8319   };
8320   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
8321 }
8322 
8323 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(
8324     const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
8325   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this, &Preds);
8326 }
8327 
8328 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
8329                                                    ExitCountKind Kind) {
8330   switch (Kind) {
8331   case Exact:
8332     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this);
8333   case ConstantMaximum:
8334     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(this);
8335   case SymbolicMaximum:
8336     return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getSymbolicMax(L, this);
8337   };
8338   llvm_unreachable("Invalid ExitCountKind!");
8339 }
8340 
8341 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(
8342     const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
8343   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getSymbolicMax(L, this, &Preds);
8344 }
8345 
8346 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(
8347     const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
8348   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getConstantMax(this, &Preds);
8349 }
8350 
8351 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
8352   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isConstantMaxOrZero(this);
8353 }
8354 
8355 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
8356 static void PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L,
8357                          SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
8358                          SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited) {
8359   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
8360 
8361   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
8362   for (PHINode &PN : Header->phis())
8363     if (Visited.insert(&PN).second)
8364       Worklist.push_back(&PN);
8365 }
8366 
8367 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
8368 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
8369   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
8370   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
8371     return BTI;
8372 
8373   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.try_emplace(L);
8374 
8375   if (!Pair.second)
8376     return Pair.first->second;
8377 
8378   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
8379       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
8380 
8381   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
8382 }
8383 
8384 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
8385 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
8386   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
8387   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
8388   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
8389   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
8390   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
8391   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
8392       BackedgeTakenCounts.try_emplace(L);
8393   if (!Pair.second)
8394     return Pair.first->second;
8395 
8396   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
8397   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
8398   // must be cleared in this scope.
8399   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
8400 
8401   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
8402   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
8403   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
8404   // information. This invalidation is not necessary for correctness, and is
8405   // only done to produce more precise results.
8406   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
8407     // Invalidate any expression using an addrec in this loop.
8408     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> ToForget;
8409     auto LoopUsersIt = LoopUsers.find(L);
8410     if (LoopUsersIt != LoopUsers.end())
8411       append_range(ToForget, LoopUsersIt->second);
8412     forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget);
8413 
8414     // Invalidate constant-evolved loop header phis.
8415     for (PHINode &PN : L->getHeader()->phis())
8416       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(&PN);
8417   }
8418 
8419   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
8420   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
8421   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
8422   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
8423   // earlier.
8424   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
8425 }
8426 
8427 void ScalarEvolution::forgetAllLoops() {
8428   // This method is intended to forget all info about loops. It should
8429   // invalidate caches as if the following happened:
8430   // - The trip counts of all loops have changed arbitrarily
8431   // - Every llvm::Value has been updated in place to produce a different
8432   // result.
8433   BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
8434   PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
8435   BECountUsers.clear();
8436   LoopPropertiesCache.clear();
8437   ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear();
8438   ValueExprMap.clear();
8439   ValuesAtScopes.clear();
8440   ValuesAtScopesUsers.clear();
8441   LoopDispositions.clear();
8442   BlockDispositions.clear();
8443   UnsignedRanges.clear();
8444   SignedRanges.clear();
8445   ExprValueMap.clear();
8446   HasRecMap.clear();
8447   ConstantMultipleCache.clear();
8448   PredicatedSCEVRewrites.clear();
8449   FoldCache.clear();
8450   FoldCacheUser.clear();
8451 }
8452 void ScalarEvolution::visitAndClearUsers(
8453     SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist,
8454     SmallPtrSetImpl<Instruction *> &Visited,
8455     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &ToForget) {
8456   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
8457     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
8458     if (!isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<WithOverflowInst>(I))
8459       continue;
8460 
8461     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
8462         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
8463     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
8464       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
8465       ToForget.push_back(It->second);
8466       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
8467         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
8468     }
8469 
8470     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist, Visited);
8471   }
8472 }
8473 
8474 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
8475   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
8476   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
8477   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
8478   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 16> ToForget;
8479 
8480   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
8481   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
8482     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
8483 
8484     // Drop any stored trip count value.
8485     forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(CurrL, /* Predicated */ false);
8486     forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(CurrL, /* Predicated */ true);
8487 
8488     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
8489     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
8490          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
8491       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
8492       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
8493         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
8494       else
8495         ++I;
8496     }
8497 
8498     auto LoopUsersItr = LoopUsers.find(CurrL);
8499     if (LoopUsersItr != LoopUsers.end())
8500       llvm::append_range(ToForget, LoopUsersItr->second);
8501 
8502     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
8503     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist, Visited);
8504     visitAndClearUsers(Worklist, Visited, ToForget);
8505 
8506     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
8507     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
8508     // ValuesAtScopes map.
8509     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
8510   }
8511   forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget);
8512 }
8513 
8514 void ScalarEvolution::forgetTopmostLoop(const Loop *L) {
8515   forgetLoop(L->getOutermostLoop());
8516 }
8517 
8518 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
8519   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
8520   if (!I) return;
8521 
8522   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
8523   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
8524   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
8525   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> ToForget;
8526   Worklist.push_back(I);
8527   Visited.insert(I);
8528   visitAndClearUsers(Worklist, Visited, ToForget);
8529 
8530   forgetMemoizedResults(ToForget);
8531 }
8532 
8533 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLcssaPhiWithNewPredecessor(Loop *L, PHINode *V) {
8534   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
8535     return;
8536 
8537   // If SCEV looked through a trivial LCSSA phi node, we might have SCEV's
8538   // directly using a SCEVUnknown/SCEVAddRec defined in the loop. After an
8539   // extra predecessor is added, this is no longer valid. Find all Unknowns and
8540   // AddRecs defined in the loop and invalidate any SCEV's making use of them.
8541   if (const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V)) {
8542     struct InvalidationRootCollector {
8543       Loop *L;
8544       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Roots;
8545 
8546       InvalidationRootCollector(Loop *L) : L(L) {}
8547 
8548       bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
8549         if (auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
8550           if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue()))
8551             if (L->contains(I))
8552               Roots.push_back(S);
8553         } else if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
8554           if (L->contains(AddRec->getLoop()))
8555             Roots.push_back(S);
8556         }
8557         return true;
8558       }
8559       bool isDone() const { return false; }
8560     };
8561 
8562     InvalidationRootCollector C(L);
8563     visitAll(S, C);
8564     forgetMemoizedResults(C.Roots);
8565   }
8566 
8567   // Also perform the normal invalidation.
8568   forgetValue(V);
8569 }
8570 
8571 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoopDispositions() { LoopDispositions.clear(); }
8572 
8573 void ScalarEvolution::forgetBlockAndLoopDispositions(Value *V) {
8574   // Unless a specific value is passed to invalidation, completely clear both
8575   // caches.
8576   if (!V) {
8577     BlockDispositions.clear();
8578     LoopDispositions.clear();
8579     return;
8580   }
8581 
8582   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
8583     return;
8584 
8585   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
8586   if (!S)
8587     return;
8588 
8589   // Invalidate the block and loop dispositions cached for S. Dispositions of
8590   // S's users may change if S's disposition changes (i.e. a user may change to
8591   // loop-invariant, if S changes to loop invariant), so also invalidate
8592   // dispositions of S's users recursively.
8593   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Worklist = {S};
8594   SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 8> Seen = {S};
8595   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
8596     const SCEV *Curr = Worklist.pop_back_val();
8597     bool LoopDispoRemoved = LoopDispositions.erase(Curr);
8598     bool BlockDispoRemoved = BlockDispositions.erase(Curr);
8599     if (!LoopDispoRemoved && !BlockDispoRemoved)
8600       continue;
8601     auto Users = SCEVUsers.find(Curr);
8602     if (Users != SCEVUsers.end())
8603       for (const auto *User : Users->second)
8604         if (Seen.insert(User).second)
8605           Worklist.push_back(User);
8606   }
8607 }
8608 
8609 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
8610 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with all exiting blocks
8611 /// dominating the latch. howFarToZero assumes that the limit of each loop test
8612 /// is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as long as the loop exits via
8613 /// that test. For precise results, it is the caller's responsibility to specify
8614 /// the relevant loop exiting block using getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
8615 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(
8616     const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE,
8617     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Preds) const {
8618   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
8619   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
8620     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
8621 
8622   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8623   // All exiting blocks we have collected must dominate the only backedge.
8624   if (!Latch)
8625     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
8626 
8627   // All exiting blocks we have gathered dominate loop's latch, so exact trip
8628   // count is simply a minimum out of all these calculated exit counts.
8629   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
8630   for (const auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
8631     const SCEV *BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
8632     assert(BECount != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "Bad exit SCEV!");
8633     assert(SE->DT.dominates(ENT.ExitingBlock, Latch) &&
8634            "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that dominate "
8635            "latch!");
8636 
8637     Ops.push_back(BECount);
8638 
8639     if (Preds)
8640       append_range(*Preds, ENT.Predicates);
8641 
8642     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
8643            "Predicate should be always true!");
8644   }
8645 
8646   // If an earlier exit exits on the first iteration (exit count zero), then
8647   // a later poison exit count should not propagate into the result. This are
8648   // exactly the semantics provided by umin_seq.
8649   return SE->getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops, /* Sequential */ true);
8650 }
8651 
8652 const ScalarEvolution::ExitNotTakenInfo *
8653 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExitNotTaken(
8654     const BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
8655     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates) const {
8656   for (const auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
8657     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock) {
8658       if (ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
8659         return &ENT;
8660       else if (Predicates) {
8661         append_range(*Predicates, ENT.Predicates);
8662         return &ENT;
8663       }
8664     }
8665 
8666   return nullptr;
8667 }
8668 
8669 /// getConstantMax - Get the constant max backedge taken count for the loop.
8670 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getConstantMax(
8671     ScalarEvolution *SE,
8672     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates) const {
8673   if (!getConstantMax())
8674     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
8675 
8676   for (const auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
8677     if (!ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) {
8678       if (!Predicates)
8679         return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
8680       append_range(*Predicates, ENT.Predicates);
8681     }
8682 
8683   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getConstantMax()) ||
8684           isa<SCEVConstant>(getConstantMax())) &&
8685          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8686   return getConstantMax();
8687 }
8688 
8689 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getSymbolicMax(
8690     const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE,
8691     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates) {
8692   if (!SymbolicMax) {
8693     // Form an expression for the maximum exit count possible for this loop. We
8694     // merge the max and exact information to approximate a version of
8695     // getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount which isn't restricted to just
8696     // constants.
8697     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> ExitCounts;
8698 
8699     for (const auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
8700       const SCEV *ExitCount = ENT.SymbolicMaxNotTaken;
8701       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitCount)) {
8702         assert(SE->DT.dominates(ENT.ExitingBlock, L->getLoopLatch()) &&
8703                "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that "
8704                "dominate latch!");
8705         ExitCounts.push_back(ExitCount);
8706         if (Predicates)
8707           append_range(*Predicates, ENT.Predicates);
8708 
8709         assert((Predicates || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
8710                "Predicate should be always true!");
8711       }
8712     }
8713     if (ExitCounts.empty())
8714       SymbolicMax = SE->getCouldNotCompute();
8715     else
8716       SymbolicMax =
8717           SE->getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(ExitCounts, /*Sequential*/ true);
8718   }
8719   return SymbolicMax;
8720 }
8721 
8722 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isConstantMaxOrZero(
8723     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
8724   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
8725     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
8726   };
8727   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
8728 }
8729 
8730 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
8731     : ExitLimit(E, E, E, false) {}
8732 
8733 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
8734     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *ConstantMaxNotTaken,
8735     const SCEV *SymbolicMaxNotTaken, bool MaxOrZero,
8736     ArrayRef<ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>> PredLists)
8737     : ExactNotTaken(E), ConstantMaxNotTaken(ConstantMaxNotTaken),
8738       SymbolicMaxNotTaken(SymbolicMaxNotTaken), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
8739   // If we prove the max count is zero, so is the symbolic bound.  This happens
8740   // in practice due to differences in a) how context sensitive we've chosen
8741   // to be and b) how we reason about bounds implied by UB.
8742   if (ConstantMaxNotTaken->isZero()) {
8743     this->ExactNotTaken = E = ConstantMaxNotTaken;
8744     this->SymbolicMaxNotTaken = SymbolicMaxNotTaken = ConstantMaxNotTaken;
8745   }
8746 
8747   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
8748           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxNotTaken)) &&
8749          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Constant Max");
8750   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
8751           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicMaxNotTaken)) &&
8752          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Symbolic Max");
8753   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicMaxNotTaken) ||
8754           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxNotTaken)) &&
8755          "Symbolic Max is not allowed to be less precise than Constant Max");
8756   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxNotTaken) ||
8757           isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstantMaxNotTaken)) &&
8758          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8759   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> SeenPreds;
8760   for (const auto PredList : PredLists)
8761     for (const auto *P : PredList) {
8762       if (SeenPreds.contains(P))
8763         continue;
8764       assert(!isa<SCEVUnionPredicate>(P) && "Only add leaf predicates here!");
8765       SeenPreds.insert(P);
8766       Predicates.push_back(P);
8767     }
8768   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(E) || !E->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
8769          "Backedge count should be int");
8770   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxNotTaken) ||
8771           !ConstantMaxNotTaken->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
8772          "Max backedge count should be int");
8773 }
8774 
8775 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E,
8776                                       const SCEV *ConstantMaxNotTaken,
8777                                       const SCEV *SymbolicMaxNotTaken,
8778                                       bool MaxOrZero,
8779                                       ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *> PredList)
8780     : ExitLimit(E, ConstantMaxNotTaken, SymbolicMaxNotTaken, MaxOrZero,
8781                 ArrayRef({PredList})) {}
8782 
8783 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
8784 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
8785 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
8786     ArrayRef<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo> ExitCounts,
8787     bool IsComplete, const SCEV *ConstantMax, bool MaxOrZero)
8788     : ConstantMax(ConstantMax), IsComplete(IsComplete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
8789   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
8790 
8791   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
8792   std::transform(ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(),
8793                  std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
8794                  [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
8795         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
8796         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
8797         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken,
8798                                 EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken, EL.SymbolicMaxNotTaken,
8799                                 EL.Predicates);
8800   });
8801   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMax) ||
8802           isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstantMax)) &&
8803          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
8804 }
8805 
8806 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
8807 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
8808 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
8809                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
8810   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
8811   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
8812 
8813   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
8814 
8815   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
8816   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
8817   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
8818   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
8819   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
8820   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
8821   bool IsOnlyExit = ExitingBlocks.size() == 1;
8822 
8823   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
8824   // and compute maxBECount.
8825   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
8826   for (BasicBlock *ExitBB : ExitingBlocks) {
8827     // We canonicalize untaken exits to br (constant), ignore them so that
8828     // proving an exit untaken doesn't negatively impact our ability to reason
8829     // about the loop as whole.
8830     if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(ExitBB->getTerminator()))
8831       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
8832         bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
8833         if (ExitIfTrue == CI->isZero())
8834           continue;
8835       }
8836 
8837     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
8838 
8839     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
8840            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
8841 
8842     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
8843     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
8844     if (EL.ExactNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute())
8845       ++NumExitCountsComputed;
8846     else
8847       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
8848       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
8849       CouldComputeBECount = false;
8850     // Remember exit count if either exact or symbolic is known. Because
8851     // Exact always implies symbolic, only check symbolic.
8852     if (EL.SymbolicMaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute())
8853       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
8854     else {
8855       assert(EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() &&
8856              "Exact is known but symbolic isn't?");
8857       ++NumExitCountsNotComputed;
8858     }
8859 
8860     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
8861     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
8862     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
8863     //
8864     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
8865     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
8866     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken of computable
8867     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
8868     // EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than
8869     // any
8870     // computable EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken.
8871     if (EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
8872         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
8873       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
8874         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken;
8875         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
8876       } else {
8877         MustExitMaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount,
8878                                                         EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken);
8879       }
8880     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
8881       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
8882         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken;
8883       else {
8884         MayExitMaxBECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount,
8885                                                        EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken);
8886       }
8887     }
8888   }
8889   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
8890     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
8891   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
8892   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
8893   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
8894 
8895   // Remember which SCEVs are used in exit limits for invalidation purposes.
8896   // We only care about non-constant SCEVs here, so we can ignore
8897   // EL.ConstantMaxNotTaken
8898   // and MaxBECount, which must be SCEVConstant.
8899   for (const auto &Pair : ExitCounts) {
8900     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Pair.second.ExactNotTaken))
8901       BECountUsers[Pair.second.ExactNotTaken].insert({L, AllowPredicates});
8902     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Pair.second.SymbolicMaxNotTaken))
8903       BECountUsers[Pair.second.SymbolicMaxNotTaken].insert(
8904           {L, AllowPredicates});
8905   }
8906   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
8907                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
8908 }
8909 
8910 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8911 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
8912                                   bool IsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
8913   assert(L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Exit count for non-loop block?");
8914   // If our exiting block does not dominate the latch, then its connection with
8915   // loop's exit limit may be far from trivial.
8916   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
8917   if (!Latch || !DT.dominates(ExitingBlock, Latch))
8918     return getCouldNotCompute();
8919 
8920   Instruction *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
8921   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
8922     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
8923     bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
8924     assert(ExitIfTrue == L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(1)) &&
8925            "It should have one successor in loop and one exit block!");
8926     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
8927     return computeExitLimitFromCond(L, BI->getCondition(), ExitIfTrue,
8928                                     /*ControlsOnlyExit=*/IsOnlyExit,
8929                                     AllowPredicates);
8930   }
8931 
8932   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) {
8933     // For switch, make sure that there is a single exit from the loop.
8934     BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
8935     for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
8936       if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
8937         if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
8938           return getCouldNotCompute();
8939         Exit = SBB;
8940       }
8941     assert(Exit && "Exiting block must have at least one exit");
8942     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(
8943         L, SI, Exit, /*ControlsOnlyExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
8944   }
8945 
8946   return getCouldNotCompute();
8947 }
8948 
8949 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
8950     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsOnlyExit,
8951     bool AllowPredicates) {
8952   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, ExitIfTrue, AllowPredicates);
8953   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
8954                                         ControlsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
8955 }
8956 
8957 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
8958 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
8959                                       bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsOnlyExit,
8960                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
8961   (void)this->L;
8962   (void)this->ExitIfTrue;
8963   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
8964 
8965   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
8966          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
8967          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
8968   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsOnlyExit});
8969   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
8970     return std::nullopt;
8971   return Itr->second;
8972 }
8973 
8974 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
8975                                              bool ExitIfTrue,
8976                                              bool ControlsOnlyExit,
8977                                              bool AllowPredicates,
8978                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
8979   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
8980          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
8981          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
8982 
8983   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsOnlyExit}, EL});
8984   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
8985   (void)InsertResult;
8986   (void)ExitIfTrue;
8987 }
8988 
8989 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
8990     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
8991     bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
8992 
8993   if (auto MaybeEL = Cache.find(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit,
8994                                 AllowPredicates))
8995     return *MaybeEL;
8996 
8997   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
8998       Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
8999   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
9000   return EL;
9001 }
9002 
9003 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
9004     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
9005     bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9006   // Handle BinOp conditions (And, Or).
9007   if (auto LimitFromBinOp = computeExitLimitFromCondFromBinOp(
9008           Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates))
9009     return *LimitFromBinOp;
9010 
9011   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
9012   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
9013   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
9014     ExitLimit EL =
9015         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit);
9016     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
9017       return EL;
9018 
9019     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
9020     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue,
9021                                     ControlsOnlyExit,
9022                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
9023   }
9024 
9025   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
9026   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
9027   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
9028   // in place.
9029   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
9030     if (ExitIfTrue == !CI->getZExtValue())
9031       // The backedge is always taken.
9032       return getCouldNotCompute();
9033     // The backedge is never taken.
9034     return getZero(CI->getType());
9035   }
9036 
9037   // If we're exiting based on the overflow flag of an x.with.overflow intrinsic
9038   // with a constant step, we can form an equivalent icmp predicate and figure
9039   // out how many iterations will be taken before we exit.
9040   const WithOverflowInst *WO;
9041   const APInt *C;
9042   if (match(ExitCond, m_ExtractValue<1>(m_WithOverflowInst(WO))) &&
9043       match(WO->getRHS(), m_APInt(C))) {
9044     ConstantRange NWR =
9045       ConstantRange::makeExactNoWrapRegion(WO->getBinaryOp(), *C,
9046                                            WO->getNoWrapKind());
9047     CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
9048     APInt NewRHSC, Offset;
9049     NWR.getEquivalentICmp(Pred, NewRHSC, Offset);
9050     if (!ExitIfTrue)
9051       Pred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
9052     auto *LHS = getSCEV(WO->getLHS());
9053     if (Offset != 0)
9054       LHS = getAddExpr(LHS, getConstant(Offset));
9055     auto EL = computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, Pred, LHS, getConstant(NewRHSC),
9056                                        ControlsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
9057     if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9058       return EL;
9059   }
9060 
9061   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
9062   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
9063 }
9064 
9065 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
9066 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondFromBinOp(
9067     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
9068     bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9069   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
9070   Value *Op0, *Op1;
9071   bool IsAnd = false;
9072   if (match(ExitCond, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(Op0), m_Value(Op1))))
9073     IsAnd = true;
9074   else if (match(ExitCond, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(Op0), m_Value(Op1))))
9075     IsAnd = false;
9076   else
9077     return std::nullopt;
9078 
9079   // EitherMayExit is true in these two cases:
9080   //   br (and Op0 Op1), loop, exit
9081   //   br (or  Op0 Op1), exit, loop
9082   bool EitherMayExit = IsAnd ^ ExitIfTrue;
9083   ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
9084       Cache, L, Op0, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit && !EitherMayExit,
9085       AllowPredicates);
9086   ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
9087       Cache, L, Op1, ExitIfTrue, ControlsOnlyExit && !EitherMayExit,
9088       AllowPredicates);
9089 
9090   // Be robust against unsimplified IR for the form "op i1 X, NeutralElement"
9091   const Constant *NeutralElement = ConstantInt::get(ExitCond->getType(), IsAnd);
9092   if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1))
9093     return Op1 == NeutralElement ? EL0 : EL1;
9094   if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op0))
9095     return Op0 == NeutralElement ? EL1 : EL0;
9096 
9097   const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
9098   const SCEV *ConstantMaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
9099   const SCEV *SymbolicMaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
9100   if (EitherMayExit) {
9101     bool UseSequentialUMin = !isa<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond);
9102     // Both conditions must be same for the loop to continue executing.
9103     // Choose the less conservative count.
9104     if (EL0.ExactNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() &&
9105         EL1.ExactNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute()) {
9106       BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken,
9107                                            UseSequentialUMin);
9108     }
9109     if (EL0.ConstantMaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
9110       ConstantMaxBECount = EL1.ConstantMaxNotTaken;
9111     else if (EL1.ConstantMaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
9112       ConstantMaxBECount = EL0.ConstantMaxNotTaken;
9113     else
9114       ConstantMaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ConstantMaxNotTaken,
9115                                                       EL1.ConstantMaxNotTaken);
9116     if (EL0.SymbolicMaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
9117       SymbolicMaxBECount = EL1.SymbolicMaxNotTaken;
9118     else if (EL1.SymbolicMaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
9119       SymbolicMaxBECount = EL0.SymbolicMaxNotTaken;
9120     else
9121       SymbolicMaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(
9122           EL0.SymbolicMaxNotTaken, EL1.SymbolicMaxNotTaken, UseSequentialUMin);
9123   } else {
9124     // Both conditions must be same at the same time for the loop to exit.
9125     // For now, be conservative.
9126     if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
9127       BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
9128   }
9129 
9130   // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
9131   // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
9132   // ConstantMaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken
9133   // and
9134   // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.ConstantMaxNotTaken and
9135   // EL1.ConstantMaxNotTaken to not.
9136   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxBECount) &&
9137       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
9138     ConstantMaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
9139   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicMaxBECount))
9140     SymbolicMaxBECount =
9141         isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) ? ConstantMaxBECount : BECount;
9142   return ExitLimit(BECount, ConstantMaxBECount, SymbolicMaxBECount, false,
9143                    {ArrayRef(EL0.Predicates), ArrayRef(EL1.Predicates)});
9144 }
9145 
9146 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(
9147     const Loop *L, ICmpInst *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsOnlyExit,
9148     bool AllowPredicates) {
9149   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
9150   CmpPredicate Pred;
9151   if (!ExitIfTrue)
9152     Pred = ExitCond->getCmpPredicate();
9153   else
9154     Pred = ExitCond->getInverseCmpPredicate();
9155   const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred = Pred;
9156 
9157   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
9158   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
9159 
9160   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, Pred, LHS, RHS, ControlsOnlyExit,
9161                                           AllowPredicates);
9162   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9163     return EL;
9164 
9165   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
9166       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
9167 
9168   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
9169     return ExhaustiveCount;
9170 
9171   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
9172                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, OriginalPred);
9173 }
9174 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(
9175     const Loop *L, CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9176     bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
9177 
9178   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
9179   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
9180   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
9181 
9182   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
9183   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
9184   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9185     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
9186     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9187     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
9188   }
9189 
9190   bool ControllingFiniteLoop = ControlsOnlyExit && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L) &&
9191                                loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L);
9192   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
9193   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, /*Depth=*/0);
9194 
9195   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
9196   // ranges to answer this query.
9197   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
9198     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
9199       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
9200         // Form the constant range.
9201         ConstantRange CompRange =
9202             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHSC->getAPInt());
9203 
9204         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
9205         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
9206       }
9207 
9208   // If this loop must exit based on this condition (or execute undefined
9209   // behaviour), see if we can improve wrap flags.  This is essentially
9210   // a must execute style proof.
9211   if (ControllingFiniteLoop && isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9212     // If we can prove the test sequence produced must repeat the same values
9213     // on self-wrap of the IV, then we can infer that IV doesn't self wrap
9214     // because if it did, we'd have an infinite (undefined) loop.
9215     // TODO: We can peel off any functions which are invertible *in L*.  Loop
9216     // invariant terms are effectively constants for our purposes here.
9217     auto *InnerLHS = LHS;
9218     if (auto *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(LHS))
9219       InnerLHS = ZExt->getOperand();
9220     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(InnerLHS);
9221         AR && !AR->hasNoSelfWrap() && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine() &&
9222         isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this), /*OrZero=*/true,
9223                                /*OrNegative=*/true)) {
9224       auto Flags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
9225       Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
9226       SmallVector<const SCEV *> Operands{AR->operands()};
9227       Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
9228       setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), Flags);
9229     }
9230 
9231     // For a slt/ult condition with a positive step, can we prove nsw/nuw?
9232     // From no-self-wrap, this follows trivially from the fact that every
9233     // (un)signed-wrapped, but not self-wrapped value must be LT than the
9234     // last value before (un)signed wrap.  Since we know that last value
9235     // didn't exit, nor will any smaller one.
9236     if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
9237       auto WrapType = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
9238       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9239           AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine() &&
9240           !AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) && AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
9241           isKnownPositive(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
9242         auto Flags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
9243         Flags = setFlags(Flags, WrapType);
9244         SmallVector<const SCEV*> Operands{AR->operands()};
9245         Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
9246         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), Flags);
9247       }
9248     }
9249   }
9250 
9251   switch (Pred) {
9252   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
9253     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
9254     if (LHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9255       LHS = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(LHS);
9256       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(LHS))
9257         return LHS;
9258     }
9259     if (RHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9260       RHS = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS);
9261       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(RHS))
9262         return RHS;
9263     }
9264     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsOnlyExit,
9265                                 AllowPredicates);
9266     if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9267       return EL;
9268     break;
9269   }
9270   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
9271     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
9272     if (LHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9273       LHS = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(LHS);
9274       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(LHS))
9275         return LHS;
9276     }
9277     if (RHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9278       RHS = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS);
9279       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(RHS))
9280         return RHS;
9281     }
9282     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
9283     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
9284     break;
9285   }
9286   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9287   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9288     // Since the loop is finite, an invariant RHS cannot include the boundary
9289     // value, otherwise it would loop forever.
9290     if (!EnableFiniteLoopControl || !ControllingFiniteLoop ||
9291         !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
9292       // Otherwise, perform the addition in a wider type, to avoid overflow.
9293       // If the LHS is an addrec with the appropriate nowrap flag, the
9294       // extension will be sunk into it and the exit count can be analyzed.
9295       auto *OldType = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LHS->getType());
9296       if (!OldType)
9297         break;
9298       // Prefer doubling the bitwidth over adding a single bit to make it more
9299       // likely that we use a legal type.
9300       auto *NewType =
9301           Type::getIntNTy(OldType->getContext(), OldType->getBitWidth() * 2);
9302       if (ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
9303         LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, NewType);
9304         RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, NewType);
9305       } else {
9306         LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, NewType);
9307         RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, NewType);
9308       }
9309     }
9310     RHS = getAddExpr(getOne(RHS->getType()), RHS);
9311     [[fallthrough]];
9312   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9313   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // while (X < Y)
9314     bool IsSigned = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred);
9315     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsOnlyExit,
9316                                     AllowPredicates);
9317     if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9318       return EL;
9319     break;
9320   }
9321   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9322   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9323     // Since the loop is finite, an invariant RHS cannot include the boundary
9324     // value, otherwise it would loop forever.
9325     if (!EnableFiniteLoopControl || !ControllingFiniteLoop ||
9326         !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
9327       break;
9328     RHS = getAddExpr(getMinusOne(RHS->getType()), RHS);
9329     [[fallthrough]];
9330   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9331   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // while (X > Y)
9332     bool IsSigned = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred);
9333     ExitLimit EL = howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsOnlyExit,
9334                                        AllowPredicates);
9335     if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9336       return EL;
9337     break;
9338   }
9339   default:
9340     break;
9341   }
9342 
9343   return getCouldNotCompute();
9344 }
9345 
9346 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
9347 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
9348                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
9349                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
9350                                                       bool ControlsOnlyExit) {
9351   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
9352 
9353   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
9354   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
9355     return getCouldNotCompute();
9356 
9357   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
9358          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
9359   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
9360   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
9361 
9362   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
9363   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsOnlyExit);
9364   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
9365     return EL;
9366 
9367   return getCouldNotCompute();
9368 }
9369 
9370 static ConstantInt *
9371 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
9372                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
9373   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
9374   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
9375   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
9376          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
9377   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
9378 }
9379 
9380 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
9381     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
9382   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
9383   if (!RHS)
9384     return getCouldNotCompute();
9385 
9386   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9387   if (!Latch)
9388     return getCouldNotCompute();
9389 
9390   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
9391   if (!Predecessor)
9392     return getCouldNotCompute();
9393 
9394   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
9395   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
9396   auto MatchPositiveShift =
9397       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
9398 
9399     using namespace PatternMatch;
9400 
9401     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
9402     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
9403       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
9404     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
9405       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
9406     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
9407       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
9408     else
9409       return false;
9410 
9411     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
9412   };
9413 
9414   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
9415   //
9416   // loop:
9417   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
9418   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
9419   //
9420   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
9421   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
9422   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
9423       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
9424     std::optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
9425 
9426     {
9427       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
9428       Value *V;
9429 
9430       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
9431       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
9432       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
9433       // operation.
9434       //
9435       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
9436       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
9437       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
9438       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
9439       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
9440         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
9441         LHS = V;
9442       }
9443     }
9444 
9445     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
9446     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
9447       return false;
9448 
9449     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
9450     Value *OpLHS;
9451 
9452     return
9453         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
9454         // amount
9455         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
9456 
9457         // of the PHI node itself
9458         OpLHS == PNOut &&
9459 
9460         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
9461         // off, if any.
9462         (!PostShiftOpCode || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
9463   };
9464 
9465   PHINode *PN;
9466   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
9467   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
9468     return getCouldNotCompute();
9469 
9470   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
9471 
9472   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
9473   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
9474   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
9475   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
9476   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
9477   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
9478 
9479   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
9480   switch (OpCode) {
9481   default:
9482     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
9483 
9484   case Instruction::AShr: {
9485     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
9486     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
9487     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
9488     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, &AC,
9489                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
9490     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
9491     if (Known.isNonNegative())
9492       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
9493     else if (Known.isNegative())
9494       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
9495     else
9496       return getCouldNotCompute();
9497 
9498     break;
9499   }
9500   case Instruction::LShr:
9501   case Instruction::Shl:
9502     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
9503     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
9504     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
9505     break;
9506   }
9507 
9508   auto *Result =
9509       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
9510   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
9511          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
9512 
9513   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
9514     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
9515     const SCEV *UpperBound =
9516         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
9517     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, UpperBound, false);
9518   }
9519 
9520   return getCouldNotCompute();
9521 }
9522 
9523 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
9524 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
9525 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
9526   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
9527       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
9528       isa<LoadInst>(I) || isa<ExtractValueInst>(I))
9529     return true;
9530 
9531   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
9532     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
9533       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
9534   return false;
9535 }
9536 
9537 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
9538 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
9539 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
9540   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
9541   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
9542 
9543   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
9544     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
9545     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
9546     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
9547   }
9548 
9549   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
9550   // are constants, bail early.
9551   return CanConstantFold(I);
9552 }
9553 
9554 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
9555 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
9556 static PHINode *
9557 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
9558                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
9559                                unsigned Depth) {
9560   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
9561     return nullptr;
9562 
9563   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
9564   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
9565   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
9566   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
9567     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
9568 
9569     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
9570     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
9571 
9572     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
9573     if (!P)
9574       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
9575       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
9576       // inconsistent paths meet.
9577       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
9578     if (!P) {
9579       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
9580       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
9581       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
9582       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
9583     }
9584     if (!P)
9585       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
9586     if (PHI && PHI != P)
9587       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
9588     PHI = P;
9589   }
9590   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
9591   return PHI;
9592 }
9593 
9594 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
9595 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
9596 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
9597 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
9598 /// constraints, return null.
9599 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
9600   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
9601   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
9602 
9603   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
9604     return PN;
9605 
9606   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
9607   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
9608   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
9609 }
9610 
9611 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
9612 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
9613 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
9614 /// reason, return null.
9615 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
9616                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
9617                                     const DataLayout &DL,
9618                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
9619   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
9620   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
9621   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
9622   if (!I) return nullptr;
9623 
9624   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
9625 
9626   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
9627   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
9628   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
9629 
9630   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
9631   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
9632   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
9633   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
9634 
9635   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
9636 
9637   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
9638     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
9639     if (!Operand) {
9640       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
9641       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
9642       continue;
9643     }
9644     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
9645     Vals[Operand] = C;
9646     if (!C) return nullptr;
9647     Operands[i] = C;
9648   }
9649 
9650   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI,
9651                                   /*AllowNonDeterministic=*/false);
9652 }
9653 
9654 
9655 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
9656 // return that, else return nullptr.
9657 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
9658   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
9659 
9660   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
9661     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
9662       continue;
9663 
9664     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
9665     if (!CurrentVal)
9666       return nullptr;
9667 
9668     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
9669       if (IncomingVal)
9670         return nullptr;
9671       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
9672     }
9673   }
9674 
9675   return IncomingVal;
9676 }
9677 
9678 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
9679 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
9680 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
9681 /// involving constants, fold it.
9682 Constant *
9683 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
9684                                                    const APInt &BEs,
9685                                                    const Loop *L) {
9686   auto [I, Inserted] = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.try_emplace(PN);
9687   if (!Inserted)
9688     return I->second;
9689 
9690   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
9691     return nullptr; // Not going to evaluate it.
9692 
9693   Constant *&RetVal = I->second;
9694 
9695   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
9696   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
9697   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
9698 
9699   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9700   if (!Latch)
9701     return nullptr;
9702 
9703   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
9704     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
9705       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
9706   }
9707   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
9708     return RetVal = nullptr;
9709 
9710   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
9711 
9712   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
9713   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
9714          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
9715 
9716   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
9717   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
9718   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
9719   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
9720     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
9721       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
9722 
9723     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
9724     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
9725     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
9726     Constant *NextPHI =
9727         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
9728     if (!NextPHI)
9729       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
9730     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
9731 
9732     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
9733 
9734     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
9735     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
9736     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
9737     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
9738     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
9739       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
9740       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
9741       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
9742     }
9743     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
9744     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
9745     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
9746       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
9747       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
9748       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
9749         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
9750         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
9751       }
9752       if (NextPHI != I.second)
9753         StoppedEvolving = false;
9754     }
9755 
9756     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
9757     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
9758     if (StoppedEvolving)
9759       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
9760 
9761     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
9762   }
9763 }
9764 
9765 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
9766                                                           Value *Cond,
9767                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
9768   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
9769   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
9770 
9771   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
9772   // That's the only form we support here.
9773   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
9774 
9775   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
9776   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
9777   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
9778 
9779   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9780   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
9781 
9782   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
9783     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
9784       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
9785   }
9786   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
9787     return getCouldNotCompute();
9788 
9789   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
9790   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
9791   // "ExitWhen".
9792   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
9793   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
9794   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
9795     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
9796         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
9797 
9798     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
9799     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
9800 
9801     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
9802       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
9803       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
9804     }
9805 
9806     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
9807     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
9808 
9809     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
9810     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
9811     // into CurrentIterVals.
9812     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
9813     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
9814       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
9815       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
9816       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
9817     }
9818     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
9819       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
9820       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
9821 
9822       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
9823       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
9824     }
9825     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
9826   }
9827 
9828   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
9829   return getCouldNotCompute();
9830 }
9831 
9832 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
9833   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
9834       ValuesAtScopes[V];
9835   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
9836   for (auto &LS : Values)
9837     if (LS.first == L)
9838       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
9839 
9840   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
9841 
9842   // Otherwise compute it.
9843   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
9844   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
9845     if (LS.first == L) {
9846       LS.second = C;
9847       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(C))
9848         ValuesAtScopesUsers[C].push_back({L, V});
9849       break;
9850     }
9851   return C;
9852 }
9853 
9854 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
9855 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
9856 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
9857 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
9858 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
9859   switch (V->getSCEVType()) {
9860   case scCouldNotCompute:
9861   case scAddRecExpr:
9862   case scVScale:
9863     return nullptr;
9864   case scConstant:
9865     return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
9866   case scUnknown:
9867     return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
9868   case scPtrToInt: {
9869     const SCEVPtrToIntExpr *P2I = cast<SCEVPtrToIntExpr>(V);
9870     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(P2I->getOperand()))
9871       return ConstantExpr::getPtrToInt(CastOp, P2I->getType());
9872 
9873     return nullptr;
9874   }
9875   case scTruncate: {
9876     const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
9877     if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
9878       return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
9879     return nullptr;
9880   }
9881   case scAddExpr: {
9882     const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
9883     Constant *C = nullptr;
9884     for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands()) {
9885       Constant *OpC = BuildConstantFromSCEV(Op);
9886       if (!OpC)
9887         return nullptr;
9888       if (!C) {
9889         C = OpC;
9890         continue;
9891       }
9892       assert(!C->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
9893              "Can only have one pointer, and it must be last");
9894       if (OpC->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
9895         // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes using
9896         // an i8 GEP.
9897         C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Type::getInt8Ty(C->getContext()),
9898                                            OpC, C);
9899       } else {
9900         C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, OpC);
9901       }
9902     }
9903     return C;
9904   }
9905   case scMulExpr:
9906   case scSignExtend:
9907   case scZeroExtend:
9908   case scUDivExpr:
9909   case scSMaxExpr:
9910   case scUMaxExpr:
9911   case scSMinExpr:
9912   case scUMinExpr:
9913   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
9914     return nullptr;
9915   }
9916   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
9917 }
9918 
9919 const SCEV *
9920 ScalarEvolution::getWithOperands(const SCEV *S,
9921                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps) {
9922   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
9923   case scTruncate:
9924   case scZeroExtend:
9925   case scSignExtend:
9926   case scPtrToInt:
9927     return getCastExpr(S->getSCEVType(), NewOps[0], S->getType());
9928   case scAddRecExpr: {
9929     auto *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
9930     return getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), AddRec->getNoWrapFlags());
9931   }
9932   case scAddExpr:
9933     return getAddExpr(NewOps, cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)->getNoWrapFlags());
9934   case scMulExpr:
9935     return getMulExpr(NewOps, cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)->getNoWrapFlags());
9936   case scUDivExpr:
9937     return getUDivExpr(NewOps[0], NewOps[1]);
9938   case scUMaxExpr:
9939   case scSMaxExpr:
9940   case scUMinExpr:
9941   case scSMinExpr:
9942     return getMinMaxExpr(S->getSCEVType(), NewOps);
9943   case scSequentialUMinExpr:
9944     return getSequentialMinMaxExpr(S->getSCEVType(), NewOps);
9945   case scConstant:
9946   case scVScale:
9947   case scUnknown:
9948     return S;
9949   case scCouldNotCompute:
9950     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
9951   }
9952   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
9953 }
9954 
9955 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
9956   switch (V->getSCEVType()) {
9957   case scConstant:
9958   case scVScale:
9959     return V;
9960   case scAddRecExpr: {
9961     // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
9962     // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
9963     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
9964     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
9965     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
9966     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
9967     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
9968       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
9969       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
9970         continue;
9971 
9972       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
9973       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
9974       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
9975       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
9976       append_range(NewOps, AddRec->operands().take_front(i));
9977       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
9978       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
9979         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
9980 
9981       const SCEV *FoldedRec = getAddRecExpr(
9982           NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(), AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
9983       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
9984       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
9985       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
9986       // ahead and return the folded value.
9987       if (!AddRec)
9988         return FoldedRec;
9989       break;
9990     }
9991 
9992     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
9993     // loop exit value of the addrec.
9994     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
9995       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
9996       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
9997       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
9998       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute())
9999         return AddRec;
10000 
10001       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
10002       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
10003     }
10004 
10005     return AddRec;
10006   }
10007   case scTruncate:
10008   case scZeroExtend:
10009   case scSignExtend:
10010   case scPtrToInt:
10011   case scAddExpr:
10012   case scMulExpr:
10013   case scUDivExpr:
10014   case scUMaxExpr:
10015   case scSMaxExpr:
10016   case scUMinExpr:
10017   case scSMinExpr:
10018   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
10019     ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops = V->operands();
10020     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
10021     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
10022     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10023       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Ops[i], L);
10024       if (OpAtScope != Ops[i]) {
10025         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
10026         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
10027         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
10028         NewOps.reserve(Ops.size());
10029         append_range(NewOps, Ops.take_front(i));
10030         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
10031 
10032         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
10033           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Ops[i], L);
10034           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
10035         }
10036 
10037         return getWithOperands(V, NewOps);
10038       }
10039     }
10040     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
10041     return V;
10042   }
10043   case scUnknown: {
10044     // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
10045     // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
10046     const SCEVUnknown *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(V);
10047     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue());
10048     if (!I)
10049       return V; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
10050 
10051     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
10052       const Loop *CurrLoop = this->LI[I->getParent()];
10053       // Looking for loop exit value.
10054       if (CurrLoop && CurrLoop->getParentLoop() == L &&
10055           PN->getParent() == CurrLoop->getHeader()) {
10056         // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
10057         // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
10058         // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
10059         // value.
10060         const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(CurrLoop);
10061         // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
10062         // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
10063         if (BackedgeTakenCount->isZero()) {
10064           Value *InitValue = nullptr;
10065           bool MultipleInitValues = false;
10066           for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
10067             if (!CurrLoop->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
10068               if (!InitValue)
10069                 InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
10070               else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
10071                 MultipleInitValues = true;
10072                 break;
10073               }
10074             }
10075           }
10076           if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
10077             return getSCEV(InitValue);
10078         }
10079         // Do we have a loop invariant value flowing around the backedge
10080         // for a loop which must execute the backedge?
10081         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BackedgeTakenCount) &&
10082             isKnownNonZero(BackedgeTakenCount) &&
10083             PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2) {
10084 
10085           unsigned InLoopPred =
10086               CurrLoop->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(0)) ? 0 : 1;
10087           Value *BackedgeVal = PN->getIncomingValue(InLoopPred);
10088           if (CurrLoop->isLoopInvariant(BackedgeVal))
10089             return getSCEV(BackedgeVal);
10090         }
10091         if (auto *BTCC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
10092           // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
10093           // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
10094           // the specified iteration number.
10095           Constant *RV =
10096               getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), CurrLoop);
10097           if (RV)
10098             return getSCEV(RV);
10099         }
10100       }
10101     }
10102 
10103     // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
10104     // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
10105     // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
10106     // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
10107     if (!CanConstantFold(I))
10108       return V; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
10109 
10110     SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
10111     Operands.reserve(I->getNumOperands());
10112     bool MadeImprovement = false;
10113     for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
10114       if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
10115         Operands.push_back(C);
10116         continue;
10117       }
10118 
10119       // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
10120       // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
10121       // with scev techniques.
10122       if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
10123         return V;
10124 
10125       const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
10126       const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
10127       MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
10128 
10129       Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
10130       if (!C)
10131         return V;
10132       assert(C->getType() == Op->getType() && "Type mismatch");
10133       Operands.push_back(C);
10134     }
10135 
10136     // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
10137     if (!MadeImprovement)
10138       return V; // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
10139 
10140     Constant *C = nullptr;
10141     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
10142     C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI,
10143                                  /*AllowNonDeterministic=*/false);
10144     if (!C)
10145       return V;
10146     return getSCEV(C);
10147   }
10148   case scCouldNotCompute:
10149     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
10150   }
10151   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
10152 }
10153 
10154 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
10155   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
10156 }
10157 
10158 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::stripInjectiveFunctions(const SCEV *S) const {
10159   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S))
10160     return stripInjectiveFunctions(ZExt->getOperand());
10161   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
10162     return stripInjectiveFunctions(SExt->getOperand());
10163   return S;
10164 }
10165 
10166 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
10167 ///
10168 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
10169 ///
10170 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
10171 /// A and B isn't important.
10172 ///
10173 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
10174 static const SCEV *
10175 SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
10176                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *Predicates,
10177 
10178                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
10179   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
10180   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
10181   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
10182 
10183   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
10184   //
10185   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
10186   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
10187   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countr_zero();
10188   // D = 2^Mult2
10189 
10190   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
10191   //
10192   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
10193   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
10194   if (SE.getMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2) {
10195     // Check if we can prove there's no remainder using URem.
10196     const SCEV *URem =
10197         SE.getURemExpr(B, SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2)));
10198     const SCEV *Zero = SE.getZero(B->getType());
10199     if (!SE.isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_EQ, URem, Zero)) {
10200       // Try to add a predicate ensuring B is a multiple of 1 << Mult2.
10201       if (!Predicates)
10202         return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10203 
10204       // Avoid adding a predicate that is known to be false.
10205       if (SE.isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_NE, URem, Zero))
10206         return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10207       Predicates->push_back(SE.getEqualPredicate(URem, Zero));
10208     }
10209   }
10210 
10211   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
10212   // modulo (N / D).
10213   //
10214   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
10215   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
10216   // so we immediately truncate it.
10217   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).trunc(BW - Mult2); // AD = A / D
10218   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse().zext(BW);
10219 
10220   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
10221   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
10222   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
10223   // (I * B mod N) / D
10224   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
10225   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
10226 }
10227 
10228 /// For a given quadratic addrec, generate coefficients of the corresponding
10229 /// quadratic equation, multiplied by a common value to ensure that they are
10230 /// integers.
10231 /// The returned value is a tuple { A, B, C, M, BitWidth }, where
10232 /// Ax^2 + Bx + C is the quadratic function, M is the value that A, B and C
10233 /// were multiplied by, and BitWidth is the bit width of the original addrec
10234 /// coefficients.
10235 /// This function returns std::nullopt if the addrec coefficients are not
10236 /// compile- time constants.
10237 static std::optional<std::tuple<APInt, APInt, APInt, APInt, unsigned>>
10238 GetQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec) {
10239   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
10240   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
10241   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
10242   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
10243   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": analyzing quadratic addrec: "
10244                     << *AddRec << '\n');
10245 
10246   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
10247   if (!LC || !MC || !NC) {
10248     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": coefficients are not constant\n");
10249     return std::nullopt;
10250   }
10251 
10252   APInt L = LC->getAPInt();
10253   APInt M = MC->getAPInt();
10254   APInt N = NC->getAPInt();
10255   assert(!N.isZero() && "This is not a quadratic addrec");
10256 
10257   unsigned BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
10258   unsigned NewWidth = BitWidth + 1;
10259   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": addrec coeff bw: "
10260                     << BitWidth << '\n');
10261   // The sign-extension (as opposed to a zero-extension) here matches the
10262   // extension used in SolveQuadraticEquationWrap (with the same motivation).
10263   N = N.sext(NewWidth);
10264   M = M.sext(NewWidth);
10265   L = L.sext(NewWidth);
10266 
10267   // The increments are M, M+N, M+2N, ..., so the accumulated values are
10268   //   L+M, (L+M)+(M+N), (L+M)+(M+N)+(M+2N), ..., that is,
10269   //   L+M, L+2M+N, L+3M+3N, ...
10270   // After n iterations the accumulated value Acc is L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N.
10271   //
10272   // The equation Acc = 0 is then
10273   //   L + nM + n(n-1)/2 N = 0,  or  2L + 2M n + n(n-1) N = 0.
10274   // In a quadratic form it becomes:
10275   //   N n^2 + (2M-N) n + 2L = 0.
10276 
10277   APInt A = N;
10278   APInt B = 2 * M - A;
10279   APInt C = 2 * L;
10280   APInt T = APInt(NewWidth, 2);
10281   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": equation " << A << "x^2 + " << B
10282                     << "x + " << C << ", coeff bw: " << NewWidth
10283                     << ", multiplied by " << T << '\n');
10284   return std::make_tuple(A, B, C, T, BitWidth);
10285 }
10286 
10287 /// Helper function to compare optional APInts:
10288 /// (a) if X and Y both exist, return min(X, Y),
10289 /// (b) if neither X nor Y exist, return std::nullopt,
10290 /// (c) if exactly one of X and Y exists, return that value.
10291 static std::optional<APInt> MinOptional(std::optional<APInt> X,
10292                                         std::optional<APInt> Y) {
10293   if (X && Y) {
10294     unsigned W = std::max(X->getBitWidth(), Y->getBitWidth());
10295     APInt XW = X->sext(W);
10296     APInt YW = Y->sext(W);
10297     return XW.slt(YW) ? *X : *Y;
10298   }
10299   if (!X && !Y)
10300     return std::nullopt;
10301   return X ? *X : *Y;
10302 }
10303 
10304 /// Helper function to truncate an optional APInt to a given BitWidth.
10305 /// When solving addrec-related equations, it is preferable to return a value
10306 /// that has the same bit width as the original addrec's coefficients. If the
10307 /// solution fits in the original bit width, truncate it (except for i1).
10308 /// Returning a value of a different bit width may inhibit some optimizations.
10309 ///
10310 /// In general, a solution to a quadratic equation generated from an addrec
10311 /// may require BW+1 bits, where BW is the bit width of the addrec's
10312 /// coefficients. The reason is that the coefficients of the quadratic
10313 /// equation are BW+1 bits wide (to avoid truncation when converting from
10314 /// the addrec to the equation).
10315 static std::optional<APInt> TruncIfPossible(std::optional<APInt> X,
10316                                             unsigned BitWidth) {
10317   if (!X)
10318     return std::nullopt;
10319   unsigned W = X->getBitWidth();
10320   if (BitWidth > 1 && BitWidth < W && X->isIntN(BitWidth))
10321     return X->trunc(BitWidth);
10322   return X;
10323 }
10324 
10325 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N} after n
10326 /// iterations. The values L, M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
10327 /// should all have the same bit widths.
10328 /// Find the least n >= 0 such that c(n) = 0 in the arithmetic modulo 2^BW,
10329 /// where BW is the bit width of the addrec's coefficients.
10330 /// If the calculated value is a BW-bit integer (for BW > 1), it will be
10331 /// returned as such, otherwise the bit width of the returned value may
10332 /// be greater than BW.
10333 ///
10334 /// This function returns std::nullopt if
10335 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
10336 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution. For cases
10337 ///     like x^2 = 5, no integer solutions exist, in other cases an integer
10338 ///     solution may exist, but SolveQuadraticEquationWrap may fail to find it.
10339 static std::optional<APInt>
10340 SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
10341   APInt A, B, C, M;
10342   unsigned BitWidth;
10343   auto T = GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec);
10344   if (!T)
10345     return std::nullopt;
10346 
10347   std::tie(A, B, C, M, BitWidth) = *T;
10348   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving for unsigned overflow\n");
10349   std::optional<APInt> X =
10350       APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, C, BitWidth + 1);
10351   if (!X)
10352     return std::nullopt;
10353 
10354   ConstantInt *CX = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), *X);
10355   ConstantInt *V = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, CX, SE);
10356   if (!V->isZero())
10357     return std::nullopt;
10358 
10359   return TruncIfPossible(X, BitWidth);
10360 }
10361 
10362 /// Let c(n) be the value of the quadratic chrec {0,+,M,+,N} after n
10363 /// iterations. The values M, N are assumed to be signed, and they
10364 /// should all have the same bit widths.
10365 /// Find the least n such that c(n) does not belong to the given range,
10366 /// while c(n-1) does.
10367 ///
10368 /// This function returns std::nullopt if
10369 /// (a) the addrec coefficients are not constant, or
10370 /// (b) SolveQuadraticEquationWrap was unable to find a solution for the
10371 ///     bounds of the range.
10372 static std::optional<APInt>
10373 SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec,
10374                           const ConstantRange &Range, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
10375   assert(AddRec->getOperand(0)->isZero() &&
10376          "Starting value of addrec should be 0");
10377   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << __func__ << ": solving boundary crossing for range "
10378                     << Range << ", addrec " << *AddRec << '\n');
10379   // This case is handled in getNumIterationsInRange. Here we can assume that
10380   // we start in the range.
10381   assert(Range.contains(APInt(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec->getType()), 0)) &&
10382          "Addrec's initial value should be in range");
10383 
10384   APInt A, B, C, M;
10385   unsigned BitWidth;
10386   auto T = GetQuadraticEquation(AddRec);
10387   if (!T)
10388     return std::nullopt;
10389 
10390   // Be careful about the return value: there can be two reasons for not
10391   // returning an actual number. First, if no solutions to the equations
10392   // were found, and second, if the solutions don't leave the given range.
10393   // The first case means that the actual solution is "unknown", the second
10394   // means that it's known, but not valid. If the solution is unknown, we
10395   // cannot make any conclusions.
10396   // Return a pair: the optional solution and a flag indicating if the
10397   // solution was found.
10398   auto SolveForBoundary =
10399       [&](APInt Bound) -> std::pair<std::optional<APInt>, bool> {
10400     // Solve for signed overflow and unsigned overflow, pick the lower
10401     // solution.
10402     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: checking boundary "
10403                       << Bound << " (before multiplying by " << M << ")\n");
10404     Bound *= M; // The quadratic equation multiplier.
10405 
10406     std::optional<APInt> SO;
10407     if (BitWidth > 1) {
10408       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
10409                            "signed overflow\n");
10410       SO = APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, -Bound, BitWidth);
10411     }
10412     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SolveQuadraticAddRecRange: solving for "
10413                          "unsigned overflow\n");
10414     std::optional<APInt> UO =
10415         APIntOps::SolveQuadraticEquationWrap(A, B, -Bound, BitWidth + 1);
10416 
10417     auto LeavesRange = [&] (const APInt &X) {
10418       ConstantInt *C0 = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), X);
10419       ConstantInt *V0 = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, C0, SE);
10420       if (Range.contains(V0->getValue()))
10421         return false;
10422       // X should be at least 1, so X-1 is non-negative.
10423       ConstantInt *C1 = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), X-1);
10424       ConstantInt *V1 = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(AddRec, C1, SE);
10425       if (Range.contains(V1->getValue()))
10426         return true;
10427       return false;
10428     };
10429 
10430     // If SolveQuadraticEquationWrap returns std::nullopt, it means that there
10431     // can be a solution, but the function failed to find it. We cannot treat it
10432     // as "no solution".
10433     if (!SO || !UO)
10434       return {std::nullopt, false};
10435 
10436     // Check the smaller value first to see if it leaves the range.
10437     // At this point, both SO and UO must have values.
10438     std::optional<APInt> Min = MinOptional(SO, UO);
10439     if (LeavesRange(*Min))
10440       return { Min, true };
10441     std::optional<APInt> Max = Min == SO ? UO : SO;
10442     if (LeavesRange(*Max))
10443       return { Max, true };
10444 
10445     // Solutions were found, but were eliminated, hence the "true".
10446     return {std::nullopt, true};
10447   };
10448 
10449   std::tie(A, B, C, M, BitWidth) = *T;
10450   // Lower bound is inclusive, subtract 1 to represent the exiting value.
10451   APInt Lower = Range.getLower().sext(A.getBitWidth()) - 1;
10452   APInt Upper = Range.getUpper().sext(A.getBitWidth());
10453   auto SL = SolveForBoundary(Lower);
10454   auto SU = SolveForBoundary(Upper);
10455   // If any of the solutions was unknown, no meaninigful conclusions can
10456   // be made.
10457   if (!SL.second || !SU.second)
10458     return std::nullopt;
10459 
10460   // Claim: The correct solution is not some value between Min and Max.
10461   //
10462   // Justification: Assuming that Min and Max are different values, one of
10463   // them is when the first signed overflow happens, the other is when the
10464   // first unsigned overflow happens. Crossing the range boundary is only
10465   // possible via an overflow (treating 0 as a special case of it, modeling
10466   // an overflow as crossing k*2^W for some k).
10467   //
10468   // The interesting case here is when Min was eliminated as an invalid
10469   // solution, but Max was not. The argument is that if there was another
10470   // overflow between Min and Max, it would also have been eliminated if
10471   // it was considered.
10472   //
10473   // For a given boundary, it is possible to have two overflows of the same
10474   // type (signed/unsigned) without having the other type in between: this
10475   // can happen when the vertex of the parabola is between the iterations
10476   // corresponding to the overflows. This is only possible when the two
10477   // overflows cross k*2^W for the same k. In such case, if the second one
10478   // left the range (and was the first one to do so), the first overflow
10479   // would have to enter the range, which would mean that either we had left
10480   // the range before or that we started outside of it. Both of these cases
10481   // are contradictions.
10482   //
10483   // Claim: In the case where SolveForBoundary returns std::nullopt, the correct
10484   // solution is not some value between the Max for this boundary and the
10485   // Min of the other boundary.
10486   //
10487   // Justification: Assume that we had such Max_A and Min_B corresponding
10488   // to range boundaries A and B and such that Max_A < Min_B. If there was
10489   // a solution between Max_A and Min_B, it would have to be caused by an
10490   // overflow corresponding to either A or B. It cannot correspond to B,
10491   // since Min_B is the first occurrence of such an overflow. If it
10492   // corresponded to A, it would have to be either a signed or an unsigned
10493   // overflow that is larger than both eliminated overflows for A. But
10494   // between the eliminated overflows and this overflow, the values would
10495   // cover the entire value space, thus crossing the other boundary, which
10496   // is a contradiction.
10497 
10498   return TruncIfPossible(MinOptional(SL.first, SU.first), BitWidth);
10499 }
10500 
10501 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V,
10502                                                          const Loop *L,
10503                                                          bool ControlsOnlyExit,
10504                                                          bool AllowPredicates) {
10505 
10506   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
10507   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
10508   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
10509   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
10510 
10511   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> Predicates;
10512   // If the value is a constant
10513   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
10514     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
10515     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
10516     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
10517   }
10518 
10519   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
10520       dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(stripInjectiveFunctions(V));
10521 
10522   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
10523     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10524     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10525     // algorithm below.
10526     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
10527 
10528   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
10529     return getCouldNotCompute();
10530 
10531   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
10532   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
10533   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
10534     // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
10535     // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
10536     // should not accept a root of 2.
10537     if (auto S = SolveQuadraticAddRecExact(AddRec, *this)) {
10538       const auto *R = cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(*S));
10539       return ExitLimit(R, R, R, false, Predicates);
10540     }
10541     return getCouldNotCompute();
10542   }
10543 
10544   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
10545   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
10546     return getCouldNotCompute();
10547 
10548   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
10549   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
10550   //
10551   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
10552   //
10553   // equivalent to:
10554   //
10555   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
10556   //
10557   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
10558 
10559   // Get the initial value for the loop.
10560   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
10561   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
10562 
10563   if (!isLoopInvariant(Step, L))
10564     return getCouldNotCompute();
10565 
10566   LoopGuards Guards = LoopGuards::collect(L, *this);
10567   // Specialize step for this loop so we get context sensitive facts below.
10568   const SCEV *StepWLG = applyLoopGuards(Step, Guards);
10569 
10570   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
10571   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
10572   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
10573   //   N = Start/-Step
10574   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
10575   bool CountDown = isKnownNegative(StepWLG);
10576   if (!CountDown && !isKnownNonNegative(StepWLG))
10577     return getCouldNotCompute();
10578 
10579   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
10580   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
10581   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
10582   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
10583 
10584   if (match(Step, m_CombineOr(m_scev_One(), m_scev_AllOnes()))) {
10585     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(Distance, Guards));
10586     MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance));
10587 
10588     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
10589     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
10590     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
10591     //
10592     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
10593     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
10594     // range inside the loop.
10595     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
10596     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
10597     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
10598     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
10599       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
10600       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
10601       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
10602       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
10603     }
10604     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), Distance, false,
10605                      Predicates);
10606   }
10607 
10608   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
10609   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
10610   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
10611   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
10612   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
10613   if (ControlsOnlyExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
10614       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
10615 
10616     // If the stride is zero and the start is non-zero, the loop must be
10617     // infinite. In C++, most loops are finite by assumption, in which case the
10618     // step being zero implies UB must execute if the loop is entered.
10619     if (!(loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L) && isKnownNonZero(Start)) &&
10620         !isKnownNonZero(StepWLG))
10621       return getCouldNotCompute();
10622 
10623     const SCEV *Exact =
10624         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
10625     const SCEV *ConstantMax = getCouldNotCompute();
10626     if (Exact != getCouldNotCompute()) {
10627       APInt MaxInt = getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(Exact, Guards));
10628       ConstantMax =
10629           getConstant(APIntOps::umin(MaxInt, getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact)));
10630     }
10631     const SCEV *SymbolicMax =
10632         isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Exact) ? ConstantMax : Exact;
10633     return ExitLimit(Exact, ConstantMax, SymbolicMax, false, Predicates);
10634   }
10635 
10636   // Solve the general equation.
10637   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
10638   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
10639     return getCouldNotCompute();
10640   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(
10641       StepC->getAPInt(), getNegativeSCEV(Start),
10642       AllowPredicates ? &Predicates : nullptr, *this);
10643 
10644   const SCEV *M = E;
10645   if (E != getCouldNotCompute()) {
10646     APInt MaxWithGuards = getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(E, Guards));
10647     M = getConstant(APIntOps::umin(MaxWithGuards, getUnsignedRangeMax(E)));
10648   }
10649   auto *S = isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(E) ? M : E;
10650   return ExitLimit(E, M, S, false, Predicates);
10651 }
10652 
10653 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10654 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
10655   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
10656   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
10657   // future as needed.
10658 
10659   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
10660   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
10661   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
10662     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
10663       return getZero(C->getType());
10664     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
10665   }
10666 
10667   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
10668   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
10669   return getCouldNotCompute();
10670 }
10671 
10672 std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *>
10673 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(const BasicBlock *BB)
10674     const {
10675   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
10676   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
10677   // from the predecessor to the block.
10678   if (const BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
10679     return {Pred, BB};
10680 
10681   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
10682   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
10683   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
10684   if (const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
10685     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
10686 
10687   return {nullptr, BB};
10688 }
10689 
10690 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
10691 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
10692 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
10693 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
10694 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
10695   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
10696   if (A == B) return true;
10697 
10698   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
10699     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
10700     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
10701     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
10702     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
10703   };
10704 
10705   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
10706   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
10707   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
10708     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
10709       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
10710         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
10711           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
10712             return true;
10713 
10714   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
10715   return false;
10716 }
10717 
10718 static bool MatchBinarySub(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS) {
10719   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
10720   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
10721     return false;
10722   if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(0));
10723       ME && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
10724     LHS = Add->getOperand(1);
10725     RHS = ME->getOperand(1);
10726     return true;
10727   }
10728   if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
10729       ME && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
10730     LHS = Add->getOperand(0);
10731     RHS = ME->getOperand(1);
10732     return true;
10733   }
10734   return false;
10735 }
10736 
10737 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(CmpPredicate &Pred, const SCEV *&LHS,
10738                                            const SCEV *&RHS, unsigned Depth) {
10739   bool Changed = false;
10740   // Simplifies ICMP to trivial true or false by turning it into '0 == 0' or
10741   // '0 != 0'.
10742   auto TrivialCase = [&](bool TriviallyTrue) {
10743     LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
10744     Pred = TriviallyTrue ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ : ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
10745     return true;
10746   };
10747   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
10748   if (Depth >= 3)
10749     return false;
10750 
10751   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
10752   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
10753     // Check for both operands constant.
10754     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
10755       if (!ICmpInst::compare(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt(), Pred))
10756         return TrivialCase(false);
10757       return TrivialCase(true);
10758     }
10759     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
10760     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10761     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
10762     Changed = true;
10763   }
10764 
10765   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
10766   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
10767   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
10768   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
10769     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
10770     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
10771       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
10772       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
10773       Changed = true;
10774     }
10775   }
10776 
10777   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
10778   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
10779   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
10780     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
10781 
10782     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
10783 
10784     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
10785       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
10786       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
10787         return TrivialCase(true);
10788       if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
10789         return TrivialCase(false);
10790 
10791       APInt NewRHS;
10792       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
10793       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
10794           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
10795         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
10796         Pred = NewPred;
10797         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
10798         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
10799       }
10800     }
10801 
10802     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
10803       switch (Pred) {
10804       default:
10805         break;
10806       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
10807       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
10808         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
10809         if (RA.isZero() && MatchBinarySub(LHS, LHS, RHS))
10810           Changed = true;
10811         break;
10812 
10813         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
10814         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
10815         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
10816         // check to trivial case.
10817 
10818       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10819         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10820         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10821         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
10822         Changed = true;
10823         break;
10824       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10825         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10826         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
10827         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
10828         Changed = true;
10829         break;
10830       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10831         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10832         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
10833         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
10834         Changed = true;
10835         break;
10836       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10837         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
10838         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
10839         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
10840         Changed = true;
10841         break;
10842       }
10843     }
10844   }
10845 
10846   // Check for obvious equality.
10847   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
10848     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
10849       return TrivialCase(true);
10850     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
10851       return TrivialCase(false);
10852   }
10853 
10854   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
10855   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
10856   switch (Pred) {
10857   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10858     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
10859       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
10860                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
10861       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
10862       Changed = true;
10863     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
10864       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
10865                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
10866       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
10867       Changed = true;
10868     }
10869     break;
10870   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10871     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
10872       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
10873                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
10874       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
10875       Changed = true;
10876     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
10877       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
10878                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
10879       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
10880       Changed = true;
10881     }
10882     break;
10883   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10884     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
10885       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
10886                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
10887       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
10888       Changed = true;
10889     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
10890       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
10891       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
10892       Changed = true;
10893     }
10894     break;
10895   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10896     // If RHS is an op we can fold the -1, try that first.
10897     // Otherwise prefer LHS to preserve the nuw flag.
10898     if ((isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) ||
10899          (isa<SCEVAddExpr, SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS) &&
10900           isa<SCEVConstant>(cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS)->getOperand(0)))) &&
10901         !getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
10902       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
10903       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10904       Changed = true;
10905     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
10906       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
10907                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
10908       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10909       Changed = true;
10910     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
10911       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
10912       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10913       Changed = true;
10914     }
10915     break;
10916   default:
10917     break;
10918   }
10919 
10920   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
10921 
10922   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
10923   // changes.
10924   if (Changed)
10925     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth + 1);
10926 
10927   return Changed;
10928 }
10929 
10930 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
10931   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
10932 }
10933 
10934 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
10935   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
10936 }
10937 
10938 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
10939   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
10940 }
10941 
10942 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
10943   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
10944 }
10945 
10946 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
10947   // Query push down for cases where the unsigned range is
10948   // less than sufficient.
10949   if (const auto *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
10950     return isKnownNonZero(SExt->getOperand(0));
10951   return getUnsignedRangeMin(S) != 0;
10952 }
10953 
10954 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(const SCEV *S, bool OrZero,
10955                                              bool OrNegative) {
10956   auto NonRecursive = [this, OrNegative](const SCEV *S) {
10957     if (auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
10958       return C->getAPInt().isPowerOf2() ||
10959              (OrNegative && C->getAPInt().isNegatedPowerOf2());
10960 
10961     // The vscale_range indicates vscale is a power-of-two.
10962     return isa<SCEVVScale>(S) && F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::VScaleRange);
10963   };
10964 
10965   if (NonRecursive(S))
10966     return true;
10967 
10968   auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
10969   if (!Mul)
10970     return false;
10971   return all_of(Mul->operands(), NonRecursive) && (OrZero || isKnownNonZero(S));
10972 }
10973 
10974 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownMultipleOf(
10975     const SCEV *S, uint64_t M,
10976     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Assumptions) {
10977   if (M == 0)
10978     return false;
10979   if (M == 1)
10980     return true;
10981 
10982   // Recursively check AddRec operands. An AddRecExpr S is a multiple of M if S
10983   // starts with a multiple of M and at every iteration step S only adds
10984   // multiples of M.
10985   if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
10986     return isKnownMultipleOf(AddRec->getStart(), M, Assumptions) &&
10987            isKnownMultipleOf(AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), M, Assumptions);
10988 
10989   // For a constant, check that "S % M == 0".
10990   if (auto *Cst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
10991     APInt C = Cst->getAPInt();
10992     return C.urem(M) == 0;
10993   }
10994 
10995   // TODO: Also check other SCEV expressions, i.e., SCEVAddRecExpr, etc.
10996 
10997   // Basic tests have failed.
10998   // Check "S % M == 0" at compile time and record runtime Assumptions.
10999   auto *STy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(S->getType());
11000   const SCEV *SmodM =
11001       getURemExpr(S, getConstant(ConstantInt::get(STy, M, false)));
11002   const SCEV *Zero = getZero(STy);
11003 
11004   // Check whether "S % M == 0" is known at compile time.
11005   if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, SmodM, Zero))
11006     return true;
11007 
11008   // Check whether "S % M != 0" is known at compile time.
11009   if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, SmodM, Zero))
11010     return false;
11011 
11012   const SCEVPredicate *P = getComparePredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, SmodM, Zero);
11013 
11014   // Detect redundant predicates.
11015   for (auto *A : Assumptions)
11016     if (A->implies(P, *this))
11017       return true;
11018 
11019   // Only record non-redundant predicates.
11020   Assumptions.push_back(P);
11021   return true;
11022 }
11023 
11024 std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>
11025 ScalarEvolution::SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(const Loop *L, const SCEV *S) {
11026   // Compute SCEV on entry of loop L.
11027   const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
11028   if (Start == getCouldNotCompute())
11029     return { Start, Start };
11030   // Compute post increment SCEV for loop L.
11031   const SCEV *PostInc = SCEVPostIncRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
11032   assert(PostInc != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected could not compute");
11033   return { Start, PostInc };
11034 }
11035 
11036 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaInduction(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11037                                           const SCEV *RHS) {
11038   // First collect all loops.
11039   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
11040   getUsedLoops(LHS, LoopsUsed);
11041   getUsedLoops(RHS, LoopsUsed);
11042 
11043   if (LoopsUsed.empty())
11044     return false;
11045 
11046   // Domination relationship must be a linear order on collected loops.
11047 #ifndef NDEBUG
11048   for (const auto *L1 : LoopsUsed)
11049     for (const auto *L2 : LoopsUsed)
11050       assert((DT.dominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader()) ||
11051               DT.dominates(L2->getHeader(), L1->getHeader())) &&
11052              "Domination relationship is not a linear order");
11053 #endif
11054 
11055   const Loop *MDL =
11056       *llvm::max_element(LoopsUsed, [&](const Loop *L1, const Loop *L2) {
11057         return DT.properlyDominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader());
11058       });
11059 
11060   // Get init and post increment value for LHS.
11061   auto SplitLHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, LHS);
11062   // if LHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
11063   if (SplitLHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
11064     return false;
11065   assert (SplitLHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
11066   // Get init and post increment value for RHS.
11067   auto SplitRHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, RHS);
11068   // if RHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
11069   if (SplitRHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
11070     return false;
11071   assert (SplitRHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
11072   // It is possible that init SCEV contains an invariant load but it does
11073   // not dominate MDL and is not available at MDL loop entry, so we should
11074   // check it here.
11075   if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitLHS.first, MDL) ||
11076       !isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitRHS.first, MDL))
11077     return false;
11078 
11079   // It seems backedge guard check is faster than entry one so in some cases
11080   // it can speed up whole estimation by short circuit
11081   return isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.second,
11082                                      SplitRHS.second) &&
11083          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.first, SplitRHS.first);
11084 }
11085 
11086 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11087                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
11088   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
11089   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
11090 
11091   if (isKnownViaInduction(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11092     return true;
11093 
11094   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11095     return true;
11096 
11097   // Otherwise see what can be done with some simple reasoning.
11098   return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS);
11099 }
11100 
11101 std::optional<bool> ScalarEvolution::evaluatePredicate(CmpPredicate Pred,
11102                                                        const SCEV *LHS,
11103                                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
11104   if (isKnownPredicate(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11105     return true;
11106   if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::getInverseCmpPredicate(Pred), LHS, RHS))
11107     return false;
11108   return std::nullopt;
11109 }
11110 
11111 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateAt(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11112                                          const SCEV *RHS,
11113                                          const Instruction *CtxI) {
11114   // TODO: Analyze guards and assumes from Context's block.
11115   return isKnownPredicate(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
11116          isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(CtxI->getParent(), Pred, LHS, RHS);
11117 }
11118 
11119 std::optional<bool>
11120 ScalarEvolution::evaluatePredicateAt(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11121                                      const SCEV *RHS, const Instruction *CtxI) {
11122   std::optional<bool> KnownWithoutContext = evaluatePredicate(Pred, LHS, RHS);
11123   if (KnownWithoutContext)
11124     return KnownWithoutContext;
11125 
11126   if (isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(CtxI->getParent(), Pred, LHS, RHS))
11127     return true;
11128   if (isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(
11129           CtxI->getParent(), ICmpInst::getInverseCmpPredicate(Pred), LHS, RHS))
11130     return false;
11131   return std::nullopt;
11132 }
11133 
11134 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownOnEveryIteration(CmpPredicate Pred,
11135                                               const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
11136                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
11137   const Loop *L = LHS->getLoop();
11138   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getStart(), RHS) &&
11139          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS);
11140 }
11141 
11142 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType>
11143 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateType(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
11144                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
11145   auto Result = getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(LHS, Pred);
11146 
11147 #ifndef NDEBUG
11148   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
11149   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
11150   if (Result) {
11151     auto ResultSwapped =
11152         getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred));
11153 
11154     assert(*ResultSwapped != *Result &&
11155            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
11156   }
11157 #endif
11158 
11159   return Result;
11160 }
11161 
11162 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::MonotonicPredicateType>
11163 ScalarEvolution::getMonotonicPredicateTypeImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
11164                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
11165   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
11166   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
11167   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
11168   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
11169   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
11170   //
11171   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
11172   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
11173   // as general as possible.
11174 
11175   // Only handle LE/LT/GE/GT predicates.
11176   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
11177     return std::nullopt;
11178 
11179   bool IsGreater = ICmpInst::isGE(Pred) || ICmpInst::isGT(Pred);
11180   assert((IsGreater || ICmpInst::isLE(Pred) || ICmpInst::isLT(Pred)) &&
11181          "Should be greater or less!");
11182 
11183   // Check that AR does not wrap.
11184   if (ICmpInst::isUnsigned(Pred)) {
11185     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
11186       return std::nullopt;
11187     return IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
11188   }
11189   assert(ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) &&
11190          "Relational predicate is either signed or unsigned!");
11191   if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
11192     return std::nullopt;
11193 
11194   const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
11195 
11196   if (isKnownNonNegative(Step))
11197     return IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
11198 
11199   if (isKnownNonPositive(Step))
11200     return !IsGreater ? MonotonicallyIncreasing : MonotonicallyDecreasing;
11201 
11202   return std::nullopt;
11203 }
11204 
11205 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate>
11206 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantPredicate(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11207                                            const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
11208                                            const Instruction *CtxI) {
11209   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
11210   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
11211     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
11212       return std::nullopt;
11213 
11214     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11215     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
11216   }
11217 
11218   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
11219   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
11220     return std::nullopt;
11221 
11222   auto MonotonicType = getMonotonicPredicateType(ArLHS, Pred);
11223   if (!MonotonicType)
11224     return std::nullopt;
11225   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
11226   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
11227   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
11228   //
11229   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
11230   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
11231   //     backedge.
11232   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
11233   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
11234   //     monotonically increasing.
11235   //
11236   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
11237   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
11238   // loop invariant).
11239   //
11240   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
11241   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
11242   bool Increasing = *MonotonicType == ScalarEvolution::MonotonicallyIncreasing;
11243   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInverseCmpPredicate(Pred);
11244 
11245   if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
11246     return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred, ArLHS->getStart(),
11247                                                    RHS);
11248 
11249   if (!CtxI)
11250     return std::nullopt;
11251   // Try to prove via context.
11252   // TODO: Support other cases.
11253   switch (Pred) {
11254   default:
11255     break;
11256   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
11257   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
11258     assert(ArLHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && "Is a requirement of monotonicity!");
11259     // Given preconditions
11260     // (1) ArLHS does not cross the border of positive and negative parts of
11261     //     range because of:
11262     //     - Positive step; (TODO: lift this limitation)
11263     //     - nuw - does not cross zero boundary;
11264     //     - nsw - does not cross SINT_MAX boundary;
11265     // (2) ArLHS <s RHS
11266     // (3) RHS >=s 0
11267     // we can replace the loop variant ArLHS <u RHS condition with loop
11268     // invariant Start(ArLHS) <u RHS.
11269     //
11270     // Because of (1) there are two options:
11271     // - ArLHS is always negative. It means that ArLHS <u RHS is always false;
11272     // - ArLHS is always non-negative. Because of (3) RHS is also non-negative.
11273     //   It means that ArLHS <s RHS <=> ArLHS <u RHS.
11274     //   Because of (2) ArLHS <u RHS is trivially true.
11275     // All together it means that ArLHS <u RHS <=> Start(ArLHS) >=s 0.
11276     // We can strengthen this to Start(ArLHS) <u RHS.
11277     auto SignFlippedPred = ICmpInst::getFlippedSignednessPredicate(Pred);
11278     if (ArLHS->hasNoSignedWrap() && ArLHS->isAffine() &&
11279         isKnownPositive(ArLHS->getStepRecurrence(*this)) &&
11280         isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
11281         isKnownPredicateAt(SignFlippedPred, ArLHS, RHS, CtxI))
11282       return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred, ArLHS->getStart(),
11283                                                      RHS);
11284   }
11285   }
11286 
11287   return std::nullopt;
11288 }
11289 
11290 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate>
11291 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterations(
11292     CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
11293     const Instruction *CtxI, const SCEV *MaxIter) {
11294   if (auto LIP = getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11295           Pred, LHS, RHS, L, CtxI, MaxIter))
11296     return LIP;
11297   if (auto *UMin = dyn_cast<SCEVUMinExpr>(MaxIter))
11298     // Number of iterations expressed as UMIN isn't always great for expressing
11299     // the value on the last iteration. If the straightforward approach didn't
11300     // work, try the following trick: if the a predicate is invariant for X, it
11301     // is also invariant for umin(X, ...). So try to find something that works
11302     // among subexpressions of MaxIter expressed as umin.
11303     for (auto *Op : UMin->operands())
11304       if (auto LIP = getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11305               Pred, LHS, RHS, L, CtxI, Op))
11306         return LIP;
11307   return std::nullopt;
11308 }
11309 
11310 std::optional<ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate>
11311 ScalarEvolution::getLoopInvariantExitCondDuringFirstIterationsImpl(
11312     CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
11313     const Instruction *CtxI, const SCEV *MaxIter) {
11314   // Try to prove the following set of facts:
11315   // - The predicate is monotonic in the iteration space.
11316   // - If the check does not fail on the 1st iteration:
11317   //   - No overflow will happen during first MaxIter iterations;
11318   //   - It will not fail on the MaxIter'th iteration.
11319   // If the check does fail on the 1st iteration, we leave the loop and no
11320   // other checks matter.
11321 
11322   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
11323   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
11324     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
11325       return std::nullopt;
11326 
11327     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11328     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
11329   }
11330 
11331   auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
11332   if (!AR || AR->getLoop() != L)
11333     return std::nullopt;
11334 
11335   // The predicate must be relational (i.e. <, <=, >=, >).
11336   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
11337     return std::nullopt;
11338 
11339   // TODO: Support steps other than +/- 1.
11340   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
11341   auto *One = getOne(Step->getType());
11342   auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(One);
11343   if (Step != One && Step != MinusOne)
11344     return std::nullopt;
11345 
11346   // Type mismatch here means that MaxIter is potentially larger than max
11347   // unsigned value in start type, which mean we cannot prove no wrap for the
11348   // indvar.
11349   if (AR->getType() != MaxIter->getType())
11350     return std::nullopt;
11351 
11352   // Value of IV on suggested last iteration.
11353   const SCEV *Last = AR->evaluateAtIteration(MaxIter, *this);
11354   // Does it still meet the requirement?
11355   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, Last, RHS))
11356     return std::nullopt;
11357   // Because step is +/- 1 and MaxIter has same type as Start (i.e. it does
11358   // not exceed max unsigned value of this type), this effectively proves
11359   // that there is no wrap during the iteration. To prove that there is no
11360   // signed/unsigned wrap, we need to check that
11361   // Start <= Last for step = 1 or Start >= Last for step = -1.
11362   ICmpInst::Predicate NoOverflowPred =
11363       CmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
11364   if (Step == MinusOne)
11365     NoOverflowPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(NoOverflowPred);
11366   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
11367   if (!isKnownPredicateAt(NoOverflowPred, Start, Last, CtxI))
11368     return std::nullopt;
11369 
11370   // Everything is fine.
11371   return ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariantPredicate(Pred, Start, RHS);
11372 }
11373 
11374 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(CmpPredicate Pred,
11375                                                         const SCEV *LHS,
11376                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
11377   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
11378     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
11379 
11380   auto CheckRange = [&](bool IsSigned) {
11381     auto RangeLHS = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(LHS) : getUnsignedRange(LHS);
11382     auto RangeRHS = IsSigned ? getSignedRange(RHS) : getUnsignedRange(RHS);
11383     return RangeLHS.icmp(Pred, RangeRHS);
11384   };
11385 
11386   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
11387   // known to be equal.
11388   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
11389     return false;
11390 
11391   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
11392     if (CheckRange(true) || CheckRange(false))
11393       return true;
11394     auto *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS);
11395     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Diff) && isKnownNonZero(Diff);
11396   }
11397 
11398   return CheckRange(CmpInst::isSigned(Pred));
11399 }
11400 
11401 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(CmpPredicate Pred,
11402                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
11403                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
11404   // Match X to (A + C1)<ExpectedFlags> and Y to (A + C2)<ExpectedFlags>, where
11405   // C1 and C2 are constant integers. If either X or Y are not add expressions,
11406   // consider them as X + 0 and Y + 0 respectively. C1 and C2 are returned via
11407   // OutC1 and OutC2.
11408   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst = [this](const SCEV *X, const SCEV *Y,
11409                                       APInt &OutC1, APInt &OutC2,
11410                                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
11411     const SCEV *XNonConstOp, *XConstOp;
11412     const SCEV *YNonConstOp, *YConstOp;
11413     SCEV::NoWrapFlags XFlagsPresent;
11414     SCEV::NoWrapFlags YFlagsPresent;
11415 
11416     if (!splitBinaryAdd(X, XConstOp, XNonConstOp, XFlagsPresent)) {
11417       XConstOp = getZero(X->getType());
11418       XNonConstOp = X;
11419       XFlagsPresent = ExpectedFlags;
11420     }
11421     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(XConstOp) ||
11422         (XFlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) != ExpectedFlags)
11423       return false;
11424 
11425     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Y, YConstOp, YNonConstOp, YFlagsPresent)) {
11426       YConstOp = getZero(Y->getType());
11427       YNonConstOp = Y;
11428       YFlagsPresent = ExpectedFlags;
11429     }
11430 
11431     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(YConstOp) ||
11432         (YFlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) != ExpectedFlags)
11433       return false;
11434 
11435     if (YNonConstOp != XNonConstOp)
11436       return false;
11437 
11438     OutC1 = cast<SCEVConstant>(XConstOp)->getAPInt();
11439     OutC2 = cast<SCEVConstant>(YConstOp)->getAPInt();
11440 
11441     return true;
11442   };
11443 
11444   APInt C1;
11445   APInt C2;
11446 
11447   switch (Pred) {
11448   default:
11449     break;
11450 
11451   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
11452     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11453     [[fallthrough]];
11454   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
11455     // (X + C1)<nsw> s<= (X + C2)<nsw> if C1 s<= C2.
11456     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C1, C2, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C1.sle(C2))
11457       return true;
11458 
11459     break;
11460 
11461   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
11462     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11463     [[fallthrough]];
11464   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
11465     // (X + C1)<nsw> s< (X + C2)<nsw> if C1 s< C2.
11466     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C1, C2, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C1.slt(C2))
11467       return true;
11468 
11469     break;
11470 
11471   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
11472     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11473     [[fallthrough]];
11474   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
11475     // (X + C1)<nuw> u<= (X + C2)<nuw> for C1 u<= C2.
11476     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C1, C2, SCEV::FlagNUW) && C1.ule(C2))
11477       return true;
11478 
11479     break;
11480 
11481   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
11482     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11483     [[fallthrough]];
11484   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
11485     // (X + C1)<nuw> u< (X + C2)<nuw> if C1 u< C2.
11486     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C1, C2, SCEV::FlagNUW) && C1.ult(C2))
11487       return true;
11488     break;
11489   }
11490 
11491   return false;
11492 }
11493 
11494 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(CmpPredicate Pred,
11495                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
11496                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
11497   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
11498     return false;
11499 
11500   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
11501   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
11502   SaveAndRestore Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
11503 
11504   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
11505   //
11506   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
11507   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
11508   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
11509   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
11510   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
11511   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
11512          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
11513          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
11514 }
11515 
11516 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(const BasicBlock *BB, CmpPredicate Pred,
11517                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
11518   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
11519   if (!HasGuards)
11520     return false;
11521 
11522   return any_of(*BB, [&](const Instruction &I) {
11523     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
11524 
11525     Value *Condition;
11526     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
11527                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
11528            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
11529   });
11530 }
11531 
11532 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
11533 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
11534 /// to eliminate casts.
11535 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
11536                                                   CmpPredicate Pred,
11537                                                   const SCEV *LHS,
11538                                                   const SCEV *RHS) {
11539   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
11540   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding). Do not bother about
11541   // unreachable loops.
11542   if (!L || !DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
11543     return true;
11544 
11545   if (VerifyIR)
11546     assert(!verifyFunction(*L->getHeader()->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
11547            "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
11548 
11549 
11550   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11551     return true;
11552 
11553   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
11554   if (!Latch)
11555     return false;
11556 
11557   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
11558     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
11559   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
11560       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
11561                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
11562                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
11563     return true;
11564 
11565   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
11566   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
11567   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
11568     return false;
11569 
11570   SaveAndRestore ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
11571 
11572   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
11573   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
11574   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
11575   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
11576     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
11577     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
11578     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
11579     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
11580     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
11581     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
11582       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
11583     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
11584                       LatchBECount))
11585       return true;
11586   }
11587 
11588   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
11589   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
11590     if (!AssumeVH)
11591       continue;
11592     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
11593     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
11594       continue;
11595 
11596     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
11597       return true;
11598   }
11599 
11600   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
11601     return true;
11602 
11603   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
11604        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
11605     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
11606 
11607     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
11608     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
11609       return true;
11610 
11611     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
11612     if (!PBB)
11613       continue;
11614 
11615     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
11616     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
11617       continue;
11618 
11619     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
11620 
11621     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
11622     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
11623     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
11624 
11625     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
11626     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
11627       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
11628       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
11629       // with us on this:
11630       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
11631 
11632       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
11633                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
11634         return true;
11635     }
11636   }
11637 
11638   return false;
11639 }
11640 
11641 bool ScalarEvolution::isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(const BasicBlock *BB,
11642                                                      CmpPredicate Pred,
11643                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
11644                                                      const SCEV *RHS) {
11645   // Do not bother proving facts for unreachable code.
11646   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB))
11647     return true;
11648   if (VerifyIR)
11649     assert(!verifyFunction(*BB->getParent(), &dbgs()) &&
11650            "This cannot be done on broken IR!");
11651 
11652   // If we cannot prove strict comparison (e.g. a > b), maybe we can prove
11653   // the facts (a >= b && a != b) separately. A typical situation is when the
11654   // non-strict comparison is known from ranges and non-equality is known from
11655   // dominating predicates. If we are proving strict comparison, we always try
11656   // to prove non-equality and non-strict comparison separately.
11657   CmpPredicate NonStrictPredicate = ICmpInst::getNonStrictCmpPredicate(Pred);
11658   const bool ProvingStrictComparison =
11659       Pred != NonStrictPredicate.dropSameSign();
11660   bool ProvedNonStrictComparison = false;
11661   bool ProvedNonEquality = false;
11662 
11663   auto SplitAndProve = [&](std::function<bool(CmpPredicate)> Fn) -> bool {
11664     if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
11665       ProvedNonStrictComparison = Fn(NonStrictPredicate);
11666     if (!ProvedNonEquality)
11667       ProvedNonEquality = Fn(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE);
11668     if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
11669       return true;
11670     return false;
11671   };
11672 
11673   if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
11674     auto ProofFn = [&](CmpPredicate P) {
11675       return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(P, LHS, RHS);
11676     };
11677     if (SplitAndProve(ProofFn))
11678       return true;
11679   }
11680 
11681   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedCond.
11682   auto ProveViaCond = [&](const Value *Condition, bool Inverse) {
11683     const Instruction *CtxI = &BB->front();
11684     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse, CtxI))
11685       return true;
11686     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
11687       auto ProofFn = [&](CmpPredicate P) {
11688         return isImpliedCond(P, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse, CtxI);
11689       };
11690       if (SplitAndProve(ProofFn))
11691         return true;
11692     }
11693     return false;
11694   };
11695 
11696   // Starting at the block's predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
11697   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
11698   // leading to the original block.
11699   const Loop *ContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(BB);
11700   const BasicBlock *PredBB;
11701   if (ContainingLoop && ContainingLoop->getHeader() == BB)
11702     PredBB = ContainingLoop->getLoopPredecessor();
11703   else
11704     PredBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
11705   for (std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *> Pair(PredBB, BB);
11706        Pair.first; Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
11707     const BranchInst *BlockEntryPredicate =
11708         dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
11709     if (!BlockEntryPredicate || BlockEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
11710       continue;
11711 
11712     if (ProveViaCond(BlockEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
11713                      BlockEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
11714       return true;
11715   }
11716 
11717   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
11718   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
11719     if (!AssumeVH)
11720       continue;
11721     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
11722     if (!DT.dominates(CI, BB))
11723       continue;
11724 
11725     if (ProveViaCond(CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
11726       return true;
11727   }
11728 
11729   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.experimental.guard intrinsics.
11730   auto *GuardDecl = Intrinsic::getDeclarationIfExists(
11731       F.getParent(), Intrinsic::experimental_guard);
11732   if (GuardDecl)
11733     for (const auto *GU : GuardDecl->users())
11734       if (const auto *Guard = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(GU))
11735         if (Guard->getFunction() == BB->getParent() && DT.dominates(Guard, BB))
11736           if (ProveViaCond(Guard->getArgOperand(0), false))
11737             return true;
11738   return false;
11739 }
11740 
11741 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L, CmpPredicate Pred,
11742                                                const SCEV *LHS,
11743                                                const SCEV *RHS) {
11744   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
11745   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
11746   if (!L)
11747     return false;
11748 
11749   // Both LHS and RHS must be available at loop entry.
11750   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(LHS, L) &&
11751          "LHS is not available at Loop Entry");
11752   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(RHS, L) &&
11753          "RHS is not available at Loop Entry");
11754 
11755   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11756     return true;
11757 
11758   return isBasicBlockEntryGuardedByCond(L->getHeader(), Pred, LHS, RHS);
11759 }
11760 
11761 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11762                                     const SCEV *RHS,
11763                                     const Value *FoundCondValue, bool Inverse,
11764                                     const Instruction *CtxI) {
11765   // False conditions implies anything. Do not bother analyzing it further.
11766   if (FoundCondValue ==
11767       ConstantInt::getBool(FoundCondValue->getContext(), Inverse))
11768     return true;
11769 
11770   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
11771     return false;
11772 
11773   auto ClearOnExit =
11774       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
11775 
11776   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
11777   const Value *Op0, *Op1;
11778   if (match(FoundCondValue, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(Op0), m_Value(Op1)))) {
11779     if (!Inverse)
11780       return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Op0, Inverse, CtxI) ||
11781              isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Op1, Inverse, CtxI);
11782   } else if (match(FoundCondValue, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(Op0), m_Value(Op1)))) {
11783     if (Inverse)
11784       return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Op0, Inverse, CtxI) ||
11785              isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Op1, Inverse, CtxI);
11786   }
11787 
11788   const ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
11789   if (!ICI) return false;
11790 
11791   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
11792   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
11793   CmpPredicate FoundPred;
11794   if (Inverse)
11795     FoundPred = ICI->getInverseCmpPredicate();
11796   else
11797     FoundPred = ICI->getCmpPredicate();
11798 
11799   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
11800   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
11801 
11802   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI);
11803 }
11804 
11805 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
11806                                     const SCEV *RHS, CmpPredicate FoundPred,
11807                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS,
11808                                     const Instruction *CtxI) {
11809   // Balance the types.
11810   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
11811       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
11812     // For unsigned and equality predicates, try to prove that both found
11813     // operands fit into narrow unsigned range. If so, try to prove facts in
11814     // narrow types.
11815     if (!CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred) && !FoundLHS->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11816         !FoundRHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
11817       auto *NarrowType = LHS->getType();
11818       auto *WideType = FoundLHS->getType();
11819       auto BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(NarrowType);
11820       const SCEV *MaxValue = getZeroExtendExpr(
11821           getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth)), WideType);
11822       if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, FoundLHS,
11823                                           MaxValue) &&
11824           isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, FoundRHS,
11825                                           MaxValue)) {
11826         const SCEV *TruncFoundLHS = getTruncateExpr(FoundLHS, NarrowType);
11827         const SCEV *TruncFoundRHS = getTruncateExpr(FoundRHS, NarrowType);
11828         // We cannot preserve samesign after truncation.
11829         if (isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred.dropSameSign(),
11830                                        TruncFoundLHS, TruncFoundRHS, CtxI))
11831           return true;
11832       }
11833     }
11834 
11835     if (LHS->getType()->isPointerTy() || RHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
11836       return false;
11837     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
11838       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
11839       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
11840     } else {
11841       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
11842       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
11843     }
11844   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
11845       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
11846     if (FoundLHS->getType()->isPointerTy() || FoundRHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
11847       return false;
11848     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
11849       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
11850       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
11851     } else {
11852       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
11853       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
11854     }
11855   }
11856   return isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS,
11857                                     FoundRHS, CtxI);
11858 }
11859 
11860 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondBalancedTypes(
11861     CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, CmpPredicate FoundPred,
11862     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS, const Instruction *CtxI) {
11863   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
11864              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) &&
11865          "Types should be balanced!");
11866   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
11867   // canonicalized the comparison.
11868   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
11869     if (LHS == RHS)
11870       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
11871   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
11872     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
11873       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
11874 
11875   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
11876   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
11877     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
11878       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
11879       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(FoundPred);
11880     } else {
11881       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
11882       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
11883     }
11884   }
11885 
11886   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
11887   if (auto P = CmpPredicate::getMatching(FoundPred, Pred))
11888     return isImpliedCondOperands(*P, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI);
11889 
11890   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
11891   // desired predicate.
11892   if (auto P = CmpPredicate::getMatching(
11893           ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(FoundPred), Pred)) {
11894     // We can write the implication
11895     // 0.  LHS Pred      RHS  <-   FoundLHS SwapPred  FoundRHS
11896     // using one of the following ways:
11897     // 1.  LHS Pred      RHS  <-   FoundRHS Pred      FoundLHS
11898     // 2.  RHS SwapPred  LHS  <-   FoundLHS SwapPred  FoundRHS
11899     // 3.  LHS Pred      RHS  <-  ~FoundLHS Pred     ~FoundRHS
11900     // 4. ~LHS SwapPred ~RHS  <-   FoundLHS SwapPred  FoundRHS
11901     // Forms 1. and 2. require swapping the operands of one condition. Don't
11902     // do this if it would break canonical constant/addrec ordering.
11903     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) && !isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
11904       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(*P), RHS,
11905                                    LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI);
11906     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS) && !isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS))
11907       return isImpliedCondOperands(*P, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS, CtxI);
11908 
11909     // There's no clear preference between forms 3. and 4., try both.  Avoid
11910     // forming getNotSCEV of pointer values as the resulting subtract is
11911     // not legal.
11912     if (!LHS->getType()->isPointerTy() && !RHS->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11913         isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(*P),
11914                               getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS), FoundLHS,
11915                               FoundRHS, CtxI))
11916       return true;
11917 
11918     if (!FoundLHS->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11919         !FoundRHS->getType()->isPointerTy() &&
11920         isImpliedCondOperands(*P, LHS, RHS, getNotSCEV(FoundLHS),
11921                               getNotSCEV(FoundRHS), CtxI))
11922       return true;
11923 
11924     return false;
11925   }
11926 
11927   auto IsSignFlippedPredicate = [](CmpInst::Predicate P1,
11928                                    CmpInst::Predicate P2) {
11929     assert(P1 != P2 && "Handled earlier!");
11930     return CmpInst::isRelational(P2) &&
11931            P1 == ICmpInst::getFlippedSignednessPredicate(P2);
11932   };
11933   if (IsSignFlippedPredicate(Pred, FoundPred)) {
11934     // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the
11935     // operands are non-negative or negative.
11936     if ((isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS)) ||
11937         (isKnownNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNegative(FoundRHS)))
11938       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI);
11939     // Create local copies that we can freely swap and canonicalize our
11940     // conditions to "le/lt".
11941     CmpPredicate CanonicalPred = Pred, CanonicalFoundPred = FoundPred;
11942     const SCEV *CanonicalLHS = LHS, *CanonicalRHS = RHS,
11943                *CanonicalFoundLHS = FoundLHS, *CanonicalFoundRHS = FoundRHS;
11944     if (ICmpInst::isGT(CanonicalPred) || ICmpInst::isGE(CanonicalPred)) {
11945       CanonicalPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(CanonicalPred);
11946       CanonicalFoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(CanonicalFoundPred);
11947       std::swap(CanonicalLHS, CanonicalRHS);
11948       std::swap(CanonicalFoundLHS, CanonicalFoundRHS);
11949     }
11950     assert((ICmpInst::isLT(CanonicalPred) || ICmpInst::isLE(CanonicalPred)) &&
11951            "Must be!");
11952     assert((ICmpInst::isLT(CanonicalFoundPred) ||
11953             ICmpInst::isLE(CanonicalFoundPred)) &&
11954            "Must be!");
11955     if (ICmpInst::isSigned(CanonicalPred) && isKnownNonNegative(CanonicalRHS))
11956       // Use implication:
11957       // x <u y && y >=s 0 --> x <s y.
11958       // If we can prove the left part, the right part is also proven.
11959       return isImpliedCondOperands(CanonicalFoundPred, CanonicalLHS,
11960                                    CanonicalRHS, CanonicalFoundLHS,
11961                                    CanonicalFoundRHS);
11962     if (ICmpInst::isUnsigned(CanonicalPred) && isKnownNegative(CanonicalRHS))
11963       // Use implication:
11964       // x <s y && y <s 0 --> x <u y.
11965       // If we can prove the left part, the right part is also proven.
11966       return isImpliedCondOperands(CanonicalFoundPred, CanonicalLHS,
11967                                    CanonicalRHS, CanonicalFoundLHS,
11968                                    CanonicalFoundRHS);
11969   }
11970 
11971   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
11972   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
11973       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
11974 
11975     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
11976     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
11977 
11978     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
11979       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
11980       V = FoundRHS;
11981     } else {
11982       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
11983       V = FoundLHS;
11984     }
11985 
11986     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
11987     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
11988     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
11989     // predicate we're interested in folding.
11990 
11991     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
11992         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
11993 
11994     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
11995       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
11996       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
11997       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
11998 
11999       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
12000 
12001       switch (Pred) {
12002         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
12003         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
12004           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
12005           // RHS, we're done.
12006           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(SharperMin),
12007                                     CtxI))
12008             return true;
12009           [[fallthrough]];
12010 
12011         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
12012         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
12013           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
12014           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
12015           // == Min).  This gives us
12016           //
12017           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
12018           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
12019           //
12020           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
12021 
12022           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min), CtxI))
12023             return true;
12024           break;
12025 
12026         // `LHS < RHS` and `LHS <= RHS` are handled in the same way as `RHS > LHS` and `RHS >= LHS` respectively.
12027         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
12028         case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
12029           if (isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred), RHS,
12030                                     LHS, V, getConstant(SharperMin), CtxI))
12031             return true;
12032           [[fallthrough]];
12033 
12034         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
12035         case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
12036           if (isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred), RHS,
12037                                     LHS, V, getConstant(Min), CtxI))
12038             return true;
12039           break;
12040 
12041         default:
12042           // No change
12043           break;
12044       }
12045     }
12046   }
12047 
12048   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
12049   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
12050     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
12051       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI))
12052         return true;
12053   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
12054     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
12055       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, CtxI))
12056         return true;
12057 
12058   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
12059     return true;
12060 
12061   // Otherwise assume the worst.
12062   return false;
12063 }
12064 
12065 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
12066                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
12067                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
12068   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
12069   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
12070     return false;
12071 
12072   L = AE->getOperand(0);
12073   R = AE->getOperand(1);
12074   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
12075   return true;
12076 }
12077 
12078 std::optional<APInt>
12079 ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More, const SCEV *Less) {
12080   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
12081   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
12082 
12083   unsigned BW = getTypeSizeInBits(More->getType());
12084   APInt Diff(BW, 0);
12085   APInt DiffMul(BW, 1);
12086   // Try various simplifications to reduce the difference to a constant. Limit
12087   // the number of allowed simplifications to keep compile-time low.
12088   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 8; ++I) {
12089     if (More == Less)
12090       return Diff;
12091 
12092     // Reduce addrecs with identical steps to their start value.
12093     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
12094       const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
12095       const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
12096 
12097       if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
12098         return std::nullopt;
12099 
12100       // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
12101       // getStepRecurrence cheap.
12102       if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
12103         return std::nullopt;
12104 
12105       if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
12106         return std::nullopt;
12107 
12108       Less = LAR->getStart();
12109       More = MAR->getStart();
12110       continue;
12111     }
12112 
12113     // Try to match a common constant multiply.
12114     auto MatchConstMul =
12115         [](const SCEV *S) -> std::optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, APInt>> {
12116       auto *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
12117       if (!M || M->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
12118           !isa<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(0)))
12119         return std::nullopt;
12120       return {
12121           {M->getOperand(1), cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(0))->getAPInt()}};
12122     };
12123     if (auto MatchedMore = MatchConstMul(More)) {
12124       if (auto MatchedLess = MatchConstMul(Less)) {
12125         if (MatchedMore->second == MatchedLess->second) {
12126           More = MatchedMore->first;
12127           Less = MatchedLess->first;
12128           DiffMul *= MatchedMore->second;
12129           continue;
12130         }
12131       }
12132     }
12133 
12134     // Try to cancel out common factors in two add expressions.
12135     SmallDenseMap<const SCEV *, int, 8> Multiplicity;
12136     auto Add = [&](const SCEV *S, int Mul) {
12137       if (auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
12138         if (Mul == 1) {
12139           Diff += C->getAPInt() * DiffMul;
12140         } else {
12141           assert(Mul == -1);
12142           Diff -= C->getAPInt() * DiffMul;
12143         }
12144       } else
12145         Multiplicity[S] += Mul;
12146     };
12147     auto Decompose = [&](const SCEV *S, int Mul) {
12148       if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
12149         for (const SCEV *Op : S->operands())
12150           Add(Op, Mul);
12151       } else
12152         Add(S, Mul);
12153     };
12154     Decompose(More, 1);
12155     Decompose(Less, -1);
12156 
12157     // Check whether all the non-constants cancel out, or reduce to new
12158     // More/Less values.
12159     const SCEV *NewMore = nullptr, *NewLess = nullptr;
12160     for (const auto &[S, Mul] : Multiplicity) {
12161       if (Mul == 0)
12162         continue;
12163       if (Mul == 1) {
12164         if (NewMore)
12165           return std::nullopt;
12166         NewMore = S;
12167       } else if (Mul == -1) {
12168         if (NewLess)
12169           return std::nullopt;
12170         NewLess = S;
12171       } else
12172         return std::nullopt;
12173     }
12174 
12175     // Values stayed the same, no point in trying further.
12176     if (NewMore == More || NewLess == Less)
12177       return std::nullopt;
12178 
12179     More = NewMore;
12180     Less = NewLess;
12181 
12182     // Reduced to constant.
12183     if (!More && !Less)
12184       return Diff;
12185 
12186     // Left with variable on only one side, bail out.
12187     if (!More || !Less)
12188       return std::nullopt;
12189   }
12190 
12191   // Did not reduce to constant.
12192   return std::nullopt;
12193 }
12194 
12195 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(
12196     CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12197     const SCEV *FoundRHS, const Instruction *CtxI) {
12198   // Try to recognize the following pattern:
12199   //
12200   //   FoundRHS = ...
12201   // ...
12202   // loop:
12203   //   FoundLHS = {Start,+,W}
12204   // context_bb: // Basic block from the same loop
12205   //   known(Pred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS)
12206   //
12207   // If some predicate is known in the context of a loop, it is also known on
12208   // each iteration of this loop, including the first iteration. Therefore, in
12209   // this case, `FoundLHS Pred FoundRHS` implies `Start Pred FoundRHS`. Try to
12210   // prove the original pred using this fact.
12211   if (!CtxI)
12212     return false;
12213   const BasicBlock *ContextBB = CtxI->getParent();
12214   // Make sure AR varies in the context block.
12215   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS)) {
12216     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
12217     // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
12218     // (if it ever executes at all).
12219     if (!L->contains(ContextBB) || !DT.dominates(ContextBB, L->getLoopLatch()))
12220       return false;
12221     if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, AR->getLoop()))
12222       return false;
12223     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, AR->getStart(), FoundRHS);
12224   }
12225 
12226   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundRHS)) {
12227     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
12228     // Make sure that context belongs to the loop and executes on 1st iteration
12229     // (if it ever executes at all).
12230     if (!L->contains(ContextBB) || !DT.dominates(ContextBB, L->getLoopLatch()))
12231       return false;
12232     if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundLHS, AR->getLoop()))
12233       return false;
12234     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, AR->getStart());
12235   }
12236 
12237   return false;
12238 }
12239 
12240 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(CmpPredicate Pred,
12241                                                          const SCEV *LHS,
12242                                                          const SCEV *RHS,
12243                                                          const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12244                                                          const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
12245   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
12246     return false;
12247 
12248   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
12249   if (!AddRecLHS)
12250     return false;
12251 
12252   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
12253   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
12254     return false;
12255 
12256   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
12257   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
12258   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
12259 
12260   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
12261   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
12262     return false;
12263 
12264   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
12265   //
12266   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
12267   //                                                                  ... (2)
12268   //
12269   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
12270   //
12271   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
12272   //
12273   // Then
12274   //
12275   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
12276   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
12277   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
12278   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
12279   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
12280   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
12281   //
12282   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
12283   //
12284   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
12285   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
12286   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
12287   //
12288   // Note:
12289   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
12290   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
12291   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
12292   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
12293   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
12294   // C)".
12295 
12296   std::optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
12297   if (!LDiff)
12298     return false;
12299   std::optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
12300   if (!RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
12301     return false;
12302 
12303   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
12304     return true;
12305 
12306   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
12307 
12308   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
12309     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
12310   } else {
12311     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
12312     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
12313   }
12314 
12315   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
12316   return isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, L) &&
12317          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
12318                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
12319 }
12320 
12321 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaMerge(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
12322                                         const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12323                                         const SCEV *FoundRHS, unsigned Depth) {
12324   const PHINode *LPhi = nullptr, *RPhi = nullptr;
12325 
12326   auto ClearOnExit = make_scope_exit([&]() {
12327     if (LPhi) {
12328       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(LPhi);
12329       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase LPhi!");
12330       (void)Erased;
12331     }
12332     if (RPhi) {
12333       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(RPhi);
12334       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase RPhi!");
12335       (void)Erased;
12336     }
12337   });
12338 
12339   // Find respective Phis and check that they are not being pending.
12340   if (const SCEVUnknown *LU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS))
12341     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LU->getValue())) {
12342       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
12343         return false;
12344       LPhi = Phi;
12345     }
12346   if (const SCEVUnknown *RU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS))
12347     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(RU->getValue())) {
12348       // If we detect a loop of Phi nodes being processed by this method, for
12349       // example:
12350       //
12351       //   %a = phi i32 [ %some1, %preheader ], [ %b, %latch ]
12352       //   %b = phi i32 [ %some2, %preheader ], [ %a, %latch ]
12353       //
12354       // we don't want to deal with a case that complex, so return conservative
12355       // answer false.
12356       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
12357         return false;
12358       RPhi = Phi;
12359     }
12360 
12361   // If none of LHS, RHS is a Phi, nothing to do here.
12362   if (!LPhi && !RPhi)
12363     return false;
12364 
12365   // If there is a SCEVUnknown Phi we are interested in, make it left.
12366   if (!LPhi) {
12367     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12368     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
12369     std::swap(LPhi, RPhi);
12370     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
12371   }
12372 
12373   assert(LPhi && "LPhi should definitely be a SCEVUnknown Phi!");
12374   const BasicBlock *LBB = LPhi->getParent();
12375   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
12376 
12377   auto ProvedEasily = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
12378     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, S1, S2) ||
12379            isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, S1, S2, Pred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
12380            isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, S1, S2, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth);
12381   };
12382 
12383   if (RPhi && RPhi->getParent() == LBB) {
12384     // Case one: RHS is also a SCEVUnknown Phi from the same basic block.
12385     // If we compare two Phis from the same block, and for each entry block
12386     // the predicate is true for incoming values from this block, then the
12387     // predicate is also true for the Phis.
12388     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
12389       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
12390       const SCEV *R = getSCEV(RPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
12391       if (!ProvedEasily(L, R))
12392         return false;
12393     }
12394   } else if (RAR && RAR->getLoop()->getHeader() == LBB) {
12395     // Case two: RHS is also a Phi from the same basic block, and it is an
12396     // AddRec. It means that there is a loop which has both AddRec and Unknown
12397     // PHIs, for it we can compare incoming values of AddRec from above the loop
12398     // and latch with their respective incoming values of LPhi.
12399     // TODO: Generalize to handle loops with many inputs in a header.
12400     if (LPhi->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return false;
12401 
12402     auto *RLoop = RAR->getLoop();
12403     auto *Predecessor = RLoop->getLoopPredecessor();
12404     assert(Predecessor && "Loop with AddRec with no predecessor?");
12405     const SCEV *L1 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor));
12406     if (!ProvedEasily(L1, RAR->getStart()))
12407       return false;
12408     auto *Latch = RLoop->getLoopLatch();
12409     assert(Latch && "Loop with AddRec with no latch?");
12410     const SCEV *L2 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch));
12411     if (!ProvedEasily(L2, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this)))
12412       return false;
12413   } else {
12414     // In all other cases go over inputs of LHS and compare each of them to RHS,
12415     // the predicate is true for (LHS, RHS) if it is true for all such pairs.
12416     // At this point RHS is either a non-Phi, or it is a Phi from some block
12417     // different from LBB.
12418     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
12419       // Check that RHS is available in this block.
12420       if (!dominates(RHS, IncBB))
12421         return false;
12422       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
12423       // Make sure L does not refer to a value from a potentially previous
12424       // iteration of a loop.
12425       if (!properlyDominates(L, LBB))
12426         return false;
12427       // Addrecs are considered to properly dominate their loop, so are missed
12428       // by the previous check. Discard any values that have computable
12429       // evolution in this loop.
12430       if (auto *Loop = LI.getLoopFor(LBB))
12431         if (hasComputableLoopEvolution(L, Loop))
12432           return false;
12433       if (!ProvedEasily(L, RHS))
12434         return false;
12435     }
12436   }
12437   return true;
12438 }
12439 
12440 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaShift(CmpPredicate Pred,
12441                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
12442                                                     const SCEV *RHS,
12443                                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12444                                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
12445   // We want to imply LHS < RHS from LHS < (RHS >> shiftvalue).  First, make
12446   // sure that we are dealing with same LHS.
12447   if (RHS == FoundRHS) {
12448     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12449     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
12450     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
12451   }
12452   if (LHS != FoundLHS)
12453     return false;
12454 
12455   auto *SUFoundRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(FoundRHS);
12456   if (!SUFoundRHS)
12457     return false;
12458 
12459   Value *Shiftee, *ShiftValue;
12460 
12461   using namespace PatternMatch;
12462   if (match(SUFoundRHS->getValue(),
12463             m_LShr(m_Value(Shiftee), m_Value(ShiftValue)))) {
12464     auto *ShifteeS = getSCEV(Shiftee);
12465     // Prove one of the following:
12466     // LHS <u (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=u RHS ---> LHS <u RHS
12467     // LHS <=u (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=u RHS ---> LHS <=u RHS
12468     // LHS <s (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=s RHS && shiftee >=s 0
12469     //   ---> LHS <s RHS
12470     // LHS <=s (shiftee >> shiftvalue) && shiftee <=s RHS && shiftee >=s 0
12471     //   ---> LHS <=s RHS
12472     if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
12473       return isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, ShifteeS, RHS);
12474     if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
12475       if (isKnownNonNegative(ShifteeS))
12476         return isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, ShifteeS, RHS);
12477   }
12478 
12479   return false;
12480 }
12481 
12482 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
12483                                             const SCEV *RHS,
12484                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12485                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS,
12486                                             const Instruction *CtxI) {
12487   return isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, Pred, FoundLHS,
12488                                         FoundRHS) ||
12489          isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS,
12490                                             FoundRHS) ||
12491          isImpliedCondOperandsViaShift(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
12492          isImpliedCondOperandsViaAddRecStart(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS,
12493                                              CtxI) ||
12494          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
12495 }
12496 
12497 /// Is MaybeMinMaxExpr an (U|S)(Min|Max) of Candidate and some other values?
12498 template <typename MinMaxExprType>
12499 static bool IsMinMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMinMaxExpr,
12500                                  const SCEV *Candidate) {
12501   const MinMaxExprType *MinMaxExpr = dyn_cast<MinMaxExprType>(MaybeMinMaxExpr);
12502   if (!MinMaxExpr)
12503     return false;
12504 
12505   return is_contained(MinMaxExpr->operands(), Candidate);
12506 }
12507 
12508 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
12509                                            CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
12510                                            const SCEV *RHS) {
12511   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
12512   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
12513   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
12514 
12515   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
12516     return false;
12517 
12518   const SCEV *LStart, *RStart, *Step;
12519   const Loop *L;
12520   if (!match(LHS,
12521              m_scev_AffineAddRec(m_SCEV(LStart), m_SCEV(Step), m_Loop(L))) ||
12522       !match(RHS, m_scev_AffineAddRec(m_SCEV(RStart), m_scev_Specific(Step),
12523                                       m_SpecificLoop(L))))
12524     return false;
12525   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
12526   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
12527   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
12528                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
12529   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
12530     return false;
12531 
12532   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LStart, RStart);
12533 }
12534 
12535 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
12536 /// expression?
12537 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE, CmpPredicate Pred,
12538                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
12539   switch (Pred) {
12540   default:
12541     return false;
12542 
12543   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
12544     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12545     [[fallthrough]];
12546   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
12547     return
12548         // min(A, ...) <= A
12549         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMinExpr>(LHS, RHS) ||
12550         // A <= max(A, ...)
12551         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
12552 
12553   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
12554     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12555     [[fallthrough]];
12556   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
12557     return
12558         // min(A, ...) <= A
12559         // FIXME: what about umin_seq?
12560         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMinExpr>(LHS, RHS) ||
12561         // A <= max(A, ...)
12562         IsMinMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
12563   }
12564 
12565   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
12566 }
12567 
12568 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
12569                                              const SCEV *RHS,
12570                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12571                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
12572                                              unsigned Depth) {
12573   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
12574              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
12575          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
12576   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
12577              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
12578          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
12579   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
12580   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
12581     return false;
12582 
12583   // We only want to work with GT comparison so far.
12584   if (ICmpInst::isLT(Pred)) {
12585     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedCmpPredicate(Pred);
12586     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12587     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
12588   }
12589 
12590   CmpInst::Predicate P = Pred.getPreferredSignedPredicate();
12591 
12592   // For unsigned, try to reduce it to corresponding signed comparison.
12593   if (P == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
12594     // We can replace unsigned predicate with its signed counterpart if all
12595     // involved values are non-negative.
12596     // TODO: We could have better support for unsigned.
12597     if (isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS)) {
12598       // Knowing that both FoundLHS and FoundRHS are non-negative, and knowing
12599       // FoundLHS >u FoundRHS, we also know that FoundLHS >s FoundRHS. Let us
12600       // use this fact to prove that LHS and RHS are non-negative.
12601       const SCEV *MinusOne = getMinusOne(LHS->getType());
12602       if (isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, MinusOne, FoundLHS,
12603                                 FoundRHS) &&
12604           isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, RHS, MinusOne, FoundLHS,
12605                                 FoundRHS))
12606         P = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
12607     }
12608 
12609   if (P != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
12610     return false;
12611 
12612   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
12613     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
12614       return Ext->getOperand();
12615     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
12616     // the constant in some cases.
12617     return S;
12618   };
12619 
12620   // Acquire values from extensions.
12621   auto *OrigLHS = LHS;
12622   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
12623   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
12624   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
12625 
12626   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
12627   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
12628     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
12629            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
12630                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
12631   };
12632 
12633   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
12634     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
12635     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
12636     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
12637     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
12638     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
12639     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
12640       return false;
12641 
12642     // Should not overflow.
12643     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
12644       return false;
12645 
12646     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
12647     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
12648     auto *MinusOne = getMinusOne(RHS->getType());
12649 
12650     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
12651     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
12652       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
12653     };
12654     // Try to prove the following rule:
12655     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
12656     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
12657     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
12658       return true;
12659   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
12660     Value *LL, *LR;
12661     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
12662 
12663     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
12664 
12665     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
12666       // Rules for division.
12667       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
12668       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
12669       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
12670       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
12671       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
12672       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
12673       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
12674       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
12675         return false;
12676 
12677       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
12678 
12679       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
12680       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
12681       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
12682       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
12683         return false;
12684 
12685       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
12686       // is positive.
12687       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
12688         return false;
12689 
12690       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
12691       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
12692       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
12693         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
12694         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
12695         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
12696         // to avoid this check.
12697         return false;
12698 
12699       // Given that:
12700       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
12701       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
12702       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
12703       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
12704 
12705       // Try to prove the following rule:
12706       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
12707       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
12708       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
12709       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
12710       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
12711           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
12712         return true;
12713 
12714       // Try to prove the following rule:
12715       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
12716       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
12717       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
12718       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
12719       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
12720       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
12721       auto *MinusOne = getMinusOne(WTy);
12722       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
12723       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
12724           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
12725         return true;
12726     }
12727   }
12728 
12729   // If our expression contained SCEVUnknown Phis, and we split it down and now
12730   // need to prove something for them, try to prove the predicate for every
12731   // possible incoming values of those Phis.
12732   if (isImpliedViaMerge(Pred, OrigLHS, RHS, OrigFoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth + 1))
12733     return true;
12734 
12735   return false;
12736 }
12737 
12738 static bool isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
12739                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
12740   // zext x u<= sext x, sext x s<= zext x
12741   const SCEV *Op;
12742   switch (Pred) {
12743   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
12744     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12745     [[fallthrough]];
12746   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
12747     // If operand >=s 0 then ZExt == SExt. If operand <s 0 then SExt <s ZExt.
12748     return match(LHS, m_scev_SExt(m_SCEV(Op))) &&
12749            match(RHS, m_scev_ZExt(m_scev_Specific(Op)));
12750   }
12751   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
12752     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
12753     [[fallthrough]];
12754   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
12755     // If operand >=u 0 then ZExt == SExt.  If operand <u 0 then ZExt <u SExt.
12756     return match(LHS, m_scev_ZExt(m_SCEV(Op))) &&
12757            match(RHS, m_scev_SExt(m_scev_Specific(Op)));
12758   }
12759   default:
12760     return false;
12761   };
12762   llvm_unreachable("unhandled case");
12763 }
12764 
12765 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(CmpPredicate Pred,
12766                                                       const SCEV *LHS,
12767                                                       const SCEV *RHS) {
12768   return isKnownPredicateExtendIdiom(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
12769          isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
12770          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
12771          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
12772          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
12773 }
12774 
12775 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(CmpPredicate Pred,
12776                                                   const SCEV *LHS,
12777                                                   const SCEV *RHS,
12778                                                   const SCEV *FoundLHS,
12779                                                   const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
12780   switch (Pred) {
12781   default:
12782     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected CmpPredicate value!");
12783   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
12784   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
12785     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
12786       return true;
12787     break;
12788   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
12789   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
12790     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
12791         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
12792       return true;
12793     break;
12794   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
12795   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
12796     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
12797         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
12798       return true;
12799     break;
12800   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
12801   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
12802     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
12803         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
12804       return true;
12805     break;
12806   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
12807   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
12808     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
12809         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
12810       return true;
12811     break;
12812   }
12813 
12814   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
12815   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
12816     return true;
12817 
12818   return false;
12819 }
12820 
12821 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(
12822     CmpPredicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, CmpPredicate FoundPred,
12823     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
12824   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
12825     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
12826     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
12827     return false;
12828 
12829   std::optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
12830   if (!Addend)
12831     return false;
12832 
12833   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
12834 
12835   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
12836   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `FoundPred` `FoundRHS`".
12837   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
12838       ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(FoundPred, ConstFoundRHS);
12839 
12840   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
12841   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
12842 
12843   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
12844   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
12845   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
12846   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
12847   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
12848   return LHSRange.icmp(Pred, ConstRHS);
12849 }
12850 
12851 bool ScalarEvolution::canIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
12852                                         bool IsSigned) {
12853   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
12854 
12855   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
12856   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
12857 
12858   if (IsSigned) {
12859     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
12860     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
12861     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
12862 
12863     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
12864     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
12865   }
12866 
12867   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
12868   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
12869   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
12870 
12871   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
12872   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
12873 }
12874 
12875 bool ScalarEvolution::canIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
12876                                         bool IsSigned) {
12877 
12878   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
12879   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
12880 
12881   if (IsSigned) {
12882     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
12883     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
12884     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
12885 
12886     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
12887     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
12888   }
12889 
12890   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
12891   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
12892   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
12893 
12894   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
12895   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
12896 }
12897 
12898 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivCeilSCEV(const SCEV *N, const SCEV *D) {
12899   // umin(N, 1) + floor((N - umin(N, 1)) / D)
12900   // This is equivalent to "1 + floor((N - 1) / D)" for N != 0. The umin
12901   // expression fixes the case of N=0.
12902   const SCEV *MinNOne = getUMinExpr(N, getOne(N->getType()));
12903   const SCEV *NMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(N, MinNOne);
12904   return getAddExpr(MinNOne, getUDivExpr(NMinusOne, D));
12905 }
12906 
12907 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV *Start,
12908                                                     const SCEV *Stride,
12909                                                     const SCEV *End,
12910                                                     unsigned BitWidth,
12911                                                     bool IsSigned) {
12912   // The logic in this function assumes we can represent a positive stride.
12913   // If we can't, the backedge-taken count must be zero.
12914   if (IsSigned && BitWidth == 1)
12915     return getZero(Stride->getType());
12916 
12917   // This code below only been closely audited for negative strides in the
12918   // unsigned comparison case, it may be correct for signed comparison, but
12919   // that needs to be established.
12920   if (IsSigned && isKnownNegative(Stride))
12921     return getCouldNotCompute();
12922 
12923   // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
12924   // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
12925   APInt MinStart =
12926       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
12927 
12928   APInt MinStride =
12929       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
12930 
12931   // We assume either the stride is positive, or the backedge-taken count
12932   // is zero. So force StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
12933   APInt One(BitWidth, 1);
12934   APInt StrideForMaxBECount = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(One, MinStride)
12935                                        : APIntOps::umax(One, MinStride);
12936 
12937   APInt MaxValue = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)
12938                             : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
12939   APInt Limit = MaxValue - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
12940 
12941   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
12942   // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
12943   // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
12944   // taken count.
12945   APInt MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End), Limit)
12946                           : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End), Limit);
12947 
12948   // MaxBECount = ceil((max(MaxEnd, MinStart) - MinStart) / Stride)
12949   MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(MaxEnd, MinStart)
12950                     : APIntOps::umax(MaxEnd, MinStart);
12951 
12952   return getUDivCeilSCEV(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart) /* Delta */,
12953                          getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount) /* Step */);
12954 }
12955 
12956 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
12957 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
12958                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
12959                                   bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
12960   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> Predicates;
12961 
12962   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
12963   bool PredicatedIV = false;
12964   if (!IV) {
12965     if (auto *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(LHS)) {
12966       const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
12967       if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
12968         auto canProveNUW = [&]() {
12969           // We can use the comparison to infer no-wrap flags only if it fully
12970           // controls the loop exit.
12971           if (!ControlsOnlyExit)
12972             return false;
12973 
12974           if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
12975             return false;
12976 
12977           if (!isKnownNonZero(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this)))
12978             // We need the sequence defined by AR to strictly increase in the
12979             // unsigned integer domain for the logic below to hold.
12980             return false;
12981 
12982           const unsigned InnerBitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
12983           const unsigned OuterBitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
12984           // If RHS <=u Limit, then there must exist a value V in the sequence
12985           // defined by AR (e.g. {Start,+,Step}) such that V >u RHS, and
12986           // V <=u UINT_MAX.  Thus, we must exit the loop before unsigned
12987           // overflow occurs.  This limit also implies that a signed comparison
12988           // (in the wide bitwidth) is equivalent to an unsigned comparison as
12989           // the high bits on both sides must be zero.
12990           APInt StrideMax = getUnsignedRangeMax(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
12991           APInt Limit = APInt::getMaxValue(InnerBitWidth) - (StrideMax - 1);
12992           Limit = Limit.zext(OuterBitWidth);
12993           return getUnsignedRangeMax(applyLoopGuards(RHS, L)).ule(Limit);
12994         };
12995         auto Flags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
12996         if (!hasFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW) && canProveNUW())
12997           Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
12998 
12999         setNoWrapFlags(const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR), Flags);
13000         if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
13001           // Emulate what getZeroExtendExpr would have done during construction
13002           // if we'd been able to infer the fact just above at that time.
13003           const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
13004           Type *Ty = ZExt->getType();
13005           auto *S = getAddRecExpr(
13006             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, 0),
13007             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, 0), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
13008           IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
13009         }
13010       }
13011     }
13012   }
13013 
13014 
13015   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
13016     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
13017     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
13018     // algorithm below.
13019     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
13020     PredicatedIV = true;
13021   }
13022 
13023   // Avoid weird loops
13024   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
13025     return getCouldNotCompute();
13026 
13027   // A precondition of this method is that the condition being analyzed
13028   // reaches an exiting branch which dominates the latch.  Given that, we can
13029   // assume that an increment which violates the nowrap specification and
13030   // produces poison must cause undefined behavior when the resulting poison
13031   // value is branched upon and thus we can conclude that the backedge is
13032   // taken no more often than would be required to produce that poison value.
13033   // Note that a well defined loop can exit on the iteration which violates
13034   // the nowrap specification if there is another exit (either explicit or
13035   // implicit/exceptional) which causes the loop to execute before the
13036   // exiting instruction we're analyzing would trigger UB.
13037   auto WrapType = IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
13038   bool NoWrap = ControlsOnlyExit && IV->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
13039   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
13040 
13041   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
13042 
13043   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
13044 
13045   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
13046   if (!PositiveStride) {
13047     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
13048     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
13049     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
13050     //
13051     // i = start
13052     // do {
13053     //   A[i] = i;
13054     //   i += s;
13055     // } while (i < end);
13056     //
13057     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
13058     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
13059     //
13060     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
13061     // of the above formula is as follows -
13062     //
13063     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
13064     //    NoWrap flag).
13065     // b) the loop is guaranteed to be finite (e.g. is mustprogress and has
13066     //    no side effects within the loop)
13067     // c) loop has a single static exit (with no abnormal exits)
13068     //
13069     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
13070     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
13071     //
13072     // Precondition b) and c) combine to imply that if rhs is invariant in L,
13073     // then a zero stride means the backedge can't be taken without executing
13074     // undefined behavior.
13075     //
13076     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
13077     // true (original behavior of the function).
13078     //
13079     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || !loopIsFiniteByAssumption(L) ||
13080         !loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L))
13081       return getCouldNotCompute();
13082 
13083     if (!isKnownNonZero(Stride)) {
13084       // If we have a step of zero, and RHS isn't invariant in L, we don't know
13085       // if it might eventually be greater than start and if so, on which
13086       // iteration.  We can't even produce a useful upper bound.
13087       if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
13088         return getCouldNotCompute();
13089 
13090       // We allow a potentially zero stride, but we need to divide by stride
13091       // below.  Since the loop can't be infinite and this check must control
13092       // the sole exit, we can infer the exit must be taken on the first
13093       // iteration (e.g. backedge count = 0) if the stride is zero.  Given that,
13094       // we know the numerator in the divides below must be zero, so we can
13095       // pick an arbitrary non-zero value for the denominator (e.g. stride)
13096       // and produce the right result.
13097       // FIXME: Handle the case where Stride is poison?
13098       auto wouldZeroStrideBeUB = [&]() {
13099         // Proof by contradiction.  Suppose the stride were zero.  If we can
13100         // prove that the backedge *is* taken on the first iteration, then since
13101         // we know this condition controls the sole exit, we must have an
13102         // infinite loop.  We can't have a (well defined) infinite loop per
13103         // check just above.
13104         // Note: The (Start - Stride) term is used to get the start' term from
13105         // (start' + stride,+,stride). Remember that we only care about the
13106         // result of this expression when stride == 0 at runtime.
13107         auto *StartIfZero = getMinusSCEV(IV->getStart(), Stride);
13108         return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, StartIfZero, RHS);
13109       };
13110       if (!wouldZeroStrideBeUB()) {
13111         Stride = getUMaxExpr(Stride, getOne(Stride->getType()));
13112       }
13113     }
13114   } else if (!NoWrap) {
13115     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
13116     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow.
13117     if (canIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned))
13118       return getCouldNotCompute();
13119   }
13120 
13121   // On all paths just preceeding, we established the following invariant:
13122   //   IV can be assumed not to overflow up to and including the exiting
13123   //   iteration.  We proved this in one of two ways:
13124   //   1) We can show overflow doesn't occur before the exiting iteration
13125   //      1a) canIVOverflowOnLT, and b) step of one
13126   //   2) We can show that if overflow occurs, the loop must execute UB
13127   //      before any possible exit.
13128   // Note that we have not yet proved RHS invariant (in general).
13129 
13130   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
13131 
13132   // Preserve pointer-typed Start/RHS to pass to isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
13133   // If we convert to integers, isLoopEntryGuardedByCond will miss some cases.
13134   // Use integer-typed versions for actual computation; we can't subtract
13135   // pointers in general.
13136   const SCEV *OrigStart = Start;
13137   const SCEV *OrigRHS = RHS;
13138   if (Start->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13139     Start = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Start);
13140     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Start))
13141       return Start;
13142   }
13143   if (RHS->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13144     RHS = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(RHS);
13145     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(RHS))
13146       return RHS;
13147   }
13148 
13149   const SCEV *End = nullptr, *BECount = nullptr,
13150              *BECountIfBackedgeTaken = nullptr;
13151   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
13152     const auto *RHSAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
13153     if (PositiveStride && RHSAddRec != nullptr && RHSAddRec->getLoop() == L &&
13154         RHSAddRec->getNoWrapFlags()) {
13155       // The structure of loop we are trying to calculate backedge count of:
13156       //
13157       //  left = left_start
13158       //  right = right_start
13159       //
13160       //  while(left < right){
13161       //    ... do something here ...
13162       //    left += s1; // stride of left is s1 (s1 > 0)
13163       //    right += s2; // stride of right is s2 (s2 < 0)
13164       //  }
13165       //
13166 
13167       const SCEV *RHSStart = RHSAddRec->getStart();
13168       const SCEV *RHSStride = RHSAddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
13169 
13170       // If Stride - RHSStride is positive and does not overflow, we can write
13171       // backedge count as ->
13172       //    ceil((End - Start) /u (Stride - RHSStride))
13173       //    Where, End = max(RHSStart, Start)
13174 
13175       // Check if RHSStride < 0 and Stride - RHSStride will not overflow.
13176       if (isKnownNegative(RHSStride) &&
13177           willNotOverflow(Instruction::Sub, /*Signed=*/true, Stride,
13178                           RHSStride)) {
13179 
13180         const SCEV *Denominator = getMinusSCEV(Stride, RHSStride);
13181         if (isKnownPositive(Denominator)) {
13182           End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHSStart, Start)
13183                          : getUMaxExpr(RHSStart, Start);
13184 
13185           // We can do this because End >= Start, as End = max(RHSStart, Start)
13186           const SCEV *Delta = getMinusSCEV(End, Start);
13187 
13188           BECount = getUDivCeilSCEV(Delta, Denominator);
13189           BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
13190               getUDivCeilSCEV(getMinusSCEV(RHSStart, Start), Denominator);
13191         }
13192       }
13193     }
13194     if (BECount == nullptr) {
13195       // If we cannot calculate ExactBECount, we can calculate the MaxBECount,
13196       // given the start, stride and max value for the end bound of the
13197       // loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
13198       // checked above).
13199       const SCEV *MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
13200           Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
13201       return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount,
13202                        MaxBECount, false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates);
13203     }
13204   } else {
13205     // We use the expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the
13206     // backedge count, as if the backedge is taken at least once
13207     // max(End,Start) is End and so the result is as above, and if not
13208     // max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge count of zero.
13209     auto *OrigStartMinusStride = getMinusSCEV(OrigStart, Stride);
13210     assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigStartMinusStride, L) && "Must be!");
13211     assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigStart, L) && "Must be!");
13212     assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(OrigRHS, L) && "Must be!");
13213     // Can we prove (max(RHS,Start) > Start - Stride?
13214     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, OrigStartMinusStride, OrigStart) &&
13215         isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, OrigStartMinusStride, OrigRHS)) {
13216       // In this case, we can use a refined formula for computing backedge
13217       // taken count.  The general formula remains:
13218       //   "End-Start /uceiling Stride" where "End = max(RHS,Start)"
13219       // We want to use the alternate formula:
13220       //   "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride"
13221       // Let's do a quick case analysis to show these are equivalent under
13222       // our precondition that max(RHS,Start) > Start - Stride.
13223       // * For RHS <= Start, the backedge-taken count must be zero.
13224       //   "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reduces to
13225       //   "((Start - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" which simplies to
13226       //   "Stride - 1 /u Stride" which is indeed zero for all non-zero values
13227       //     of Stride.  For 0 stride, we've use umin(1,Stride) above,
13228       //     reducing this to the stride of 1 case.
13229       // * For RHS >= Start, the backedge count must be "RHS-Start /uceil
13230       // Stride".
13231       //   "((End - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reduces to
13232       //   "((RHS - 1) - (Start - Stride)) /u Stride" reassociates to
13233       //   "((RHS - (Start - Stride) - 1) /u Stride".
13234       //   Our preconditions trivially imply no overflow in that form.
13235       const SCEV *MinusOne = getMinusOne(Stride->getType());
13236       const SCEV *Numerator =
13237           getMinusSCEV(getAddExpr(RHS, MinusOne), getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride));
13238       BECount = getUDivExpr(Numerator, Stride);
13239     }
13240 
13241     if (!BECount) {
13242       auto canProveRHSGreaterThanEqualStart = [&]() {
13243         auto CondGE = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
13244         const SCEV *GuardedRHS = applyLoopGuards(OrigRHS, L);
13245         const SCEV *GuardedStart = applyLoopGuards(OrigStart, L);
13246 
13247         if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, CondGE, OrigRHS, OrigStart) ||
13248             isKnownPredicate(CondGE, GuardedRHS, GuardedStart))
13249           return true;
13250 
13251         // (RHS > Start - 1) implies RHS >= Start.
13252         // * "RHS >= Start" is trivially equivalent to "RHS > Start - 1" if
13253         //   "Start - 1" doesn't overflow.
13254         // * For signed comparison, if Start - 1 does overflow, it's equal
13255         //   to INT_MAX, and "RHS >s INT_MAX" is trivially false.
13256         // * For unsigned comparison, if Start - 1 does overflow, it's equal
13257         //   to UINT_MAX, and "RHS >u UINT_MAX" is trivially false.
13258         //
13259         // FIXME: Should isLoopEntryGuardedByCond do this for us?
13260         auto CondGT = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
13261         auto *StartMinusOne =
13262             getAddExpr(OrigStart, getMinusOne(OrigStart->getType()));
13263         return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, CondGT, OrigRHS, StartMinusOne);
13264       };
13265 
13266       // If we know that RHS >= Start in the context of loop, then we know
13267       // that max(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
13268       if (canProveRHSGreaterThanEqualStart()) {
13269         End = RHS;
13270       } else {
13271         // If RHS < Start, the backedge will be taken zero times.  So in
13272         // general, we can write the backedge-taken count as:
13273         //
13274         //     RHS >= Start ? ceil(RHS - Start) / Stride : 0
13275         //
13276         // We convert it to the following to make it more convenient for SCEV:
13277         //
13278         //     ceil(max(RHS, Start) - Start) / Stride
13279         End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
13280 
13281         // See what would happen if we assume the backedge is taken. This is
13282         // used to compute MaxBECount.
13283         BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
13284             getUDivCeilSCEV(getMinusSCEV(RHS, Start), Stride);
13285       }
13286 
13287       // At this point, we know:
13288       //
13289       // 1. If IsSigned, Start <=s End; otherwise, Start <=u End
13290       // 2. The index variable doesn't overflow.
13291       //
13292       // Therefore, we know N exists such that
13293       // (Start + Stride * N) >= End, and computing "(Start + Stride * N)"
13294       // doesn't overflow.
13295       //
13296       // Using this information, try to prove whether the addition in
13297       // "(Start - End) + (Stride - 1)" has unsigned overflow.
13298       const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
13299       bool MayAddOverflow = [&] {
13300         if (isKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo(Stride)) {
13301           // Suppose Stride is a power of two, and Start/End are unsigned
13302           // integers.  Let UMAX be the largest representable unsigned
13303           // integer.
13304           //
13305           // By the preconditions of this function, we know
13306           // "(Start + Stride * N) >= End", and this doesn't overflow.
13307           // As a formula:
13308           //
13309           //   End <= (Start + Stride * N) <= UMAX
13310           //
13311           // Subtracting Start from all the terms:
13312           //
13313           //   End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - Start
13314           //
13315           // Since Start is unsigned, UMAX - Start <= UMAX.  Therefore:
13316           //
13317           //   End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX
13318           //
13319           // Stride * N is a multiple of Stride. Therefore,
13320           //
13321           //   End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - (UMAX mod Stride)
13322           //
13323           // Since Stride is a power of two, UMAX + 1 is divisible by
13324           // Stride. Therefore, UMAX mod Stride == Stride - 1.  So we can
13325           // write:
13326           //
13327           //   End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX - Stride - 1
13328           //
13329           // Dropping the middle term:
13330           //
13331           //   End - Start <= UMAX - Stride - 1
13332           //
13333           // Adding Stride - 1 to both sides:
13334           //
13335           //   (End - Start) + (Stride - 1) <= UMAX
13336           //
13337           // In other words, the addition doesn't have unsigned overflow.
13338           //
13339           // A similar proof works if we treat Start/End as signed values.
13340           // Just rewrite steps before "End - Start <= Stride * N <= UMAX"
13341           // to use signed max instead of unsigned max. Note that we're
13342           // trying to prove a lack of unsigned overflow in either case.
13343           return false;
13344         }
13345         if (Start == Stride || Start == getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)) {
13346           // If Start is equal to Stride, (End - Start) + (Stride - 1) == End
13347           // - 1. If !IsSigned, 0 <u Stride == Start <=u End; so 0 <u End - 1
13348           // <u End. If IsSigned, 0 <s Stride == Start <=s End; so 0 <s End -
13349           // 1 <s End.
13350           //
13351           // If Start is equal to Stride - 1, (End - Start) + Stride - 1 ==
13352           // End.
13353           return false;
13354         }
13355         return true;
13356       }();
13357 
13358       const SCEV *Delta = getMinusSCEV(End, Start);
13359       if (!MayAddOverflow) {
13360         // floor((D + (S - 1)) / S)
13361         // We prefer this formulation if it's legal because it's fewer
13362         // operations.
13363         BECount =
13364             getUDivExpr(getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)), Stride);
13365       } else {
13366         BECount = getUDivCeilSCEV(Delta, Stride);
13367       }
13368     }
13369   }
13370 
13371   const SCEV *ConstantMaxBECount;
13372   bool MaxOrZero = false;
13373   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)) {
13374     ConstantMaxBECount = BECount;
13375   } else if (BECountIfBackedgeTaken &&
13376              isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
13377     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
13378     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
13379     // zero.
13380     ConstantMaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
13381     MaxOrZero = true;
13382   } else {
13383     ConstantMaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
13384         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
13385   }
13386 
13387   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxBECount) &&
13388       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
13389     ConstantMaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
13390 
13391   const SCEV *SymbolicMaxBECount =
13392       isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) ? ConstantMaxBECount : BECount;
13393   return ExitLimit(BECount, ConstantMaxBECount, SymbolicMaxBECount, MaxOrZero,
13394                    Predicates);
13395 }
13396 
13397 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(
13398     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
13399     bool ControlsOnlyExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
13400   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> Predicates;
13401   // We handle only IV > Invariant
13402   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
13403     return getCouldNotCompute();
13404 
13405   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
13406   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
13407     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
13408     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
13409     // algorithm below.
13410     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
13411 
13412   // Avoid weird loops
13413   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
13414     return getCouldNotCompute();
13415 
13416   auto WrapType = IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
13417   bool NoWrap = ControlsOnlyExit && IV->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
13418   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
13419 
13420   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
13421 
13422   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
13423   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
13424     return getCouldNotCompute();
13425 
13426   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
13427   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
13428   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
13429   // behaviors like the case of C language.
13430   if (!Stride->isOne() && !NoWrap)
13431     if (canIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned))
13432       return getCouldNotCompute();
13433 
13434   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
13435   const SCEV *End = RHS;
13436   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS)) {
13437     // If we know that Start >= RHS in the context of loop, then we know that
13438     // min(RHS, Start) = RHS at this point.
13439     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
13440             L, IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Start, RHS))
13441       End = RHS;
13442     else
13443       End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
13444   }
13445 
13446   if (Start->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13447     Start = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(Start);
13448     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Start))
13449       return Start;
13450   }
13451   if (End->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
13452     End = getLosslessPtrToIntExpr(End);
13453     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(End))
13454       return End;
13455   }
13456 
13457   // Compute ((Start - End) + (Stride - 1)) / Stride.
13458   // FIXME: This can overflow. Holding off on fixing this for now;
13459   // howManyGreaterThans will hopefully be gone soon.
13460   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
13461   const SCEV *BECount = getUDivExpr(
13462       getAddExpr(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), getMinusSCEV(Stride, One)), Stride);
13463 
13464   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
13465                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
13466 
13467   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
13468                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
13469 
13470   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
13471   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
13472                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
13473 
13474   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
13475   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
13476   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
13477   APInt MinEnd =
13478     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
13479              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
13480 
13481   const SCEV *ConstantMaxBECount =
13482       isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount)
13483           ? BECount
13484           : getUDivCeilSCEV(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
13485                             getConstant(MinStride));
13486 
13487   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantMaxBECount))
13488     ConstantMaxBECount = BECount;
13489   const SCEV *SymbolicMaxBECount =
13490       isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) ? ConstantMaxBECount : BECount;
13491 
13492   return ExitLimit(BECount, ConstantMaxBECount, SymbolicMaxBECount, false,
13493                    Predicates);
13494 }
13495 
13496 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
13497                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
13498   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
13499     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
13500 
13501   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
13502   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
13503     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
13504       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(operands());
13505       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
13506       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
13507                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
13508       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
13509         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
13510             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
13511       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
13512       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
13513     }
13514 
13515   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
13516   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
13517   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
13518     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
13519 
13520   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
13521   // that the start element is zero.
13522 
13523   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
13524   // iteration exits.
13525   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
13526   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
13527     return SE.getZero(getType());
13528 
13529   if (isAffine()) {
13530     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
13531     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
13532 
13533     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
13534     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
13535     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
13536     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
13537     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
13538     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
13539 
13540     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
13541     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
13542     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
13543 
13544     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
13545     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
13546     // things must have happened.
13547     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
13548     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
13549       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
13550 
13551     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.
13552     assert(Range.contains(
13553            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
13554            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
13555            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
13556     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
13557   }
13558 
13559   if (isQuadratic()) {
13560     if (auto S = SolveQuadraticAddRecRange(this, Range, SE))
13561       return SE.getConstant(*S);
13562   }
13563 
13564   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
13565 }
13566 
13567 const SCEVAddRecExpr *
13568 SCEVAddRecExpr::getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
13569   assert(getNumOperands() > 1 && "AddRec with zero step?");
13570   // There is a temptation to just call getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)),
13571   // but in this case we cannot guarantee that the value returned will be an
13572   // AddRec because SCEV does not have a fixed point where it stops
13573   // simplification: it is legal to return ({rec1} + {rec2}). For example, it
13574   // may happen if we reach arithmetic depth limit while simplifying. So we
13575   // construct the returned value explicitly.
13576   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 3> Ops;
13577   // If this is {A,+,B,+,C,...,+,N}, then its step is {B,+,C,+,...,+,N}, and
13578   // (this + Step) is {A+B,+,B+C,+...,+,N}.
13579   for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands() - 1; i < e; ++i)
13580     Ops.push_back(SE.getAddExpr(getOperand(i), getOperand(i + 1)));
13581   // We know that the last operand is not a constant zero (otherwise it would
13582   // have been popped out earlier). This guarantees us that if the result has
13583   // the same last operand, then it will also not be popped out, meaning that
13584   // the returned value will be an AddRec.
13585   const SCEV *Last = getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1);
13586   assert(!Last->isZero() && "Recurrency with zero step?");
13587   Ops.push_back(Last);
13588   return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getAddRecExpr(Ops, getLoop(),
13589                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
13590 }
13591 
13592 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
13593 bool ScalarEvolution::containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) const {
13594   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
13595     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
13596       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
13597     return false;
13598   });
13599 }
13600 
13601 // Return true when S contains a value that is a nullptr.
13602 bool ScalarEvolution::containsErasedValue(const SCEV *S) const {
13603   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
13604     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
13605       return SU->getValue() == nullptr;
13606     return false;
13607   });
13608 }
13609 
13610 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
13611 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
13612   Type *Ty;
13613   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
13614     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
13615   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
13616     Ty = Load->getType();
13617   else
13618     return nullptr;
13619 
13620   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Inst->getContext()));
13621   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
13622 }
13623 
13624 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13625 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
13626 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13627 
13628 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
13629   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
13630   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
13631     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
13632   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
13633   // this now dangles!
13634 }
13635 
13636 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
13637   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
13638 
13639   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
13640   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
13641   // value.
13642   SE->forgetValue(getValPtr());
13643   // this now dangles!
13644 }
13645 
13646 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
13647   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
13648 
13649 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13650 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
13651 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13652 
13653 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
13654                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
13655                                  LoopInfo &LI)
13656     : F(F), DL(F.getDataLayout()), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
13657       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
13658       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
13659   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
13660   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
13661   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
13662   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
13663   //
13664   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
13665   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
13666   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
13667   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
13668 
13669   auto *GuardDecl = Intrinsic::getDeclarationIfExists(
13670       F.getParent(), Intrinsic::experimental_guard);
13671   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
13672 }
13673 
13674 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
13675     : F(Arg.F), DL(Arg.DL), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC),
13676       DT(Arg.DT), LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
13677       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
13678       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
13679       PendingPhiRanges(std::move(Arg.PendingPhiRanges)),
13680       PendingMerges(std::move(Arg.PendingMerges)),
13681       ConstantMultipleCache(std::move(Arg.ConstantMultipleCache)),
13682       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
13683       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
13684           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
13685       BECountUsers(std::move(Arg.BECountUsers)),
13686       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
13687           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
13688       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
13689       ValuesAtScopesUsers(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopesUsers)),
13690       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
13691       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
13692       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
13693       SCEVUsers(std::move(Arg.SCEVUsers)),
13694       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
13695       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
13696       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
13697       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
13698       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
13699       LoopUsers(std::move(Arg.LoopUsers)),
13700       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
13701       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
13702   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
13703 }
13704 
13705 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
13706   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
13707   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
13708   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
13709     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
13710     U = U->Next;
13711     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
13712   }
13713   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
13714 
13715   ExprValueMap.clear();
13716   ValueExprMap.clear();
13717   HasRecMap.clear();
13718   BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
13719   PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
13720 
13721   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
13722   assert(PendingPhiRanges.empty() && "getRangeRef garbage");
13723   assert(PendingMerges.empty() && "isImpliedViaMerge garbage");
13724   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
13725   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
13726 }
13727 
13728 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
13729   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
13730 }
13731 
13732 /// When printing a top-level SCEV for trip counts, it's helpful to include
13733 /// a type for constants which are otherwise hard to disambiguate.
13734 static void PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(raw_ostream &OS, const SCEV* S) {
13735   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(S))
13736     OS << *S->getType() << " ";
13737   OS << *S;
13738 }
13739 
13740 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
13741                           const Loop *L) {
13742   // Print all inner loops first
13743   for (Loop *I : *L)
13744     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
13745 
13746   OS << "Loop ";
13747   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13748   OS << ": ";
13749 
13750   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
13751   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
13752   if (ExitingBlocks.size() != 1)
13753     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
13754 
13755   auto *BTC = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
13756   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BTC)) {
13757     OS << "backedge-taken count is ";
13758     PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, BTC);
13759   } else
13760     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count.";
13761   OS << "\n";
13762 
13763   if (ExitingBlocks.size() > 1)
13764     for (BasicBlock *ExitingBlock : ExitingBlocks) {
13765       OS << "  exit count for " << ExitingBlock->getName() << ": ";
13766       const SCEV *EC = SE->getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
13767       PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, EC);
13768       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(EC)) {
13769         // Retry with predicates.
13770         SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> Predicates;
13771         EC = SE->getPredicatedExitCount(L, ExitingBlock, &Predicates);
13772         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(EC)) {
13773           OS << "\n  predicated exit count for " << ExitingBlock->getName()
13774              << ": ";
13775           PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, EC);
13776           OS << "\n   Predicates:\n";
13777           for (const auto *P : Predicates)
13778             P->print(OS, 4);
13779         }
13780       }
13781       OS << "\n";
13782     }
13783 
13784   OS << "Loop ";
13785   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13786   OS << ": ";
13787 
13788   auto *ConstantBTC = SE->getConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
13789   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ConstantBTC)) {
13790     OS << "constant max backedge-taken count is ";
13791     PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, ConstantBTC);
13792     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
13793       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
13794   } else {
13795     OS << "Unpredictable constant max backedge-taken count. ";
13796   }
13797 
13798   OS << "\n"
13799         "Loop ";
13800   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13801   OS << ": ";
13802 
13803   auto *SymbolicBTC = SE->getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
13804   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SymbolicBTC)) {
13805     OS << "symbolic max backedge-taken count is ";
13806     PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, SymbolicBTC);
13807     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
13808       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
13809   } else {
13810     OS << "Unpredictable symbolic max backedge-taken count. ";
13811   }
13812   OS << "\n";
13813 
13814   if (ExitingBlocks.size() > 1)
13815     for (BasicBlock *ExitingBlock : ExitingBlocks) {
13816       OS << "  symbolic max exit count for " << ExitingBlock->getName() << ": ";
13817       auto *ExitBTC = SE->getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock,
13818                                        ScalarEvolution::SymbolicMaximum);
13819       PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, ExitBTC);
13820       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitBTC)) {
13821         // Retry with predicates.
13822         SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> Predicates;
13823         ExitBTC = SE->getPredicatedExitCount(L, ExitingBlock, &Predicates,
13824                                              ScalarEvolution::SymbolicMaximum);
13825         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExitBTC)) {
13826           OS << "\n  predicated symbolic max exit count for "
13827              << ExitingBlock->getName() << ": ";
13828           PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, ExitBTC);
13829           OS << "\n   Predicates:\n";
13830           for (const auto *P : Predicates)
13831             P->print(OS, 4);
13832         }
13833       }
13834       OS << "\n";
13835     }
13836 
13837   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Preds;
13838   auto *PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Preds);
13839   if (PBT != BTC) {
13840     assert(!Preds.empty() && "Different predicated BTC, but no predicates");
13841     OS << "Loop ";
13842     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13843     OS << ": ";
13844     if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
13845       OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is ";
13846       PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, PBT);
13847     } else
13848       OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count.";
13849     OS << "\n";
13850     OS << " Predicates:\n";
13851     for (const auto *P : Preds)
13852       P->print(OS, 4);
13853   }
13854   Preds.clear();
13855 
13856   auto *PredConstantMax =
13857       SE->getPredicatedConstantMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L, Preds);
13858   if (PredConstantMax != ConstantBTC) {
13859     assert(!Preds.empty() &&
13860            "different predicated constant max BTC but no predicates");
13861     OS << "Loop ";
13862     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13863     OS << ": ";
13864     if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PredConstantMax)) {
13865       OS << "Predicated constant max backedge-taken count is ";
13866       PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, PredConstantMax);
13867     } else
13868       OS << "Unpredictable predicated constant max backedge-taken count.";
13869     OS << "\n";
13870     OS << " Predicates:\n";
13871     for (const auto *P : Preds)
13872       P->print(OS, 4);
13873   }
13874   Preds.clear();
13875 
13876   auto *PredSymbolicMax =
13877       SE->getPredicatedSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L, Preds);
13878   if (SymbolicBTC != PredSymbolicMax) {
13879     assert(!Preds.empty() &&
13880            "Different predicated symbolic max BTC, but no predicates");
13881     OS << "Loop ";
13882     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13883     OS << ": ";
13884     if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PredSymbolicMax)) {
13885       OS << "Predicated symbolic max backedge-taken count is ";
13886       PrintSCEVWithTypeHint(OS, PredSymbolicMax);
13887     } else
13888       OS << "Unpredictable predicated symbolic max backedge-taken count.";
13889     OS << "\n";
13890     OS << " Predicates:\n";
13891     for (const auto *P : Preds)
13892       P->print(OS, 4);
13893   }
13894 
13895   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
13896     OS << "Loop ";
13897     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13898     OS << ": ";
13899     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
13900   }
13901 }
13902 
13903 namespace llvm {
13904 raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
13905   switch (LD) {
13906   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
13907     OS << "Variant";
13908     break;
13909   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
13910     OS << "Invariant";
13911     break;
13912   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
13913     OS << "Computable";
13914     break;
13915   }
13916   return OS;
13917 }
13918 
13919 raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition BD) {
13920   switch (BD) {
13921   case ScalarEvolution::DoesNotDominateBlock:
13922     OS << "DoesNotDominate";
13923     break;
13924   case ScalarEvolution::DominatesBlock:
13925     OS << "Dominates";
13926     break;
13927   case ScalarEvolution::ProperlyDominatesBlock:
13928     OS << "ProperlyDominates";
13929     break;
13930   }
13931   return OS;
13932 }
13933 } // namespace llvm
13934 
13935 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
13936   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
13937   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
13938   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
13939   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
13940   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
13941   // const isn't dangerous.
13942   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
13943 
13944   if (ClassifyExpressions) {
13945     OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
13946     F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13947     OS << "\n";
13948     for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
13949       if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
13950         OS << I << '\n';
13951         OS << "  -->  ";
13952         const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
13953         SV->print(OS);
13954         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
13955           OS << " U: ";
13956           SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
13957           OS << " S: ";
13958           SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
13959         }
13960 
13961         const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
13962 
13963         const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
13964         if (AtUse != SV) {
13965           OS << "  -->  ";
13966           AtUse->print(OS);
13967           if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
13968             OS << " U: ";
13969             SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
13970             OS << " S: ";
13971             SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
13972           }
13973         }
13974 
13975         if (L) {
13976           OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
13977           const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
13978           if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
13979             OS << "<<Unknown>>";
13980           } else {
13981             OS << *ExitValue;
13982           }
13983 
13984           bool First = true;
13985           for (const auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
13986             if (First) {
13987               OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
13988               First = false;
13989             } else {
13990               OS << ", ";
13991             }
13992 
13993             Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
13994             OS << ": " << SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter);
13995           }
13996 
13997           for (const auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
13998             if (InnerL == L)
13999               continue;
14000             if (First) {
14001               OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
14002               First = false;
14003             } else {
14004               OS << ", ";
14005             }
14006 
14007             InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
14008             OS << ": " << SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL);
14009           }
14010 
14011           OS << " }";
14012         }
14013 
14014         OS << "\n";
14015       }
14016   }
14017 
14018   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
14019   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
14020   OS << "\n";
14021   for (Loop *I : LI)
14022     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
14023 }
14024 
14025 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
14026 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
14027   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
14028   for (auto &V : Values) {
14029     if (V.getPointer() == L)
14030       return V.getInt();
14031   }
14032   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
14033   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
14034   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
14035   for (auto &V : llvm::reverse(Values2)) {
14036     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
14037       V.setInt(D);
14038       break;
14039     }
14040   }
14041   return D;
14042 }
14043 
14044 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
14045 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
14046   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
14047   case scConstant:
14048   case scVScale:
14049     return LoopInvariant;
14050   case scAddRecExpr: {
14051     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
14052 
14053     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
14054     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
14055       return LoopComputable;
14056 
14057     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
14058     if (!L)
14059       return LoopVariant;
14060 
14061     // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
14062     if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), AR->getLoop()->getHeader()))
14063       return LoopVariant;
14064     assert(!L->contains(AR->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
14065            " dominate the contained loop's header?");
14066 
14067     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
14068     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
14069       return LoopInvariant;
14070 
14071     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
14072     // are variant.
14073     for (const auto *Op : AR->operands())
14074       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
14075         return LoopVariant;
14076 
14077     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
14078     return LoopInvariant;
14079   }
14080   case scTruncate:
14081   case scZeroExtend:
14082   case scSignExtend:
14083   case scPtrToInt:
14084   case scAddExpr:
14085   case scMulExpr:
14086   case scUDivExpr:
14087   case scUMaxExpr:
14088   case scSMaxExpr:
14089   case scUMinExpr:
14090   case scSMinExpr:
14091   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
14092     bool HasVarying = false;
14093     for (const auto *Op : S->operands()) {
14094       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
14095       if (D == LoopVariant)
14096         return LoopVariant;
14097       if (D == LoopComputable)
14098         HasVarying = true;
14099     }
14100     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
14101   }
14102   case scUnknown:
14103     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
14104     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
14105     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
14106     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
14107     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
14108       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
14109     return LoopInvariant;
14110   case scCouldNotCompute:
14111     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
14112   }
14113   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
14114 }
14115 
14116 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
14117   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
14118 }
14119 
14120 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
14121   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
14122 }
14123 
14124 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
14125 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
14126   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
14127   for (auto &V : Values) {
14128     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
14129       return V.getInt();
14130   }
14131   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
14132   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
14133   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
14134   for (auto &V : llvm::reverse(Values2)) {
14135     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
14136       V.setInt(D);
14137       break;
14138     }
14139   }
14140   return D;
14141 }
14142 
14143 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
14144 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
14145   switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
14146   case scConstant:
14147   case scVScale:
14148     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
14149   case scAddRecExpr: {
14150     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
14151     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
14152     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
14153     // dominates its entire containing block.
14154     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
14155     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
14156       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
14157 
14158     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
14159     [[fallthrough]];
14160   }
14161   case scTruncate:
14162   case scZeroExtend:
14163   case scSignExtend:
14164   case scPtrToInt:
14165   case scAddExpr:
14166   case scMulExpr:
14167   case scUDivExpr:
14168   case scUMaxExpr:
14169   case scSMaxExpr:
14170   case scUMinExpr:
14171   case scSMinExpr:
14172   case scSequentialUMinExpr: {
14173     bool Proper = true;
14174     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : S->operands()) {
14175       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
14176       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
14177         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
14178       if (D == DominatesBlock)
14179         Proper = false;
14180     }
14181     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
14182   }
14183   case scUnknown:
14184     if (Instruction *I =
14185           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
14186       if (I->getParent() == BB)
14187         return DominatesBlock;
14188       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
14189         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
14190       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
14191     }
14192     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
14193   case scCouldNotCompute:
14194     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
14195   }
14196   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
14197 }
14198 
14199 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
14200   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
14201 }
14202 
14203 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
14204   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
14205 }
14206 
14207 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
14208   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
14209 }
14210 
14211 void ScalarEvolution::forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(const Loop *L,
14212                                                 bool Predicated) {
14213   auto &BECounts =
14214       Predicated ? PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts : BackedgeTakenCounts;
14215   auto It = BECounts.find(L);
14216   if (It != BECounts.end()) {
14217     for (const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT : It->second.ExitNotTaken) {
14218       for (const SCEV *S : {ENT.ExactNotTaken, ENT.SymbolicMaxNotTaken}) {
14219         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
14220           auto UserIt = BECountUsers.find(S);
14221           assert(UserIt != BECountUsers.end());
14222           UserIt->second.erase({L, Predicated});
14223         }
14224       }
14225     }
14226     BECounts.erase(It);
14227   }
14228 }
14229 
14230 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(ArrayRef<const SCEV *> SCEVs) {
14231   SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 8> ToForget(llvm::from_range, SCEVs);
14232   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Worklist(ToForget.begin(), ToForget.end());
14233 
14234   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
14235     const SCEV *Curr = Worklist.pop_back_val();
14236     auto Users = SCEVUsers.find(Curr);
14237     if (Users != SCEVUsers.end())
14238       for (const auto *User : Users->second)
14239         if (ToForget.insert(User).second)
14240           Worklist.push_back(User);
14241   }
14242 
14243   for (const auto *S : ToForget)
14244     forgetMemoizedResultsImpl(S);
14245 
14246   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
14247        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
14248     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
14249     if (ToForget.count(Entry.first))
14250       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
14251     else
14252       ++I;
14253   }
14254 }
14255 
14256 void ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResultsImpl(const SCEV *S) {
14257   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
14258   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
14259   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
14260   SignedRanges.erase(S);
14261   HasRecMap.erase(S);
14262   ConstantMultipleCache.erase(S);
14263 
14264   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
14265     UnsignedWrapViaInductionTried.erase(AR);
14266     SignedWrapViaInductionTried.erase(AR);
14267   }
14268 
14269   auto ExprIt = ExprValueMap.find(S);
14270   if (ExprIt != ExprValueMap.end()) {
14271     for (Value *V : ExprIt->second) {
14272       auto ValueIt = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
14273       if (ValueIt != ValueExprMap.end())
14274         ValueExprMap.erase(ValueIt);
14275     }
14276     ExprValueMap.erase(ExprIt);
14277   }
14278 
14279   auto ScopeIt = ValuesAtScopes.find(S);
14280   if (ScopeIt != ValuesAtScopes.end()) {
14281     for (const auto &Pair : ScopeIt->second)
14282       if (!isa_and_nonnull<SCEVConstant>(Pair.second))
14283         llvm::erase(ValuesAtScopesUsers[Pair.second],
14284                     std::make_pair(Pair.first, S));
14285     ValuesAtScopes.erase(ScopeIt);
14286   }
14287 
14288   auto ScopeUserIt = ValuesAtScopesUsers.find(S);
14289   if (ScopeUserIt != ValuesAtScopesUsers.end()) {
14290     for (const auto &Pair : ScopeUserIt->second)
14291       llvm::erase(ValuesAtScopes[Pair.second], std::make_pair(Pair.first, S));
14292     ValuesAtScopesUsers.erase(ScopeUserIt);
14293   }
14294 
14295   auto BEUsersIt = BECountUsers.find(S);
14296   if (BEUsersIt != BECountUsers.end()) {
14297     // Work on a copy, as forgetBackedgeTakenCounts() will modify the original.
14298     auto Copy = BEUsersIt->second;
14299     for (const auto &Pair : Copy)
14300       forgetBackedgeTakenCounts(Pair.getPointer(), Pair.getInt());
14301     BECountUsers.erase(BEUsersIt);
14302   }
14303 
14304   auto FoldUser = FoldCacheUser.find(S);
14305   if (FoldUser != FoldCacheUser.end())
14306     for (auto &KV : FoldUser->second)
14307       FoldCache.erase(KV);
14308   FoldCacheUser.erase(S);
14309 }
14310 
14311 void
14312 ScalarEvolution::getUsedLoops(const SCEV *S,
14313                               SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed) {
14314   struct FindUsedLoops {
14315     FindUsedLoops(SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed)
14316         : LoopsUsed(LoopsUsed) {}
14317     SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed;
14318     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
14319       if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
14320         LoopsUsed.insert(AR->getLoop());
14321       return true;
14322     }
14323 
14324     bool isDone() const { return false; }
14325   };
14326 
14327   FindUsedLoops F(LoopsUsed);
14328   SCEVTraversal<FindUsedLoops>(F).visitAll(S);
14329 }
14330 
14331 void ScalarEvolution::getReachableBlocks(
14332     SmallPtrSetImpl<BasicBlock *> &Reachable, Function &F) {
14333   SmallVector<BasicBlock *> Worklist;
14334   Worklist.push_back(&F.getEntryBlock());
14335   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
14336     BasicBlock *BB = Worklist.pop_back_val();
14337     if (!Reachable.insert(BB).second)
14338       continue;
14339 
14340     Value *Cond;
14341     BasicBlock *TrueBB, *FalseBB;
14342     if (match(BB->getTerminator(), m_Br(m_Value(Cond), m_BasicBlock(TrueBB),
14343                                         m_BasicBlock(FalseBB)))) {
14344       if (auto *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond)) {
14345         Worklist.push_back(C->isOne() ? TrueBB : FalseBB);
14346         continue;
14347       }
14348 
14349       if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond)) {
14350         const SCEV *L = getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(0));
14351         const SCEV *R = getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(1));
14352         if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Cmp->getCmpPredicate(), L, R)) {
14353           Worklist.push_back(TrueBB);
14354           continue;
14355         }
14356         if (isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Cmp->getInverseCmpPredicate(), L,
14357                                               R)) {
14358           Worklist.push_back(FalseBB);
14359           continue;
14360         }
14361       }
14362     }
14363 
14364     append_range(Worklist, successors(BB));
14365   }
14366 }
14367 
14368 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
14369   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
14370   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
14371 
14372   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
14373 
14374   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
14375   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
14376     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
14377 
14378     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
14379       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
14380     }
14381 
14382     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
14383       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
14384     }
14385 
14386     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
14387       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
14388     }
14389   };
14390 
14391   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
14392   SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 16> ReachableBlocks;
14393   SE2.getReachableBlocks(ReachableBlocks, F);
14394 
14395   auto GetDelta = [&](const SCEV *Old, const SCEV *New) -> const SCEV * {
14396     if (containsUndefs(Old) || containsUndefs(New)) {
14397       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
14398       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
14399       // verification in cases where a transform makes a value go from "undef"
14400       // to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in both cases the
14401       // result is "undef", but SCEV thinks the value increased by 1.
14402       return nullptr;
14403     }
14404 
14405     // Unless VerifySCEVStrict is set, we only compare constant deltas.
14406     const SCEV *Delta = SE2.getMinusSCEV(Old, New);
14407     if (!VerifySCEVStrict && !isa<SCEVConstant>(Delta))
14408       return nullptr;
14409 
14410     return Delta;
14411   };
14412 
14413   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
14414     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
14415     llvm::append_range(LoopStack, *L);
14416 
14417     // Only verify BECounts in reachable loops. For an unreachable loop,
14418     // any BECount is legal.
14419     if (!ReachableBlocks.contains(L->getHeader()))
14420       continue;
14421 
14422     // Only verify cached BECounts. Computing new BECounts may change the
14423     // results of subsequent SCEV uses.
14424     auto It = BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L);
14425     if (It == BackedgeTakenCounts.end())
14426       continue;
14427 
14428     auto *CurBECount =
14429         SCM.visit(It->second.getExact(L, const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)));
14430     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
14431 
14432     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
14433         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
14434       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
14435       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
14436       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
14437       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
14438       // positives.
14439       continue;
14440     }
14441 
14442     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
14443         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
14444       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
14445     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
14446              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
14447       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
14448 
14449     const SCEV *Delta = GetDelta(CurBECount, NewBECount);
14450     if (Delta && !Delta->isZero()) {
14451       dbgs() << "Trip Count for " << *L << " Changed!\n";
14452       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
14453       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
14454       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *Delta << "\n";
14455       std::abort();
14456     }
14457   }
14458 
14459   // Collect all valid loops currently in LoopInfo.
14460   SmallPtrSet<Loop *, 32> ValidLoops;
14461   SmallVector<Loop *, 32> Worklist(LI.begin(), LI.end());
14462   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
14463     Loop *L = Worklist.pop_back_val();
14464     if (ValidLoops.insert(L).second)
14465       Worklist.append(L->begin(), L->end());
14466   }
14467   for (const auto &KV : ValueExprMap) {
14468 #ifndef NDEBUG
14469     // Check for SCEV expressions referencing invalid/deleted loops.
14470     if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(KV.second)) {
14471       assert(ValidLoops.contains(AR->getLoop()) &&
14472              "AddRec references invalid loop");
14473     }
14474 #endif
14475 
14476     // Check that the value is also part of the reverse map.
14477     auto It = ExprValueMap.find(KV.second);
14478     if (It == ExprValueMap.end() || !It->second.contains(KV.first)) {
14479       dbgs() << "Value " << *KV.first
14480              << " is in ValueExprMap but not in ExprValueMap\n";
14481       std::abort();
14482     }
14483 
14484     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(&*KV.first)) {
14485       if (!ReachableBlocks.contains(I->getParent()))
14486         continue;
14487       const SCEV *OldSCEV = SCM.visit(KV.second);
14488       const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE2.getSCEV(I);
14489       const SCEV *Delta = GetDelta(OldSCEV, NewSCEV);
14490       if (Delta && !Delta->isZero()) {
14491         dbgs() << "SCEV for value " << *I << " changed!\n"
14492                << "Old: " << *OldSCEV << "\n"
14493                << "New: " << *NewSCEV << "\n"
14494                << "Delta: " << *Delta << "\n";
14495         std::abort();
14496       }
14497     }
14498   }
14499 
14500   for (const auto &KV : ExprValueMap) {
14501     for (Value *V : KV.second) {
14502       const SCEV *S = ValueExprMap.lookup(V);
14503       if (!S) {
14504         dbgs() << "Value " << *V
14505                << " is in ExprValueMap but not in ValueExprMap\n";
14506         std::abort();
14507       }
14508       if (S != KV.first) {
14509         dbgs() << "Value " << *V << " mapped to " << *S << " rather than "
14510                << *KV.first << "\n";
14511         std::abort();
14512       }
14513     }
14514   }
14515 
14516   // Verify integrity of SCEV users.
14517   for (const auto &S : UniqueSCEVs) {
14518     for (const auto *Op : S.operands()) {
14519       // We do not store dependencies of constants.
14520       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
14521         continue;
14522       auto It = SCEVUsers.find(Op);
14523       if (It != SCEVUsers.end() && It->second.count(&S))
14524         continue;
14525       dbgs() << "Use of operand  " << *Op << " by user " << S
14526              << " is not being tracked!\n";
14527       std::abort();
14528     }
14529   }
14530 
14531   // Verify integrity of ValuesAtScopes users.
14532   for (const auto &ValueAndVec : ValuesAtScopes) {
14533     const SCEV *Value = ValueAndVec.first;
14534     for (const auto &LoopAndValueAtScope : ValueAndVec.second) {
14535       const Loop *L = LoopAndValueAtScope.first;
14536       const SCEV *ValueAtScope = LoopAndValueAtScope.second;
14537       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(ValueAtScope)) {
14538         auto It = ValuesAtScopesUsers.find(ValueAtScope);
14539         if (It != ValuesAtScopesUsers.end() &&
14540             is_contained(It->second, std::make_pair(L, Value)))
14541           continue;
14542         dbgs() << "Value: " << *Value << ", Loop: " << *L << ", ValueAtScope: "
14543                << *ValueAtScope << " missing in ValuesAtScopesUsers\n";
14544         std::abort();
14545       }
14546     }
14547   }
14548 
14549   for (const auto &ValueAtScopeAndVec : ValuesAtScopesUsers) {
14550     const SCEV *ValueAtScope = ValueAtScopeAndVec.first;
14551     for (const auto &LoopAndValue : ValueAtScopeAndVec.second) {
14552       const Loop *L = LoopAndValue.first;
14553       const SCEV *Value = LoopAndValue.second;
14554       assert(!isa<SCEVConstant>(Value));
14555       auto It = ValuesAtScopes.find(Value);
14556       if (It != ValuesAtScopes.end() &&
14557           is_contained(It->second, std::make_pair(L, ValueAtScope)))
14558         continue;
14559       dbgs() << "Value: " << *Value << ", Loop: " << *L << ", ValueAtScope: "
14560              << *ValueAtScope << " missing in ValuesAtScopes\n";
14561       std::abort();
14562     }
14563   }
14564 
14565   // Verify integrity of BECountUsers.
14566   auto VerifyBECountUsers = [&](bool Predicated) {
14567     auto &BECounts =
14568         Predicated ? PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts : BackedgeTakenCounts;
14569     for (const auto &LoopAndBEInfo : BECounts) {
14570       for (const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT : LoopAndBEInfo.second.ExitNotTaken) {
14571         for (const SCEV *S : {ENT.ExactNotTaken, ENT.SymbolicMaxNotTaken}) {
14572           if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(S)) {
14573             auto UserIt = BECountUsers.find(S);
14574             if (UserIt != BECountUsers.end() &&
14575                 UserIt->second.contains({ LoopAndBEInfo.first, Predicated }))
14576               continue;
14577             dbgs() << "Value " << *S << " for loop " << *LoopAndBEInfo.first
14578                    << " missing from BECountUsers\n";
14579             std::abort();
14580           }
14581         }
14582       }
14583     }
14584   };
14585   VerifyBECountUsers(/* Predicated */ false);
14586   VerifyBECountUsers(/* Predicated */ true);
14587 
14588   // Verify intergity of loop disposition cache.
14589   for (auto &[S, Values] : LoopDispositions) {
14590     for (auto [Loop, CachedDisposition] : Values) {
14591       const auto RecomputedDisposition = SE2.getLoopDisposition(S, Loop);
14592       if (CachedDisposition != RecomputedDisposition) {
14593         dbgs() << "Cached disposition of " << *S << " for loop " << *Loop
14594                << " is incorrect: cached " << CachedDisposition << ", actual "
14595                << RecomputedDisposition << "\n";
14596         std::abort();
14597       }
14598     }
14599   }
14600 
14601   // Verify integrity of the block disposition cache.
14602   for (auto &[S, Values] : BlockDispositions) {
14603     for (auto [BB, CachedDisposition] : Values) {
14604       const auto RecomputedDisposition = SE2.getBlockDisposition(S, BB);
14605       if (CachedDisposition != RecomputedDisposition) {
14606         dbgs() << "Cached disposition of " << *S << " for block %"
14607                << BB->getName() << " is incorrect: cached " << CachedDisposition
14608                << ", actual " << RecomputedDisposition << "\n";
14609         std::abort();
14610       }
14611     }
14612   }
14613 
14614   // Verify FoldCache/FoldCacheUser caches.
14615   for (auto [FoldID, Expr] : FoldCache) {
14616     auto I = FoldCacheUser.find(Expr);
14617     if (I == FoldCacheUser.end()) {
14618       dbgs() << "Missing entry in FoldCacheUser for cached expression " << *Expr
14619              << "!\n";
14620       std::abort();
14621     }
14622     if (!is_contained(I->second, FoldID)) {
14623       dbgs() << "Missing FoldID in cached users of " << *Expr << "!\n";
14624       std::abort();
14625     }
14626   }
14627   for (auto [Expr, IDs] : FoldCacheUser) {
14628     for (auto &FoldID : IDs) {
14629       const SCEV *S = FoldCache.lookup(FoldID);
14630       if (!S) {
14631         dbgs() << "Missing entry in FoldCache for expression " << *Expr
14632                << "!\n";
14633         std::abort();
14634       }
14635       if (S != Expr) {
14636         dbgs() << "Entry in FoldCache doesn't match FoldCacheUser: " << *S
14637                << " != " << *Expr << "!\n";
14638         std::abort();
14639       }
14640     }
14641   }
14642 
14643   // Verify that ConstantMultipleCache computations are correct. We check that
14644   // cached multiples and recomputed multiples are multiples of each other to
14645   // verify correctness. It is possible that a recomputed multiple is different
14646   // from the cached multiple due to strengthened no wrap flags or changes in
14647   // KnownBits computations.
14648   for (auto [S, Multiple] : ConstantMultipleCache) {
14649     APInt RecomputedMultiple = SE2.getConstantMultiple(S);
14650     if ((Multiple != 0 && RecomputedMultiple != 0 &&
14651          Multiple.urem(RecomputedMultiple) != 0 &&
14652          RecomputedMultiple.urem(Multiple) != 0)) {
14653       dbgs() << "Incorrect cached computation in ConstantMultipleCache for "
14654              << *S << " : Computed " << RecomputedMultiple
14655              << " but cache contains " << Multiple << "!\n";
14656       std::abort();
14657     }
14658   }
14659 }
14660 
14661 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
14662     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
14663     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
14664   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
14665   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
14666   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
14667   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
14668          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
14669          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
14670          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
14671 }
14672 
14673 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
14674 
14675 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
14676                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
14677   auto &TLI = AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
14678   auto &AC = AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
14679   auto &DT = AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
14680   auto &LI = AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F);
14681   return ScalarEvolution(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
14682 }
14683 
14684 PreservedAnalyses
14685 ScalarEvolutionVerifierPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
14686   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).verify();
14687   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
14688 }
14689 
14690 PreservedAnalyses
14691 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
14692   // For compatibility with opt's -analyze feature under legacy pass manager
14693   // which was not ported to NPM. This keeps tests using
14694   // update_analyze_test_checks.py working.
14695   OS << "Printing analysis 'Scalar Evolution Analysis' for function '"
14696      << F.getName() << "':\n";
14697   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
14698   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
14699 }
14700 
14701 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
14702                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
14703 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
14704 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
14705 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
14706 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
14707 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
14708                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
14709 
14710 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
14711 
14712 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {}
14713 
14714 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
14715   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
14716       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(F),
14717       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
14718       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
14719       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
14720   return false;
14721 }
14722 
14723 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
14724 
14725 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
14726   SE->print(OS);
14727 }
14728 
14729 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
14730   if (!VerifySCEV)
14731     return;
14732 
14733   SE->verify();
14734 }
14735 
14736 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
14737   AU.setPreservesAll();
14738   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
14739   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
14740   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
14741   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
14742 }
14743 
14744 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
14745                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
14746   return getComparePredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
14747 }
14748 
14749 const SCEVPredicate *
14750 ScalarEvolution::getComparePredicate(const ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
14751                                      const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
14752   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
14753   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
14754          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
14755   // Unique this node based on the arguments
14756   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Compare);
14757   ID.AddInteger(Pred);
14758   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
14759   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
14760   void *IP = nullptr;
14761   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
14762     return S;
14763   SCEVComparePredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
14764     SCEVComparePredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), Pred, LHS, RHS);
14765   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
14766   return Eq;
14767 }
14768 
14769 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
14770     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
14771     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
14772   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
14773   // Unique this node based on the arguments
14774   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
14775   ID.AddPointer(AR);
14776   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
14777   void *IP = nullptr;
14778   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
14779     return S;
14780   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
14781       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
14782   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
14783   return OF;
14784 }
14785 
14786 namespace {
14787 
14788 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
14789 public:
14790 
14791   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
14792   /// infrastructure.
14793   ///
14794   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
14795   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
14796   ///
14797   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
14798   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
14799   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
14800                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
14801                              const SCEVPredicate *Pred) {
14802     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
14803     return Rewriter.visit(S);
14804   }
14805 
14806   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
14807     if (Pred) {
14808       if (auto *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(Pred)) {
14809         for (const auto *Pred : U->getPredicates())
14810           if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVComparePredicate>(Pred))
14811             if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr &&
14812                 IPred->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
14813               return IPred->getRHS();
14814       } else if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVComparePredicate>(Pred)) {
14815         if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr &&
14816             IPred->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
14817           return IPred->getRHS();
14818       }
14819     }
14820     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
14821   }
14822 
14823   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
14824     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
14825     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
14826     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
14827       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
14828       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
14829       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
14830       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
14831       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
14832         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
14833                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
14834                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
14835     }
14836     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
14837   }
14838 
14839   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
14840     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
14841     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
14842     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
14843       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
14844       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
14845       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
14846       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
14847       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
14848         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
14849                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
14850                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
14851     }
14852     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
14853   }
14854 
14855 private:
14856   explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(
14857       const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
14858       SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
14859       const SCEVPredicate *Pred)
14860       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
14861 
14862   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
14863     if (!NewPreds) {
14864       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
14865       return Pred && Pred->implies(P, SE);
14866     }
14867     NewPreds->push_back(P);
14868     return true;
14869   }
14870 
14871   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
14872                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
14873     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
14874     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
14875   }
14876 
14877   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
14878   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
14879   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
14880   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
14881   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
14882   // return \p Expr.
14883   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
14884     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
14885       return Expr;
14886     std::optional<
14887         std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
14888         PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
14889     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
14890       return Expr;
14891     for (const auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
14892       // Wrap predicates from outer loops are not supported.
14893       if (auto *WP = dyn_cast<const SCEVWrapPredicate>(P)) {
14894         if (L != WP->getExpr()->getLoop())
14895           return Expr;
14896       }
14897       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
14898         return Expr;
14899     }
14900     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
14901   }
14902 
14903   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
14904   const SCEVPredicate *Pred;
14905   const Loop *L;
14906 };
14907 
14908 } // end anonymous namespace
14909 
14910 const SCEV *
14911 ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
14912                                        const SCEVPredicate &Preds) {
14913   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
14914 }
14915 
14916 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
14917     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
14918     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
14919   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> TransformPreds;
14920   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
14921   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
14922 
14923   if (!AddRec)
14924     return nullptr;
14925 
14926   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
14927   // predicates.
14928   Preds.append(TransformPreds.begin(), TransformPreds.end());
14929 
14930   return AddRec;
14931 }
14932 
14933 /// SCEV predicates
14934 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
14935                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
14936     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
14937 
14938 SCEVComparePredicate::SCEVComparePredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
14939                                    const ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
14940                                    const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
14941   : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Compare), Pred(Pred), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
14942   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
14943   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
14944 }
14945 
14946 bool SCEVComparePredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N,
14947                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
14948   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVComparePredicate>(N);
14949 
14950   if (!Op)
14951     return false;
14952 
14953   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
14954     return false;
14955 
14956   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
14957 }
14958 
14959 bool SCEVComparePredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
14960 
14961 void SCEVComparePredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
14962   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
14963     OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
14964   else
14965     OS.indent(Depth) << "Compare predicate: " << *LHS << " " << Pred << ") "
14966                      << *RHS << "\n";
14967 
14968 }
14969 
14970 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
14971                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
14972                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
14973     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
14974 
14975 const SCEVAddRecExpr *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
14976 
14977 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N,
14978                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
14979   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
14980   if (!Op || setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) != Flags)
14981     return false;
14982 
14983   if (Op->AR == AR)
14984     return true;
14985 
14986   if (Flags != SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW &&
14987       Flags != SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW)
14988     return false;
14989 
14990   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
14991   const SCEV *OpStart = Op->AR->getStart();
14992   if (Start->getType()->isPointerTy() != OpStart->getType()->isPointerTy())
14993     return false;
14994 
14995   // Reject pointers to different address spaces.
14996   if (Start->getType()->isPointerTy() && Start->getType() != OpStart->getType())
14997     return false;
14998 
14999   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
15000   const SCEV *OpStep = Op->AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
15001   if (!SE.isKnownPositive(Step) || !SE.isKnownPositive(OpStep))
15002     return false;
15003 
15004   // If both steps are positive, this implies N, if N's start and step are
15005   // ULE/SLE (for NSUW/NSSW) than this'.
15006   Type *WiderTy = SE.getWiderType(Step->getType(), OpStep->getType());
15007   Step = SE.getNoopOrZeroExtend(Step, WiderTy);
15008   OpStep = SE.getNoopOrZeroExtend(OpStep, WiderTy);
15009 
15010   bool IsNUW = Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
15011   OpStart = IsNUW ? SE.getNoopOrZeroExtend(OpStart, WiderTy)
15012                   : SE.getNoopOrSignExtend(OpStart, WiderTy);
15013   Start = IsNUW ? SE.getNoopOrZeroExtend(Start, WiderTy)
15014                 : SE.getNoopOrSignExtend(Start, WiderTy);
15015   CmpInst::Predicate Pred = IsNUW ? CmpInst::ICMP_ULE : CmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
15016   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, OpStep, Step) &&
15017          SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, OpStart, Start);
15018 }
15019 
15020 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
15021   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
15022   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
15023 
15024   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
15025     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
15026 
15027   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
15028 }
15029 
15030 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
15031   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
15032   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
15033     OS << "<nusw>";
15034   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
15035     OS << "<nssw>";
15036   OS << "\n";
15037 }
15038 
15039 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
15040 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
15041                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
15042   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
15043   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
15044 
15045   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
15046   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
15047     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
15048 
15049   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
15050     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
15051     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
15052     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
15053       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
15054         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
15055   }
15056 
15057   return ImpliedFlags;
15058 }
15059 
15060 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
15061 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate(ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *> Preds,
15062                                        ScalarEvolution &SE)
15063     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {
15064   for (const auto *P : Preds)
15065     add(P, SE);
15066 }
15067 
15068 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
15069   return all_of(Preds,
15070                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
15071 }
15072 
15073 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N,
15074                                  ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
15075   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
15076     return all_of(Set->Preds, [this, &SE](const SCEVPredicate *I) {
15077       return this->implies(I, SE);
15078     });
15079 
15080   return any_of(Preds,
15081                 [N, &SE](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N, SE); });
15082 }
15083 
15084 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
15085   for (const auto *Pred : Preds)
15086     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
15087 }
15088 
15089 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
15090   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
15091     for (const auto *Pred : Set->Preds)
15092       add(Pred, SE);
15093     return;
15094   }
15095 
15096   // Implication checks are quadratic in the number of predicates. Stop doing
15097   // them if there are many predicates, as they should be too expensive to use
15098   // anyway at that point.
15099   bool CheckImplies = Preds.size() < 16;
15100 
15101   // Only add predicate if it is not already implied by this union predicate.
15102   if (CheckImplies && implies(N, SE))
15103     return;
15104 
15105   // Build a new vector containing the current predicates, except the ones that
15106   // are implied by the new predicate N.
15107   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *> PrunedPreds;
15108   for (auto *P : Preds) {
15109     if (CheckImplies && N->implies(P, SE))
15110       continue;
15111     PrunedPreds.push_back(P);
15112   }
15113   Preds = std::move(PrunedPreds);
15114   Preds.push_back(N);
15115 }
15116 
15117 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
15118                                                      Loop &L)
15119     : SE(SE), L(L) {
15120   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate*, 4> Empty;
15121   Preds = std::make_unique<SCEVUnionPredicate>(Empty, SE);
15122 }
15123 
15124 void ScalarEvolution::registerUser(const SCEV *User,
15125                                    ArrayRef<const SCEV *> Ops) {
15126   for (const auto *Op : Ops)
15127     // We do not expect that forgetting cached data for SCEVConstants will ever
15128     // open any prospects for sharpening or introduce any correctness issues,
15129     // so we don't bother storing their dependencies.
15130     if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
15131       SCEVUsers[Op].insert(User);
15132 }
15133 
15134 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
15135   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
15136   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
15137 
15138   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
15139   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
15140     return Entry.second;
15141 
15142   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
15143   // according to the current predicate.
15144   if (Entry.second)
15145     Expr = Entry.second;
15146 
15147   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, *Preds);
15148   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
15149 
15150   return NewSCEV;
15151 }
15152 
15153 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
15154   if (!BackedgeCount) {
15155     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Preds;
15156     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, Preds);
15157     for (const auto *P : Preds)
15158       addPredicate(*P);
15159   }
15160   return BackedgeCount;
15161 }
15162 
15163 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount() {
15164   if (!SymbolicMaxBackedgeCount) {
15165     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Preds;
15166     SymbolicMaxBackedgeCount =
15167         SE.getPredicatedSymbolicMaxBackedgeTakenCount(&L, Preds);
15168     for (const auto *P : Preds)
15169       addPredicate(*P);
15170   }
15171   return SymbolicMaxBackedgeCount;
15172 }
15173 
15174 unsigned PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount() {
15175   if (!SmallConstantMaxTripCount) {
15176     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Preds;
15177     SmallConstantMaxTripCount = SE.getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(&L, &Preds);
15178     for (const auto *P : Preds)
15179       addPredicate(*P);
15180   }
15181   return *SmallConstantMaxTripCount;
15182 }
15183 
15184 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
15185   if (Preds->implies(&Pred, SE))
15186     return;
15187 
15188   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds(Preds->getPredicates());
15189   NewPreds.push_back(&Pred);
15190   Preds = std::make_unique<SCEVUnionPredicate>(NewPreds, SE);
15191   updateGeneration();
15192 }
15193 
15194 const SCEVPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getPredicate() const {
15195   return *Preds;
15196 }
15197 
15198 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
15199   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
15200   if (++Generation == 0) {
15201     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
15202       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
15203       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, *Preds)};
15204     }
15205   }
15206 }
15207 
15208 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
15209     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
15210   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
15211   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
15212 
15213   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
15214 
15215   // Clear the statically implied flags.
15216   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
15217   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
15218 
15219   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
15220   if (!II.second)
15221     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
15222 }
15223 
15224 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
15225     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
15226   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
15227   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
15228 
15229   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
15230       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
15231 
15232   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
15233 
15234   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
15235     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
15236 
15237   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
15238 }
15239 
15240 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
15241   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
15242   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
15243   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
15244 
15245   if (!New)
15246     return nullptr;
15247 
15248   for (const auto *P : NewPreds)
15249     addPredicate(*P);
15250 
15251   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
15252   return New;
15253 }
15254 
15255 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
15256     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
15257     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L),
15258       Preds(std::make_unique<SCEVUnionPredicate>(Init.Preds->getPredicates(),
15259                                                  SE)),
15260       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
15261   for (auto I : Init.FlagsMap)
15262     FlagsMap.insert(I);
15263 }
15264 
15265 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
15266   // For each block.
15267   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
15268     for (auto &I : *BB) {
15269       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
15270         continue;
15271 
15272       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
15273       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
15274 
15275       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
15276         continue;
15277 
15278       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
15279       if (II->second.second == Expr)
15280         continue;
15281 
15282       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
15283       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
15284       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
15285     }
15286 }
15287 
15288 // Match the mathematical pattern A - (A / B) * B, where A and B can be
15289 // arbitrary expressions. Also match zext (trunc A to iB) to iY, which is used
15290 // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands.
15291 // It's not always easy, as A and B can be folded (imagine A is X / 2, and B is
15292 // 4, A / B becomes X / 8).
15293 bool ScalarEvolution::matchURem(const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *&LHS,
15294                                 const SCEV *&RHS) {
15295   if (Expr->getType()->isPointerTy())
15296     return false;
15297 
15298   // Try to match 'zext (trunc A to iB) to iY', which is used
15299   // for URem with constant power-of-2 second operands. Make sure the size of
15300   // the operand A matches the size of the whole expressions.
15301   if (const auto *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Expr))
15302     if (const auto *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand(0))) {
15303       LHS = Trunc->getOperand();
15304       // Bail out if the type of the LHS is larger than the type of the
15305       // expression for now.
15306       if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
15307           getTypeSizeInBits(Expr->getType()))
15308         return false;
15309       if (LHS->getType() != Expr->getType())
15310         LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, Expr->getType());
15311       RHS = getConstant(APInt(getTypeSizeInBits(Expr->getType()), 1)
15312                         << getTypeSizeInBits(Trunc->getType()));
15313       return true;
15314     }
15315   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
15316   if (Add == nullptr || Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
15317     return false;
15318 
15319   const SCEV *A = Add->getOperand(1);
15320   const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(0));
15321 
15322   if (Mul == nullptr)
15323     return false;
15324 
15325   const auto MatchURemWithDivisor = [&](const SCEV *B) {
15326     // (SomeExpr + (-(SomeExpr / B) * B)).
15327     if (Expr == getURemExpr(A, B)) {
15328       LHS = A;
15329       RHS = B;
15330       return true;
15331     }
15332     return false;
15333   };
15334 
15335   // (SomeExpr + (-1 * (SomeExpr / B) * B)).
15336   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 3 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)))
15337     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
15338            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(2));
15339 
15340   // (SomeExpr + ((-SomeExpr / B) * B)) or (SomeExpr + ((SomeExpr / B) * -B)).
15341   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2)
15342     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
15343            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(0)) ||
15344            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(1))) ||
15345            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(0)));
15346   return false;
15347 }
15348 
15349 ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards
15350 ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards::collect(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
15351   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
15352   BasicBlock *Pred = L->getLoopPredecessor();
15353   LoopGuards Guards(SE);
15354   if (!Pred)
15355     return Guards;
15356   SmallPtrSet<const BasicBlock *, 8> VisitedBlocks;
15357   collectFromBlock(SE, Guards, Header, Pred, VisitedBlocks);
15358   return Guards;
15359 }
15360 
15361 void ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards::collectFromPHI(
15362     ScalarEvolution &SE, ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards &Guards,
15363     const PHINode &Phi, SmallPtrSetImpl<const BasicBlock *> &VisitedBlocks,
15364     SmallDenseMap<const BasicBlock *, LoopGuards> &IncomingGuards,
15365     unsigned Depth) {
15366   if (!SE.isSCEVable(Phi.getType()))
15367     return;
15368 
15369   using MinMaxPattern = std::pair<const SCEVConstant *, SCEVTypes>;
15370   auto GetMinMaxConst = [&](unsigned IncomingIdx) -> MinMaxPattern {
15371     const BasicBlock *InBlock = Phi.getIncomingBlock(IncomingIdx);
15372     if (!VisitedBlocks.insert(InBlock).second)
15373       return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15374     auto [G, Inserted] = IncomingGuards.try_emplace(InBlock, LoopGuards(SE));
15375     if (Inserted)
15376       collectFromBlock(SE, G->second, Phi.getParent(), InBlock, VisitedBlocks,
15377                        Depth + 1);
15378     auto &RewriteMap = G->second.RewriteMap;
15379     if (RewriteMap.empty())
15380       return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15381     auto S = RewriteMap.find(SE.getSCEV(Phi.getIncomingValue(IncomingIdx)));
15382     if (S == RewriteMap.end())
15383       return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15384     auto *SM = dyn_cast_if_present<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(S->second);
15385     if (!SM)
15386       return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15387     if (const SCEVConstant *C0 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SM->getOperand(0)))
15388       return {C0, SM->getSCEVType()};
15389     return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15390   };
15391   auto MergeMinMaxConst = [](MinMaxPattern P1,
15392                              MinMaxPattern P2) -> MinMaxPattern {
15393     auto [C1, T1] = P1;
15394     auto [C2, T2] = P2;
15395     if (!C1 || !C2 || T1 != T2)
15396       return {nullptr, scCouldNotCompute};
15397     switch (T1) {
15398     case scUMaxExpr:
15399       return {C1->getAPInt().ult(C2->getAPInt()) ? C1 : C2, T1};
15400     case scSMaxExpr:
15401       return {C1->getAPInt().slt(C2->getAPInt()) ? C1 : C2, T1};
15402     case scUMinExpr:
15403       return {C1->getAPInt().ugt(C2->getAPInt()) ? C1 : C2, T1};
15404     case scSMinExpr:
15405       return {C1->getAPInt().sgt(C2->getAPInt()) ? C1 : C2, T1};
15406     default:
15407       llvm_unreachable("Trying to merge non-MinMaxExpr SCEVs.");
15408     }
15409   };
15410   auto P = GetMinMaxConst(0);
15411   for (unsigned int In = 1; In < Phi.getNumIncomingValues(); In++) {
15412     if (!P.first)
15413       break;
15414     P = MergeMinMaxConst(P, GetMinMaxConst(In));
15415   }
15416   if (P.first) {
15417     const SCEV *LHS = SE.getSCEV(const_cast<PHINode *>(&Phi));
15418     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops({P.first, LHS});
15419     const SCEV *RHS = SE.getMinMaxExpr(P.second, Ops);
15420     Guards.RewriteMap.insert({LHS, RHS});
15421   }
15422 }
15423 
15424 void ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards::collectFromBlock(
15425     ScalarEvolution &SE, ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards &Guards,
15426     const BasicBlock *Block, const BasicBlock *Pred,
15427     SmallPtrSetImpl<const BasicBlock *> &VisitedBlocks, unsigned Depth) {
15428   SmallVector<const SCEV *> ExprsToRewrite;
15429   auto CollectCondition = [&](ICmpInst::Predicate Predicate, const SCEV *LHS,
15430                               const SCEV *RHS,
15431                               DenseMap<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>
15432                                   &RewriteMap) {
15433     // WARNING: It is generally unsound to apply any wrap flags to the proposed
15434     // replacement SCEV which isn't directly implied by the structure of that
15435     // SCEV.  In particular, using contextual facts to imply flags is *NOT*
15436     // legal.  See the scoping rules for flags in the header to understand why.
15437 
15438     // If LHS is a constant, apply information to the other expression.
15439     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
15440       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
15441       Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate);
15442     }
15443 
15444     // Check for a condition of the form (-C1 + X < C2).  InstCombine will
15445     // create this form when combining two checks of the form (X u< C2 + C1) and
15446     // (X >=u C1).
15447     auto MatchRangeCheckIdiom = [&SE, Predicate, LHS, RHS, &RewriteMap,
15448                                  &ExprsToRewrite]() {
15449       const SCEVConstant *C1;
15450       const SCEVUnknown *LHSUnknown;
15451       auto *C2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
15452       if (!match(LHS,
15453                  m_scev_Add(m_SCEVConstant(C1), m_SCEVUnknown(LHSUnknown))) ||
15454           !C2)
15455         return false;
15456 
15457       auto ExactRegion =
15458           ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Predicate, C2->getAPInt())
15459               .sub(C1->getAPInt());
15460 
15461       // Bail out, unless we have a non-wrapping, monotonic range.
15462       if (ExactRegion.isWrappedSet() || ExactRegion.isFullSet())
15463         return false;
15464       auto [I, Inserted] = RewriteMap.try_emplace(LHSUnknown);
15465       const SCEV *RewrittenLHS = Inserted ? LHSUnknown : I->second;
15466       I->second = SE.getUMaxExpr(
15467           SE.getConstant(ExactRegion.getUnsignedMin()),
15468           SE.getUMinExpr(RewrittenLHS,
15469                          SE.getConstant(ExactRegion.getUnsignedMax())));
15470       ExprsToRewrite.push_back(LHSUnknown);
15471       return true;
15472     };
15473     if (MatchRangeCheckIdiom())
15474       return;
15475 
15476     // Return true if \p Expr is a MinMax SCEV expression with a non-negative
15477     // constant operand. If so, return in \p SCTy the SCEV type and in \p RHS
15478     // the non-constant operand and in \p LHS the constant operand.
15479     auto IsMinMaxSCEVWithNonNegativeConstant =
15480         [&](const SCEV *Expr, SCEVTypes &SCTy, const SCEV *&LHS,
15481             const SCEV *&RHS) {
15482           if (auto *MinMax = dyn_cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Expr)) {
15483             if (MinMax->getNumOperands() != 2)
15484               return false;
15485             if (auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(MinMax->getOperand(0))) {
15486               if (C->getAPInt().isNegative())
15487                 return false;
15488               SCTy = MinMax->getSCEVType();
15489               LHS = MinMax->getOperand(0);
15490               RHS = MinMax->getOperand(1);
15491               return true;
15492             }
15493           }
15494           return false;
15495         };
15496 
15497     // Checks whether Expr is a non-negative constant, and Divisor is a positive
15498     // constant, and returns their APInt in ExprVal and in DivisorVal.
15499     auto GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor = [&](const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *Divisor,
15500                                           APInt &ExprVal, APInt &DivisorVal) {
15501       auto *ConstExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Expr);
15502       auto *ConstDivisor = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Divisor);
15503       if (!ConstExpr || !ConstDivisor)
15504         return false;
15505       ExprVal = ConstExpr->getAPInt();
15506       DivisorVal = ConstDivisor->getAPInt();
15507       return ExprVal.isNonNegative() && !DivisorVal.isNonPositive();
15508     };
15509 
15510     // Return a new SCEV that modifies \p Expr to the closest number divides by
15511     // \p Divisor and greater or equal than Expr.
15512     // For now, only handle constant Expr and Divisor.
15513     auto GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
15514                                            const SCEV *Divisor) {
15515       APInt ExprVal;
15516       APInt DivisorVal;
15517       if (!GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor(Expr, Divisor, ExprVal, DivisorVal))
15518         return Expr;
15519       APInt Rem = ExprVal.urem(DivisorVal);
15520       if (!Rem.isZero())
15521         // return the SCEV: Expr + Divisor - Expr % Divisor
15522         return SE.getConstant(ExprVal + DivisorVal - Rem);
15523       return Expr;
15524     };
15525 
15526     // Return a new SCEV that modifies \p Expr to the closest number divides by
15527     // \p Divisor and less or equal than Expr.
15528     // For now, only handle constant Expr and Divisor.
15529     auto GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
15530                                                const SCEV *Divisor) {
15531       APInt ExprVal;
15532       APInt DivisorVal;
15533       if (!GetNonNegExprAndPosDivisor(Expr, Divisor, ExprVal, DivisorVal))
15534         return Expr;
15535       APInt Rem = ExprVal.urem(DivisorVal);
15536       // return the SCEV: Expr - Expr % Divisor
15537       return SE.getConstant(ExprVal - Rem);
15538     };
15539 
15540     // Apply divisibilty by \p Divisor on MinMaxExpr with constant values,
15541     // recursively. This is done by aligning up/down the constant value to the
15542     // Divisor.
15543     std::function<const SCEV *(const SCEV *, const SCEV *)>
15544         ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr = [&](const SCEV *MinMaxExpr,
15545                                            const SCEV *Divisor) {
15546           const SCEV *MinMaxLHS = nullptr, *MinMaxRHS = nullptr;
15547           SCEVTypes SCTy;
15548           if (!IsMinMaxSCEVWithNonNegativeConstant(MinMaxExpr, SCTy, MinMaxLHS,
15549                                                    MinMaxRHS))
15550             return MinMaxExpr;
15551           auto IsMin =
15552               isa<SCEVSMinExpr>(MinMaxExpr) || isa<SCEVUMinExpr>(MinMaxExpr);
15553           assert(SE.isKnownNonNegative(MinMaxLHS) &&
15554                  "Expected non-negative operand!");
15555           auto *DivisibleExpr =
15556               IsMin ? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(MinMaxLHS, Divisor)
15557                     : GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(MinMaxLHS, Divisor);
15558           SmallVector<const SCEV *> Ops = {
15559               ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr(MinMaxRHS, Divisor), DivisibleExpr};
15560           return SE.getMinMaxExpr(SCTy, Ops);
15561         };
15562 
15563     // If we have LHS == 0, check if LHS is computing a property of some unknown
15564     // SCEV %v which we can rewrite %v to express explicitly.
15565     if (Predicate == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ && match(RHS, m_scev_Zero())) {
15566       // If LHS is A % B, i.e. A % B == 0, rewrite A to (A /u B) * B to
15567       // explicitly express that.
15568       const SCEV *URemLHS = nullptr;
15569       const SCEV *URemRHS = nullptr;
15570       if (SE.matchURem(LHS, URemLHS, URemRHS)) {
15571         if (const SCEVUnknown *LHSUnknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(URemLHS)) {
15572           auto I = RewriteMap.find(LHSUnknown);
15573           const SCEV *RewrittenLHS =
15574               I != RewriteMap.end() ? I->second : LHSUnknown;
15575           RewrittenLHS = ApplyDivisibiltyOnMinMaxExpr(RewrittenLHS, URemRHS);
15576           const auto *Multiple =
15577               SE.getMulExpr(SE.getUDivExpr(RewrittenLHS, URemRHS), URemRHS);
15578           RewriteMap[LHSUnknown] = Multiple;
15579           ExprsToRewrite.push_back(LHSUnknown);
15580           return;
15581         }
15582       }
15583     }
15584 
15585     // Do not apply information for constants or if RHS contains an AddRec.
15586     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(LHS) || SE.containsAddRecurrence(RHS))
15587       return;
15588 
15589     // If RHS is SCEVUnknown, make sure the information is applied to it.
15590     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(LHS) && isa<SCEVUnknown>(RHS)) {
15591       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
15592       Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate);
15593     }
15594 
15595     // Puts rewrite rule \p From -> \p To into the rewrite map. Also if \p From
15596     // and \p FromRewritten are the same (i.e. there has been no rewrite
15597     // registered for \p From), then puts this value in the list of rewritten
15598     // expressions.
15599     auto AddRewrite = [&](const SCEV *From, const SCEV *FromRewritten,
15600                           const SCEV *To) {
15601       if (From == FromRewritten)
15602         ExprsToRewrite.push_back(From);
15603       RewriteMap[From] = To;
15604     };
15605 
15606     // Checks whether \p S has already been rewritten. In that case returns the
15607     // existing rewrite because we want to chain further rewrites onto the
15608     // already rewritten value. Otherwise returns \p S.
15609     auto GetMaybeRewritten = [&](const SCEV *S) {
15610       return RewriteMap.lookup_or(S, S);
15611     };
15612 
15613     // Check for the SCEV expression (A /u B) * B while B is a constant, inside
15614     // \p Expr. The check is done recuresively on \p Expr, which is assumed to
15615     // be a composition of Min/Max SCEVs. Return whether the SCEV expression (A
15616     // /u B) * B was found, and return the divisor B in \p DividesBy. For
15617     // example, if Expr = umin (umax ((A /u 8) * 8, 16), 64), return true since
15618     // (A /u 8) * 8 matched the pattern, and return the constant SCEV 8 in \p
15619     // DividesBy.
15620     std::function<bool(const SCEV *, const SCEV *&)> HasDivisibiltyInfo =
15621         [&](const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *&DividesBy) {
15622           if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Expr)) {
15623             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2)
15624               return false;
15625             auto *MulLHS = Mul->getOperand(0);
15626             auto *MulRHS = Mul->getOperand(1);
15627             if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulLHS))
15628               std::swap(MulLHS, MulRHS);
15629             if (auto *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(MulLHS))
15630               if (Div->getOperand(1) == MulRHS) {
15631                 DividesBy = MulRHS;
15632                 return true;
15633               }
15634           }
15635           if (auto *MinMax = dyn_cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Expr))
15636             return HasDivisibiltyInfo(MinMax->getOperand(0), DividesBy) ||
15637                    HasDivisibiltyInfo(MinMax->getOperand(1), DividesBy);
15638           return false;
15639         };
15640 
15641     // Return true if Expr known to divide by \p DividesBy.
15642     std::function<bool(const SCEV *, const SCEV *&)> IsKnownToDivideBy =
15643         [&](const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *DividesBy) {
15644           if (SE.getURemExpr(Expr, DividesBy)->isZero())
15645             return true;
15646           if (auto *MinMax = dyn_cast<SCEVMinMaxExpr>(Expr))
15647             return IsKnownToDivideBy(MinMax->getOperand(0), DividesBy) &&
15648                    IsKnownToDivideBy(MinMax->getOperand(1), DividesBy);
15649           return false;
15650         };
15651 
15652     const SCEV *RewrittenLHS = GetMaybeRewritten(LHS);
15653     const SCEV *DividesBy = nullptr;
15654     if (HasDivisibiltyInfo(RewrittenLHS, DividesBy))
15655       // Check that the whole expression is divided by DividesBy
15656       DividesBy =
15657           IsKnownToDivideBy(RewrittenLHS, DividesBy) ? DividesBy : nullptr;
15658 
15659     // Collect rewrites for LHS and its transitive operands based on the
15660     // condition.
15661     // For min/max expressions, also apply the guard to its operands:
15662     //  'min(a, b) >= c'   ->   '(a >= c) and (b >= c)',
15663     //  'min(a, b) >  c'   ->   '(a >  c) and (b >  c)',
15664     //  'max(a, b) <= c'   ->   '(a <= c) and (b <= c)',
15665     //  'max(a, b) <  c'   ->   '(a <  c) and (b <  c)'.
15666 
15667     // We cannot express strict predicates in SCEV, so instead we replace them
15668     // with non-strict ones against plus or minus one of RHS depending on the
15669     // predicate.
15670     const SCEV *One = SE.getOne(RHS->getType());
15671     switch (Predicate) {
15672       case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
15673         if (RHS->getType()->isPointerTy())
15674           return;
15675         RHS = SE.getUMaxExpr(RHS, One);
15676         [[fallthrough]];
15677       case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
15678         RHS = SE.getMinusSCEV(RHS, One);
15679         RHS = DividesBy ? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS, DividesBy) : RHS;
15680         break;
15681       }
15682       case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
15683       case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
15684         RHS = SE.getAddExpr(RHS, One);
15685         RHS = DividesBy ? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS, DividesBy) : RHS;
15686         break;
15687       case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
15688       case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
15689         RHS = DividesBy ? GetPreviousSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS, DividesBy) : RHS;
15690         break;
15691       case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
15692       case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
15693         RHS = DividesBy ? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(RHS, DividesBy) : RHS;
15694         break;
15695       default:
15696         break;
15697     }
15698 
15699     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 16> Worklist(1, LHS);
15700     SmallPtrSet<const SCEV *, 16> Visited;
15701 
15702     auto EnqueueOperands = [&Worklist](const SCEVNAryExpr *S) {
15703       append_range(Worklist, S->operands());
15704     };
15705 
15706     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
15707       const SCEV *From = Worklist.pop_back_val();
15708       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(From))
15709         continue;
15710       if (!Visited.insert(From).second)
15711         continue;
15712       const SCEV *FromRewritten = GetMaybeRewritten(From);
15713       const SCEV *To = nullptr;
15714 
15715       switch (Predicate) {
15716       case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
15717       case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
15718         To = SE.getUMinExpr(FromRewritten, RHS);
15719         if (auto *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(FromRewritten))
15720           EnqueueOperands(UMax);
15721         break;
15722       case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
15723       case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
15724         To = SE.getSMinExpr(FromRewritten, RHS);
15725         if (auto *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(FromRewritten))
15726           EnqueueOperands(SMax);
15727         break;
15728       case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
15729       case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
15730         To = SE.getUMaxExpr(FromRewritten, RHS);
15731         if (auto *UMin = dyn_cast<SCEVUMinExpr>(FromRewritten))
15732           EnqueueOperands(UMin);
15733         break;
15734       case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
15735       case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
15736         To = SE.getSMaxExpr(FromRewritten, RHS);
15737         if (auto *SMin = dyn_cast<SCEVSMinExpr>(FromRewritten))
15738           EnqueueOperands(SMin);
15739         break;
15740       case CmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
15741         if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
15742           To = RHS;
15743         break;
15744       case CmpInst::ICMP_NE:
15745         if (match(RHS, m_scev_Zero())) {
15746           const SCEV *OneAlignedUp =
15747               DividesBy ? GetNextSCEVDividesByDivisor(One, DividesBy) : One;
15748           To = SE.getUMaxExpr(FromRewritten, OneAlignedUp);
15749         }
15750         break;
15751       default:
15752         break;
15753       }
15754 
15755       if (To)
15756         AddRewrite(From, FromRewritten, To);
15757     }
15758   };
15759 
15760   SmallVector<PointerIntPair<Value *, 1, bool>> Terms;
15761   // First, collect information from assumptions dominating the loop.
15762   for (auto &AssumeVH : SE.AC.assumptions()) {
15763     if (!AssumeVH)
15764       continue;
15765     auto *AssumeI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
15766     if (!SE.DT.dominates(AssumeI, Block))
15767       continue;
15768     Terms.emplace_back(AssumeI->getOperand(0), true);
15769   }
15770 
15771   // Second, collect information from llvm.experimental.guards dominating the loop.
15772   auto *GuardDecl = Intrinsic::getDeclarationIfExists(
15773       SE.F.getParent(), Intrinsic::experimental_guard);
15774   if (GuardDecl)
15775     for (const auto *GU : GuardDecl->users())
15776       if (const auto *Guard = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(GU))
15777         if (Guard->getFunction() == Block->getParent() &&
15778             SE.DT.dominates(Guard, Block))
15779           Terms.emplace_back(Guard->getArgOperand(0), true);
15780 
15781   // Third, collect conditions from dominating branches. Starting at the loop
15782   // predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long as there are
15783   // predecessors that can be found that have unique successors leading to the
15784   // original header.
15785   // TODO: share this logic with isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
15786   unsigned NumCollectedConditions = 0;
15787   VisitedBlocks.insert(Block);
15788   std::pair<const BasicBlock *, const BasicBlock *> Pair(Pred, Block);
15789   for (; Pair.first;
15790        Pair = SE.getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
15791     VisitedBlocks.insert(Pair.second);
15792     const BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
15793         dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
15794     if (!LoopEntryPredicate || LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
15795       continue;
15796 
15797     Terms.emplace_back(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
15798                        LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) == Pair.second);
15799     NumCollectedConditions++;
15800 
15801     // If we are recursively collecting guards stop after 2
15802     // conditions to limit compile-time impact for now.
15803     if (Depth > 0 && NumCollectedConditions == 2)
15804       break;
15805   }
15806   // Finally, if we stopped climbing the predecessor chain because
15807   // there wasn't a unique one to continue, try to collect conditions
15808   // for PHINodes by recursively following all of their incoming
15809   // blocks and try to merge the found conditions to build a new one
15810   // for the Phi.
15811   if (Pair.second->hasNPredecessorsOrMore(2) &&
15812       Depth < MaxLoopGuardCollectionDepth) {
15813     SmallDenseMap<const BasicBlock *, LoopGuards> IncomingGuards;
15814     for (auto &Phi : Pair.second->phis())
15815       collectFromPHI(SE, Guards, Phi, VisitedBlocks, IncomingGuards, Depth);
15816   }
15817 
15818   // Now apply the information from the collected conditions to
15819   // Guards.RewriteMap. Conditions are processed in reverse order, so the
15820   // earliest conditions is processed first. This ensures the SCEVs with the
15821   // shortest dependency chains are constructed first.
15822   for (auto [Term, EnterIfTrue] : reverse(Terms)) {
15823     SmallVector<Value *, 8> Worklist;
15824     SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> Visited;
15825     Worklist.push_back(Term);
15826     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
15827       Value *Cond = Worklist.pop_back_val();
15828       if (!Visited.insert(Cond).second)
15829         continue;
15830 
15831       if (auto *Cmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond)) {
15832         auto Predicate =
15833             EnterIfTrue ? Cmp->getPredicate() : Cmp->getInversePredicate();
15834         const auto *LHS = SE.getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(0));
15835         const auto *RHS = SE.getSCEV(Cmp->getOperand(1));
15836         CollectCondition(Predicate, LHS, RHS, Guards.RewriteMap);
15837         continue;
15838       }
15839 
15840       Value *L, *R;
15841       if (EnterIfTrue ? match(Cond, m_LogicalAnd(m_Value(L), m_Value(R)))
15842                       : match(Cond, m_LogicalOr(m_Value(L), m_Value(R)))) {
15843         Worklist.push_back(L);
15844         Worklist.push_back(R);
15845       }
15846     }
15847   }
15848 
15849   // Let the rewriter preserve NUW/NSW flags if the unsigned/signed ranges of
15850   // the replacement expressions are contained in the ranges of the replaced
15851   // expressions.
15852   Guards.PreserveNUW = true;
15853   Guards.PreserveNSW = true;
15854   for (const SCEV *Expr : ExprsToRewrite) {
15855     const SCEV *RewriteTo = Guards.RewriteMap[Expr];
15856     Guards.PreserveNUW &=
15857         SE.getUnsignedRange(Expr).contains(SE.getUnsignedRange(RewriteTo));
15858     Guards.PreserveNSW &=
15859         SE.getSignedRange(Expr).contains(SE.getSignedRange(RewriteTo));
15860   }
15861 
15862   // Now that all rewrite information is collect, rewrite the collected
15863   // expressions with the information in the map. This applies information to
15864   // sub-expressions.
15865   if (ExprsToRewrite.size() > 1) {
15866     for (const SCEV *Expr : ExprsToRewrite) {
15867       const SCEV *RewriteTo = Guards.RewriteMap[Expr];
15868       Guards.RewriteMap.erase(Expr);
15869       Guards.RewriteMap.insert({Expr, Guards.rewrite(RewriteTo)});
15870     }
15871   }
15872 }
15873 
15874 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards::rewrite(const SCEV *Expr) const {
15875   /// A rewriter to replace SCEV expressions in Map with the corresponding entry
15876   /// in the map. It skips AddRecExpr because we cannot guarantee that the
15877   /// replacement is loop invariant in the loop of the AddRec.
15878   class SCEVLoopGuardRewriter
15879       : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter> {
15880     const DenseMap<const SCEV *, const SCEV *> &Map;
15881 
15882     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagMask = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
15883 
15884   public:
15885     SCEVLoopGuardRewriter(ScalarEvolution &SE,
15886                           const ScalarEvolution::LoopGuards &Guards)
15887         : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), Map(Guards.RewriteMap) {
15888       if (Guards.PreserveNUW)
15889         FlagMask = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(FlagMask, SCEV::FlagNUW);
15890       if (Guards.PreserveNSW)
15891         FlagMask = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(FlagMask, SCEV::FlagNSW);
15892     }
15893 
15894     const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) { return Expr; }
15895 
15896     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
15897       return Map.lookup_or(Expr, Expr);
15898     }
15899 
15900     const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
15901       if (const SCEV *S = Map.lookup(Expr))
15902         return S;
15903 
15904       // If we didn't find the extact ZExt expr in the map, check if there's
15905       // an entry for a smaller ZExt we can use instead.
15906       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
15907       const SCEV *Op = Expr->getOperand(0);
15908       unsigned Bitwidth = Ty->getScalarSizeInBits() / 2;
15909       while (Bitwidth % 8 == 0 && Bitwidth >= 8 &&
15910              Bitwidth > Op->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits()) {
15911         Type *NarrowTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(), Bitwidth);
15912         auto *NarrowExt = SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Op, NarrowTy);
15913         if (const SCEV *S = Map.lookup(NarrowExt))
15914           return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(S, Ty);
15915         Bitwidth = Bitwidth / 2;
15916       }
15917 
15918       return SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visitZeroExtendExpr(
15919           Expr);
15920     }
15921 
15922     const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
15923       if (const SCEV *S = Map.lookup(Expr))
15924         return S;
15925       return SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visitSignExtendExpr(
15926           Expr);
15927     }
15928 
15929     const SCEV *visitUMinExpr(const SCEVUMinExpr *Expr) {
15930       if (const SCEV *S = Map.lookup(Expr))
15931         return S;
15932       return SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visitUMinExpr(Expr);
15933     }
15934 
15935     const SCEV *visitSMinExpr(const SCEVSMinExpr *Expr) {
15936       if (const SCEV *S = Map.lookup(Expr))
15937         return S;
15938       return SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visitSMinExpr(Expr);
15939     }
15940 
15941     const SCEV *visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Expr) {
15942       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
15943       bool Changed = false;
15944       for (const auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
15945         Operands.push_back(
15946             SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visit(Op));
15947         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
15948       }
15949       // We are only replacing operands with equivalent values, so transfer the
15950       // flags from the original expression.
15951       return !Changed ? Expr
15952                       : SE.getAddExpr(Operands,
15953                                       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(
15954                                           Expr->getNoWrapFlags(), FlagMask));
15955     }
15956 
15957     const SCEV *visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Expr) {
15958       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
15959       bool Changed = false;
15960       for (const auto *Op : Expr->operands()) {
15961         Operands.push_back(
15962             SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVLoopGuardRewriter>::visit(Op));
15963         Changed |= Op != Operands.back();
15964       }
15965       // We are only replacing operands with equivalent values, so transfer the
15966       // flags from the original expression.
15967       return !Changed ? Expr
15968                       : SE.getMulExpr(Operands,
15969                                       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(
15970                                           Expr->getNoWrapFlags(), FlagMask));
15971     }
15972   };
15973 
15974   if (RewriteMap.empty())
15975     return Expr;
15976 
15977   SCEVLoopGuardRewriter Rewriter(SE, *this);
15978   return Rewriter.visit(Expr);
15979 }
15980 
15981 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::applyLoopGuards(const SCEV *Expr, const Loop *L) {
15982   return applyLoopGuards(Expr, LoopGuards::collect(L, *this));
15983 }
15984 
15985 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::applyLoopGuards(const SCEV *Expr,
15986                                              const LoopGuards &Guards) {
15987   return Guards.rewrite(Expr);
15988 }
15989